Health Taxes Offer Solution to Africa’s ‘Burning Platform’ of NCDs 31/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan South Africans campaign in favour of a tax on sugary drinks in 2017. Taxes on tobacco, alcohol and sugary drinks offer African countries the opportunity to regain their “sovereignty” in response to the collapse of donor funding, according to a new report on health financing compiled by Vital Strategies. Vital CEO Mary-Ann Etiebet described the rise of non-communicable diseases (NCDs) fueled by these unhealthy products as a “burning platform” – already accounting for a third of Africa’s deaths and set to surpass the burden of infectious disease within five years. “Low- and middle-income countries are at risk of losing up to $21 trillion by 2030 if no action is taken on the prevention and control of NCDs,” Etiebet told the launch of the report this week. “External health aid is falling sharply and is projected to fall even further, tightening fiscal space and reducing budgets available to support country health needs,” she added. Official development assistance (ODA) for health in Africa has fallen by a massive 70% since 2021 – from $80 billion to $24 billion – mostly as a result of the US’s abrupt cancellation of longstanding donor commitments earlier this year. Serah Makka, ONE’s executive director for Africa, said that the African Union agenda for 2063 and other continental plans call for “self-financing, resilient health systems”. But where are governments going to get funds from when 24 African countries are at risk of debt distress and 34 countries pay more to service their debt than to health and education combined, she asked. “This is where the innovation of taxes comes in, because, again, it’s been proven to provide more resources and health benefits,” said Makka. The launch of the Vital Strategies report was moderated by Adam Karpati (top left), and addressed by Jeff Drope, Mary-Ann Etiebet, Serah Makka and Corne van Walbeek. Specific tax works best Professor Jeffrey Drope, director of the Economics for Health team at Johns Hopkins University, described the lack of health taxes in many African countries as “untapped potential” to raise revenues and improve public health. Vietnam was an example of what is possible, added Drope. In the past few months, it has restructured its tobacco tax, which will “raise rates significantly” and imposed a tax on sugary drinks for the first time. Ethiopia and Cabo Verde are also increasing their taxation of unhealthy products. “Health taxes work,” he stressed. “When the taxes go up, the prices go up and consumption of these products goes down. “ We know that, for example, for tobacco and alcohol, a 10% increase in price will lead to around a 5% decrease in consumption. That’s a lot. And if you think about the fact that a lot of these countries are raising their taxes and prices a lot more than 10% you can see that the effects on consumption are going to be enormous and that the public health rewards are also going to be enormous as well.” The revenue can be used to fund education and health services, including programmes to help people quit smoking or alcohol, added Drope. Corne van Walbeek, director of the Research Unit on the Economics of Excisable Products (REEP) at the University of Cape Town, said that the best tax is a “specific tax”. In the case of cigarettes, this would be a certain amount of dollars per pack of cigarettes – rather than a tax based on the value or length of the cigarette (known as an ad valorem tax). For alcohol and sugary drinks, the most effective tax would tax the harmful ingredient – the alcohol or sugar content. This provided suppliers with an incentive to reduce the volume of the harmful substance, which has happened in South Africa, where some producers of sugary drinks and beer have reduced sugar and alcohol content respectively, he said. Scare-mongering However, the unhealthy industries are pushing back against taxes, Etiebet pointed out. This has emerged in negotiations on the political declaration, which is due to be adopted at the UN High-Level Meeting (HLM) on NCDs in September. The latest draft has “weakened commitments with regard to health taxes,” she said. The NCD Alliance has described the weaker language in the declaration as evidence of lobbying by “big tobacco, alcohol, junk food, and fossil fuels”. “At a time of fiscal pressures, shrinking global health funding, and increased emphasis on domestic resource mobilisation, health taxes are a golden opportunity to both generate revenue and reduce the burden of NCDs and associated healthcare costs,” said Alison Cox, director of policy and advocacy at the NCD Alliance. Vital Strategies has urged the negotiators to “reinstate explicit commitment to health taxes” on tobacco, alcohol and sugar-sweetened beverages. It has also urged negotiators to put back references to the World Health Organization’s (WHO) “Best Buy” policy recommendations for reducing alcohol consumption and related diseases, which include raising taxes, restricting marketing and regulating availability. However, sources close to the negotiations told Health Policy Watch that the United States had insisted that references to the WHO in the declaration to be scrapped. The Trump administration has withdrawn from the WHO. But Makka said that West African governments and the West African Health Organisation are “looking at how we can increase health security through health taxes for universal health coverage”. “Regional action and health taxes are going to be very important for Africa. And finally, there is political alignment. So this is the time. This is the moment. We’ve seen countries like South Africa, Nigeria and Kenya, already exploring and implementing excise taxes.” Image Credits: Kerry Cullinan. Addressing Alzheimer’s: Speech and Smell Tests May Help to Detect Cognitive Decline 30/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan New tests based on speech and smell may help to identify people at risk of dementia earlier Digital tests based on speech and smell are being developed to screen for cognitive decline, researchers told the Alzheimer’s Association International Conference in Toronto. Two speech apps are already some way down the road, testing several markers including speech speed, vocabulary and rhythm in different languages to establish a baseline for testing, a session convened by the Davos Alzheimer’s Collaboration (DAC) heard. A third initiative using smell is also in the mix, primarily testing people’s ability to smell certain scents via inhalers. DAC supports an innovation ecosystem to accelerate healthcare solutions to end Alzheimer’s disease globally, and DAC-supported projects in Kenya, India, Egypt and Chile have afforded the companies access to multicultural groups to refine their innovations. Better screening tests are essential as an estimated three-quarters of people with Alzheimer’s are never diagnosed and, as the burden grows in the global South, tests for low-resource settings as crucial. TELL’s Adolfo Garcia described his company’s product as “a digital speech biomarker app” that can run on multiple platforms, based on a collection of speech tasks ranging from spontaneous to non-spontaneous tasks. Several speech features “are very revealing about your mental health status”, said Garcia. Using speech timing metrics, for example, the app can measure “the rhythm with which people speak; the number of pauses that they make, how long those pauses are, how variable they are, how long the syllables that they produced are”, said Garcia. TELL has been tested in over 20 countries with over 40,000 hours of data from around 9000 participants. But Garcia describes the in-depth research with the DAC-supported researchers headed by Dr Karen Blackmon at Agha Khan University in Kenya, as “phenomenal, instructive and fulfilling.” Blackmon’s team has been testing Swahili-speaking Kenyans for cognitive decline based on simple speech timing metrics, while TELL has trained a machine learning regressor with various speech metrics. There has been a “moderate to strong correlation” between the results from TELL’s machine model and the real-time scores from people that Blackmon’s team has tested on “simple speech timing metrics, which are quite scalable across different languages”, Garcia noted. Nicklas Linz of Ki Elements said his speech app aims to find “something that works across languages, across cultural contexts, so that we have something that is culturally fair, neutral and usable in all of these contexts”. His group has worked with DAC teams in Egypt, India, Kenya and Chile who speak Arabic, Hindi, English, Swahili and Spanish. Loss of smell and neurodegeneration Subhanjan Mondal of Sensify said that the idea to use olfaction (smell) as a measure for neurodegeneration “came from COVID”, where many people who contracted the virus lost their sense of smell. People with the ApoE e4 allele, the gene variant that increases the risk of developing late-onset Alzheimer’s disease, also have an increased risk of olfactory decline. “There is an anatomical connection between olfaction and neurodegeneration for Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s and many other neurodegenerative diseases,” said Mondal. “And there is also a genetic component, as ApoE carriers have a strong disposition to olfactory decline.” Sensify has developed a digital smell test, ScentAware, with smells contained in different inhalers that are QR-coded. Using an app connected to a mobile phone camera, people can conduct the smell test at home or in a clinical setting. “People found it easy to use, fun, and it can be done in a short time,” said Mondal. But there is some way to go. The field is so new that there are no common smell elements across cultures. “Can this be incorporated somewhere upstream in a screening mechanism in normal individuals with higher risk factors?” Mondal asks. Sensify is developing a smell test, ScentAware, to diagnose cognitive decline. Multicultural challenges “There are a lot of challenges in adapting speech tasks from multilingual contexts like Kenya,” said Aga Khan’s Blackmon. “But these are challenges that we’re going to have to face across as, in the Global South, multilingualism is a norm in most post-colonial settings where… major languages like English are spoken in schools but not necessarily in homes.” “It’s been excellent to work with TELL, Ki Elements and Sensify Aware because, in each of these partnerships, we are identifying problems and we’re proactively solving them,” said Blackmon. For example, an app using automatic speech recognition did not do so well when people were switching languages, she explained. “Although our samples may seem small, the way that we’re approaching this is to solve problems [before the app is] scaled to larger populations.” The end goal is to integrate the apps into health systems to enable affordable and accurate early detection. “These tools are friendlier. Their interfaces have been really well designed. They’re user-friendly. Tools like the olfactory Sensify Aware are fun for patients,” said Blackmon. “It’s very different from a standard neuropsychological test setting that I’m used to, where people are sweating. “It’s an opportunity to do it well and do it differently with input from stakeholders across the global South. We may even discover new speech features that turn out to be diagnostically relevant, like the number of times someone switches language could tell us something about early signs of dementia.” Societal and genetic influences The exposome influencing Alzheimer’s disease. Professor Amy Kind of the University of Wisconsin (UW) addressed how cognitive decline is influenced by both genetic and societal elements, known as the “exposome”. “The term was first coined in 2005, and it means the integrated compilation of physical, chemical, biological and social influences across an entire life course that influence biology,” said Kind. “The environmental exposures are modifiable. These are things that we can intervene upon, over and above individual-level factors, to improve health. And this construct is thought of as precision health, not just precision medicine,” she said. “Individuals who live in adverse exposomes experience poor brain health, and hundreds of studies have shown this,” added Kind. She heads the largest study of the social exposome in the United States, The Neighborhoods Study, which works with large community-based surveys as well as with tissue from people who have donated their brains to the study to better understand the environmental risks influencing Alzheimer’s. “We work with brain tissue, and we link it back to the life-course social exposome,” said Kind. “Across 25 academic institutions, there are over 9,000 descendants’ brain donors in the cohort, and it allows us to link, with some certainty, the association between certain types of exposure – be that occupational, social, toxic, metabolic – to findings within the tissue. Kind and colleagues try to identify and mitigate the risks for people living in adverse exposomes. Factors influences Alzheimer’s, as identified by The Lancet “Are there critical windows of life course across these pathways? “Perhaps all of our future for our brain health is written in our childhood, [so] gestational and early childhood effects could be profound, as we think about late life brain health,” said Kind. “Some of our newest work is focused on lead and heavy metal poisoning, because these metals accumulate in the tissue across the life course, and yet lead exposure is so common in our water supply, in the air that we breathe and in other places.” Kind and colleagues have worked closely with the Inner City Milwaukee Water Works Department in order to decrease the lead line pipe infrastructure to decrease lead in the water supply. Lead exposure has been linked to Alzheimer’s and cognitive decline, and a large study was released at the conference this week identifying the impact of leaded gasoline on the memory of older Americans. Reaching the Global South DAC founder George Vradenburg said one of the motives for collaboration is to link the global north and global South. “The majority of cases, by far, are already in the Global South, and by mid-century, it’s going to be 80% of cases of dementia are in the global South. So we have not fulfilled a patient mission if all we deal with is the top 20% of white people in the United States and Europe,” said Vradenburg. “DAC brings together researchers, healthcare systems, governments and funders to accelerate progress where it’s most needed,” DAC COO Drew Holzapfel told the meeting. It is based on three programmes – global cohort development, global clinical trials, and healthcare system preparedness – to address gaps in Alzheimer’s research and treatment. The cohort development programme aims to “increase the amount of research in diverse populations so that we can find better targets for drug development and associated biomarkers,” said Holzapfel. DAC’s global clinical trials programme aims to do clinical trials “better, faster, cheaper” around pharmacological and non-pharmacological interventions for brain health in parts of the globe that have never had those types of trials, he explained. The third component, healthcare system preparedness, aims to prime health systems to implement the innovations. “Our implementation scientists like to talk about how the time it takes for an innovation to go from availability to full clinical utilisation is about 17 years. We think that’s too long, so we’re trying to take the high-speed train and put it on high-speed tracks so that we can help patients,” said Holzapfel. By the end of this year, DAC will have worked in about 70 healthcare systems, implementing new tools for detection and diagnosis for about 60,000 patients. Image Credits: Cristina Gottardi/ Unsplash. Exposure to Leaded Fuel Affects Memory Loss of Older Americans 29/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Exposure to leaded gasoline affects the memory loss of older Americans. Americans are about 20% more likely to experience memory problems if they lived in areas with high levels of atmospheric lead, according to a study of over 600,000 adults over the age of 65 released at the Alzheimer’s Association International Conference in Toronto on Tuesday. Researchers examined how exposure to airborne lead between 1960 and 1974, when leaded gasoline use was at its highest, may affect brain health later in life. They calculated exposure to historical atmospheric lead levels (HALL) by area and linked it to self-reported memory problems from two American Community Surveys (conducted between 2012 and 2021) involving over 500,000 people. Some 17-22% of people living in areas with moderate, high or extremely high atmospheric lead reported memory issues. “Our study may help us understand the pathways that contribute to some people developing dementia and Alzheimer’s disease,” said Dr Eric Brown, lead author and associate chief of geriatric psychiatry at the Centre for Addiction and Mental Health in Toronto. Lead was originally added to gasoline to increase performance until researchers determined it posed serious risks to health and the environment. The more than 20-year-long phase-out of leaded gas began in 1975. “When I was a child in 1976, our blood carried 15 times more lead than children’s blood today,” said Esme Fuller-Thomson, senior author of the study and a professor at the University of Toronto’s Faculty of Social Work. “An astonishing 88% of us had levels higher than 10 micrograms per deciliter, which are now considered dangerously high.” While the risk of atmospheric lead has decreased, other sources of exposure remain, such as old lead paint and pipes. Those who have been exposed to atmospheric lead should focus on reducing other risk factors for dementia, including high blood pressure, smoking and social isolation, said Brown. “Research suggests half the US population – more than 170 million people – were exposed to high lead levels in early childhood. This research sheds more light on the toxicity of lead related to brain health in older adults today,” said Dr Maria Carrillo, Alzheimer’s Association chief science officer and medical affairs lead. Another study reported at the conference found that older adults who live about three miles from a lead-releasing facility – such as glass, ready-mixed concrete or computer and electronics manufacturers – are more likely to have memory and thinking problems than those who live farther away. Lifestyle interventions help slow cognitive decline Alzheimer’s disease is the most common type of dementia found in elderly people. Social isolation, diet and lack of exercise affect the progression of the disease. Meanwhile, in better news, older adults at risk for cognitive decline and dementia who were actively encouraged to adopt healthy lifestyles were able to slow memory loss, the conference heard. A study of over 2,000 people compared the impact of a structured lifestyle intervention with a self-guided intervention and found that, while both interventions helped, those in the more intense intervention had better success at slowing cognitive decline. Both interventions focused on physical exercise, nutrition, cognitive challenge and social engagement, and heart health monitoring, but differed in intensity, structure, accountability and support provided. In the structured lifestyle group, participants attended 38 facilitated peer team meetings over two years. They were provided with an activity programme with measurable goals, encouraged to eat according to the MIND diet, given cognitive challenges and other intellectual and social activities. Their progress was reviewed regularly. In the self-guided lifestyle intervention, participants attended six peer team meetings to encourage self-selected lifestyle changes. Participants in the structured intervention showed greater improvement on global cognition, protecting cognition from normal age-related decline for up to two years. The results of the study, called US POINTER, were reported for the first time at the AAIC conference and published in the Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA). “As the burden of dementia grows worldwide, US POINTER affirms a vital public health message: healthy behaviour has a powerful impact on brain health,” said Dr Joanne Pike, Alzheimer’s Association president and CEO. “This is a critical public health opportunity. The intervention was effective across a broad, representative group – regardless of sex, ethnicity, APOE [gene] genetic risk, or heart health status – demonstrating its applicability and scalability for communities across the country,” added Pike. “The positive results of US POINTER encourage us to look at the potential for a combination of a lifestyle program and drug treatment as the next frontier in our fight against cognitive decline and possibly dementia.” Image Credits: Dawn McDonal/ Unsplash, Photo by Steven HWG on Unsplash. Governments ‘Backslide’ on NCD Commitments After Pressure from Unhealthy Industries 28/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Few countries are effectively taxing tobacco, alcohol, sugary drinks and ultraprocessed food, in part due to massive industry pushback. Governments have weakened their commitment to addressing non-communicable diseases (NCDs) after pressure from “big tobacco, alcohol, junk food, and fossil fuels”, according to civil society. Their claim centres on the draft political declaration due to be adopted at the UN High-Level Meeting (HLM) on NCDs in September, which no longer calls on countries to implement high taxes on these unhealthy products. Countries are due to wrap up negotiations on the declaration this week, with the final declaration due to be adopted at the HLM on 25 September. “It looks like health-harming industry fingerprints are all over this,” said Alison Cox, director of policy and advocacy at the NCD Alliance. “At a time of fiscal pressures, shrinking global health funding, and increased emphasis on domestic resource mobilisation, health taxes are a golden opportunity to both generate revenue and reduce the burden of NCDs and associated healthcare costs,” she added. “Yet as it stands, the declaration’s text contains weaker language around taxes and lets industry off the hook, prioritising profits over public health,” added Cox, describing the draft as “a backslide”. The language in the current draft has been watered down, and targets have been “flattened”, with active commitments to ‘implement’ and ‘enact’ replaced with the “far more passive language of ‘consider’ and ‘encourage’,” according to the NCD Alliance. ‘Reinstate commitment to taxes’ Vital Strategies, a global public health organisation, urged the negotiators to “reinstate explicit commitment to health taxes” on tobacco, alcohol and sugar-sweetened beverages. “These taxes should increase prices sufficiently to reduce affordability, prevent initiation and support reduction or cessation of use,” said Vital Strategies in a media release. “As outlined by the Task Force for Fiscal Policy on Health, a 50% price increase on tobacco, alcohol, and sugary beverages could raise $2.1 trillion in five years for low- and middle-income countries, revenue equal to 40% of their total health spending,” added the organisation. NCDs, including heart disease, cancer and diabetes, account for 43 million deaths annually, 75% of all deaths worldwide. The burden of NCDs is growing in low- and middle-income countries, driven primarily by smoking and poor diets. Taxes on alcohol, restricting marketing and regulating sales hours are proven interventions to reduce consumption. Vital Strategies also raised alarm about the removal of references to the World Health Organization’s (WHO) “Best Buy” policy recommendations for reducing alcohol consumption and related diseases, including raising taxes, restricting marketing and regulating availability. “The conspicuous deletion of these proven policies from the text strongly suggests undue alcohol industry influence aimed at weakening public health protections. We urge governments to immediately reverse these deletions and fully restore WHO’s recommendations in the final text,” said Vital Strategies. Harmful commercial practices It also wants the declaration to “explicitly tackle harmful commercial practices and strengthen conflict-of-interest protections to safeguard public health policymaking from industry interference”, strengthen commitments to “proven tobacco control measures” including effective taxation, and “recognise unhealthy diets as an urgent priority”. The WHO attributes some 2.8 million deaths a year to obesity and overweight, and Vital wants the declaration to “explicitly state that rising obesity rates are primarily driven by unhealthy diets, emphasising clear interventions like front-of-pack labelling and marketing restrictions targeting children”. The NCD Alliance is also unhappy about “significant backsliding” around social participation and the role of civil society, which is only referred to once. “History has taught us that ignoring the integral role of civil society, communities and people living with diseases weakens any meaningful public health response,” said Cox. With just a week of negotiations remaining, the NCD Alliance is calling on governments to “demonstrate true leadership and resist last-minute compromises that prioritise commercial interests over public health and reflect a genuine commitment to protecting lives”. Image Credits: Leo Zhuang/ Unsplash, Stanislav Ivanitskiy/ Unsplash. Hunger Declines Globally, but Rises in Africa 28/07/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Healthy diets, including micronutrient rich seeds, legumes and vegetables as well as protein, are out of reach for one-third of the world’s population or more. The proportion of the world’s population suffering acute hunger declined globally in 2024 to about 673 million people, but continued to rise in most African regions as well as western Asia, according to the new UN State of Food Security and Nutrition (SOFI) report, launched Monday in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. Global hunger levels have remained stubbornly high ever since the 2019 COVID pandemic; before that, failing to decline to pre-pandemic levels which hovered between 552-584 million in the years 2014-2019, said officials at the launch of this year’s report, during the Second UN Food Systems Summit Stocktake (UNFSS+4) in Addis Ababa. “We are far off track,” declared UN Deputy Secretary General Amina Mohammed at the launch. “Despite the fact that hunger has declined, it’s only slightly. Tonight, more than 670 million people will go hungry, and in regions like Africa, the situation continues to worsen; 307 million people are hungry on that continent – nearly one in five and mostly exacerbated by conflicts and the climate crisis. Deputy UN Secretary General Amina Mohammed at the launch of the 2025 State of Food Security and Nutrition report. “Hunger is also deepening the inequality faced across the world. Women’s nutrition continues to deteriorate. Anemia among women aged 15 to 49 has risen over the past decade,” she added, noting that two thirds of women in that age group do not meet minimum dietary diversity requirements. “Meanwhile, children are suffering consequences that will last a lifetime. One-third of children between six and 23 months are not getting the nutrients that they need during the most critical window of brain development and growth,” Mohammed said. “Ultimately, affordability is at the heart of all of this,” Mohammed added. ” Since 2020, global food price inflation has consistently outpaced general inflation in low income countries. This means skipping meals, selling assets, or pulling children out of school just so families can afford to eat in every region. These overlapping crises, conflict, climate shocks, inflation, displacement, are all exposing the deep fragility of our food systems.” And if current trends continue, there will still be 512 million people going hungry, on average, by 2030, with 60% of those in Africa – falling far short of UN Sustainable Development Goal 2, Zero Hunger. Inflation a key driver of food insecurity and undernutrition Food prices rising faster than the consumer price index (CPI). The report takes an in-depth look at one of the biggest threats of food security and nutrition today, inflationary food prices. Since the pandemic, food prices have risen faster than overall inflation, hitting consumers in poorer countries particularly hard. Behind this lies what some described as “a perfect storm,” including supply disruptions from the war in Ukraine, extreme weather events and a strong US dollar that made food imports more expensive last year. “For many countries, food prices have risen faster than inflation overall, exposing the fragility of our global agri-food systems,” said Alvaro Lario, President of the International Fund for Agriculture Development (IFAD), which collaborated in the joint report led by the Food and Agriculture Organization and also including UNICEF, the World Food Program, and the World Health Organization. “Our food systems and our food prices are increasingly vulnerable to environmental shocks,” he added, “Many of you can see in developing supermarkets in your hometown, olive oil prices increased 50% in January 2024 after droughts in Spain and Italy. Global cocoa prices increased almost 300% after heat waves in Ghana and Ivory Coast; maize 36% in South Africa; rice prices in Japan; potato prices in the UK after a wet winter; coffee prices in Brazil after a 2023 drought. So the message is clear, we must invest in adaptation before it is too late.” Healthy diets even more out of reach Number of people unable to afford a healthy diet. While nearly 2.3 billion people lack regular access to food, over 2.6 billion people cannot afford a healthy diet, added Maximo Torero, Chief Economist of Food and Agriculture Organization. “While there has been some progress in child nutrition, the world remains off track to meet any of the seven global nutrition targets by 2030 this year; Nutrient rich foods like fruits, vegetables and animal products remain out of reach for many. Even basic staples cheaper have seen sharper price increases, adding pressure on the poorest households,” Torero said. On average, basic starchy staples and oils and fats remain the least expensive sources of dietary energy across all countries. In contrast, more nutritious food groups, such as animal source foods, fruits and vegetables, consistently rank as the most expensive, the report found. Between 1975 and 2016, southern Africa saw the world’s highest proportional increase in child and adolescent obesity – 400% per decade. Ultra-processed foods and sugary drinks were a key driver – but they are now cheaper than fresh foods in many or most parts of the world. Ultra-processed foods are consistently cheaper than foods at any other stage of processing. Despite growing evidence of their adverse health impacts, these products typically contain few or no whole foods and are often high in saturated fats, trans fats and salt. Conversely, they lack adequate fibre, micronutrients and other bioactive compounds. By 2021, ultra-processed foods were, on average, 47% less expensive than unprocessed or minimally processed foods, and 50% less expensive than processed foods, the report found. Only one out of three children globally are meeting the indicator of minimum dietary diversity, which is linked to healthy growth, said WHO’s Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, in a pre-recorded message to the launch. “We need action in three key areas, first, to ensure unimpeded access to deliver life saving treatment to those facing active malnutrition, especially in combat zones; second, to strengthen social protection systems to reach vulnerable populations with nutritious foods; and third, to inform food price policies to make healthy diets accessible, especially in low income communities,” Tedros added. Conflict exacerbates hunger – ‘famine’ in Gaza Conflict also exacerbates hunger. On Sunday, WHO issued yet another appeal on the Gaza hunger crisis, saying that humanitarian aid corridors recently re-opened by Israel, need to remain sustainably accessible to aid convoys to confront the mounting malnutrition crisis there. Nearly one in five children under five in Gaza City is now acutely malnourished, WHO reported, and malnutrition has reportedly claimed the lives of 74 children in 2025, peaking at 63 deaths in July. The worst-case scenario of ”Famine” is currently playing out in the Gaza Strip, declared the Integrated Food Security Classification (IPC), on Tuesday morning. “Latest data indicates that Famine thresholds have been reached for food consumption in most of the Gaza Strip and for acute malnutrition in Gaza City,” the IPC stated in a new release. Famine is declared when 20% or more of households face an extreme lack of food and 30% of children are suffering from acute malnutrition. “Over 20,000 children have been admitted for treatment for acute malnutrition between April and mid-July, with more than 3,000 severely malnourished. Hospitals have reported a rapid increase in hunger-related deaths of children under five years of age, with at least 16 reported deaths since 17 July,” the IPC report stated. Gaza food deliveries, reported by IPC from Israel’s COGAT. In a briefing to the Geneva press corps, the World Food Programme said that while food deliveries have ramped up in recent days, they are still not nearly enough. “We are getting about 50% of what we are requesting into Gaza,” said World Food Programme spokesperson Ross Smith, noting that WFP, alone, has been asking t0 bring in 100 trucks a day – comparable to the January-March ceasefire. Pre-conflict a total of about 500 supply trucks a day were brought into Gaza, he said, adding, “We welcome the humanitarian pauses and we would like to see the full spirit of them implemented.” According to the Israeli military aid coordinating body, COGAT, international organizations moved over 200 trucks of aid into Gaza, with another 260 inside Gaza waiting for pickup Tuesday morning. Food relief unable to reach hungry people in Afghanistan, Sudan, and beyond In Sudan, Afghanistan and elsewhere, humanitarian agencies are unable to reach hungry children and families – due to both a lack of access and a shortage of funding, said Cindy McCain, Executive Director of the World Food Programme (WFP) at Monday’s launch event. “This year, funding cuts up to 40% meaning that 10s of millions of people will lose the life saving food aid the WFP provides,” she said. “The impacts are severe and wide ranging. In Afghanistan, we’ve scaled back to a very, a very narrowly targeted feeding program aiming to cover a maximum of only 1 million people, but we’re turning away 8.5 million needy people,” she said. “In South Sudan, where 7.7 million people are acutely hungry, and over 80,000 people face catastrophic hunger, we will be forced to end lifesaving assistance to 2.3 million people next month. “We’ve had to end our assistance to 1 million million refugees in Uganda, while in Kenya, we halted all cash assistance. And rations to [primarily Somalian and Sudanese] refugees are now less than 1/3 the full amount. These are just a few examples. Sadly, the list of impending cuts coming down the line is much, much longer. If they’re implemented, the small gains in food security highlighted in this year’s SOFI report will soon be wiped out, and the result will be further instability in volatile regions around the globe.” Investing in more resilient food systems and small scale producers Kibet Ngetich Stephen, a smallholder in Narok County, Uganda, receives a visit from a community veterinarian assistant to check on the health of his cattle. When food prices rise, Torero added, “there’s a direct impact on nutrition, particularly in poorer or more vulnerable economies.” For instance, a 10% increase in food prices implies a 3.5% in overall increase in moderate food insecurity and severe food insecurity; a 4% increase for women, as well as a 5.5% increase in the prevalence of severe wasting among children under 5 years of age. Yet, amid such challenges, there is a silver lining compared to two past food crises, he said, referring to the economic crash of 2007-2008: “The global response today has been more coordinated, more measured and more informed. Progress is happening, but not fast enough.” Torero and other officials called for investing in food systems and small scale producers to stimulate more local production of healthy and diverse food items. “To unlock these benefits, we must fully leverage concessional finance institutions like IFAD have a key role to play, but we cannot do it alone. We also need to crowd private sector investments to rural areas through strong partnerships, bankable investments and also constructing the right ecosystem,” Lario said. Added Torero, “one of the main messages of the 2025 edition of the report is that while food price inflation remains a pressing concern, it is not undefeatable. Compared to the food prices spikes in 2007 and 2008 the global response to the sources of 2021 and 2023 inflationary pressures was more coordinated, informed and restrained. Trade and market levers Trade transparency at global level; smallholder farms, and in cities, fresh food markets are all ways governments can use market levers to support healthy, affordable foods. “One of the clearest examples is in the area of trade policies,” Torero said. “While earlier crises were marked by widespread export bans and restricted measures that amplify global uncertainties and food price volatility, the recent episodes saw fewer such interventions, and when they occurred, they were generally short term and less disruptive. “Similarly, the importance of market transparency and time information has been reaffirmed. Initiatives such as the Agricultural Market Information System (AMIS) established by the Gg20 in response to 2007-2008 helped make a significant impact, because they played a key role in enhancing transparency of global food markets. The global response to the high food inflationary period also demonstrated the value of robust institutions. Countries with sound response structures as well established social protection systems were able to protect the most vulnerable populations more effectively. Time for Africa to act Hunger trends over time: the number of people going hungry in 2024 declined, but was still more than in 2019 or the five previous years. “Sustainable investments, external policy coordination, greater transparency and continuous institutional innovations will be vital in building resilience to future shocks,” he concluded. “These policy lessons offer a roadmap to addressing both the immediate impact of food price inflation on food security and nutrition and the urgent goal of getting back on track to achieve SDG 2, and affordable, healthy diets for all. Improvement has happened, but it’s important that we transfer improvement in certain regions of the world to the other regions of the world,” he said, adding: “This is the time for Africa. This is your moment. You are leading the way. So it is time to act and to leads on the transformation of agri food systems so that the continent of Africa soon turns the trend… less hunger, more equity, and, of course, a better life.” Updated Tuesday 29.7.2025 Image Credits: FAO/State of Food Security and Nutrition (2025) , FAO/State of Food Security and Nutrition, 2025, FAO/State of Food Security and Nutrition , Dr Alexey Kulikov/Twitter, International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies / The Kenya Red Cross Society, World Bank Tanzania/Twitter . The Accelerating Health Impacts of Heat: UK Climate and Health Summit Highlights Trends Ahead of COP30 28/07/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The aftermath of Southern California’s Altadena fire, which raged for three weeks in January 2025, is only one recent example of the burgeoning damage wreaked by global warming, drought and extreme weather. LONDON – Summit it was not as there were no heads of state or even Bill Gates, although the UK’s Minister for Climate Change made a compelling presentation showing the kind of policy leadership starkly absent in the United States. Even so, the recent Climate and Health Summit, hosted by the UK Physiological Society, the nearly 150 year-old institution whose earliest members included Charles Darwin, offered a rich array of examples of what is going on in the climate and health research space. And that includes policy lessons that could and should be applied much more broadly as countries prepare their national commitments for the next UN Climate Conference (COP30) in Brazil, and health actors meet this week in Brasilia to review a draft Climate and Health Action Plan for the upcoming COP30. UK Physiological Society president Mike Tipton. “Physiology is the science of life, and there is no greater systematic threat to life across the world than climate change,” declared Mike Tipton, the society’s president. “Physiology includes the study of the body’s responses to external challenges such as heat, cold, flooding, fire, pollution, starvation and dehydration, climate-driven examples of which are sadly, all too easy to find at this time. “Physiology defines our survival…and let’s make no mistake, this subject is about survival.” From shadows to vogue Former US Climate Envoy John Kerry (center) at COP28 Health Day in Dubai in 2023. Even so, health remains in the ghetto of mainstream climate negotiations. It is not part of the formal UN climate negotiating framework. If mentioned in countries’ national-level commitments, there are usually few concrete, measurable metrics for reference. Similarly, it is ignored in most global climate financial instruments. It’s not on the priority list of investments for finance ministries, and it’s not even very high on the priority list of most health ministries that are increasingly faced with the effects of climate change, from extreme heat to flooding, drought, and nutrition challenges. The UK, along with many European nations, is finally investing heavily in climate mitigation and adaptation. But other countries, notably, the US, are backpedalling, with global climate commitments far short of what is really needed to keep average temperature rise at or below the 1.5°C threshold set out in the Paris Agreement. Most recently, Brazil, host of the upcoming UN Climate Conference, COP 30, saw its Congress pass a bill dismantling most environmental licensing requirements for new development projects. The “Devastation Bill”, as its critics call it, will allow agro-business and forestry and real estate interests to “self-license”, leading to what some have described as “the greatest legislative setback since the military dictatorship (1964-85)”. Although politicians lag behind, the science on climate change has evolved and matured. Patterns of rising heat and their impacts, have come out of the shadows of climate research to take center stage. But it remains to be seen if better estimates of the economic costs to health and productivity of global warming will lead to better policy decisions. Turning up the heat on heat Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, lead of WHO’s Climate and Health team. “When I started working on this issue about 25 years ago, scientists would hem and haw and say ‘we can’t attribute any one specific event to climate change.’ That’s all gone now,” noted Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, who heads up the World Health Organization’s (WHO) climate work. “They are now very clear when there is an extreme weather event that climate change is having an influence. “And if, when I started on this issue, most of what we were talking about was future projections, that’s not the case any more either. …Wherever you look in the world, across almost any dimension of human wellbeing, we’re already seeing negative impacts.” A 167% increase in heat-related mortality Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Climate Change and Health countdown. The impact of heat on health has particularly come into its own, driven by weather trends that no one can ignore. “We have seen a 167% increase in global heat-related mortality since the 1990s, and 2023 was a record hot year,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown on Climate Change and Health. Recently, 2023 data has been superseded by 2024, which was even hotter, she later told Health Policy Watch – and that trend is likely to continue for the next five years. “If we look at heat-related mortality, that is just the tip of the iceberg,” added Romanello. “Underneath this tip, there’s a huge iceberg that has to do with the effects of heat comorbidity. “Heat is increasingly undermining sleep quality, also deteriorating labor capacity, labor productivity, and putting workers at risk,” Romanello said. Heat is also causing the expansion of certain infectious diseases, while the increased frequency of heat waves, resulting in both droughts and flooding, are impacting food insecurity – with 151 million more people experiencing more climate-related food insecurity in 2022. Food production is also a major driver of warming trends, said Romanello: “Cumulative deforestation has led to about half a billion hectares of global tree cover since 2001. Forestry is the main source, but the second one is agriculture.” While forests remove CO2 from the atmosphere, agriculture contributes to 21% to 37% of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. The biggest single contributor to agricultural emissions is livestock. Ruminant rearing contributes to over half of agricultural GHGs, and high meat consumption is a major driver of noncommunicable diseases (NCDs). “By transitioning to healthy, planetary-compatible diets, we could save about 11.2 million lives every year through healthier diets,” Romanello said. “Excess red meat intake, disproportionately in industrialized, very high human development-index countries, is not only the main contributor to agricultural greenhouse gas emissions and deforestation, but also to 14 to 16 [premature] deaths per 100,000 population – a high rate of mortality.” Mental health risks Climate change and mental health linkages. The mental health risks of increased heat are also becoming ever more evident, with increased suicides and suicide risk during heat waves, and a higher incidence of hospitalization, said Emma Lawrence of Imperial College, who leads the Connecting Climate Minds initiative, a Wellcome-funded data hub at the intersection of climate and mental health. Neurological disorders such as dementia and schizophrenia, as well as epileptic seizures, are also more likely to be associated with heat waves, said Sanjay Sisodiya, professor of neurology at University College, London (UCL). Sanjay Sisodiya, UCL professor of neurology “I’m seeing people with complex epilepsies who, either themselves or their families, are reporting that during heat waves in particular, having more trouble; having more seizures, more intense seizures, and more lethargy and all sorts of other complications,” he said. The brain is attuned to function at a certain temperature, and when that temperature is increased, cellular functions and neurological functions become distorted, he explained. “When that happens, then different bits of the brain, of course, don’t work together in the way they were set up to do, and that can then cause secondary problems.” Medication for neurological disorders can also be compromised by extreme heat, putting those vulnerable at further risk. Effects on worker productivity Larry Kenny of Penn State University explains the correlation between heat rise and the number of people forced to survive in “unliveable zones” of the earth. New research showcased included studies that looking at what levels of heat are tolerable, as well as where and in what conditions, based on thresholds of human heat and humidity tolerance. Even for desk workers, heat safety thresholds may be lower than previously thought, said Larry Kenny of Penn State University. Temperatures higher than 34°C at 66% relative humidity cross the safety threshold for young men and women doing light desk work, with red lines even lower for outdoor workers and older and younger groups. Improved mapping of temperatures in different scenarios has found that, if temperatures rise by 3° to 4°C by 2050, up to three billion people would be in “unliveable” zones of heat and humidity for at least one week out of the year. For 1.5 billion people, for up to a month and half a million for three months, said Kenny. “With estimates in the 3° to 4°C global warming target range, we’re talking about somewhere on the order of 1.5 to almost three billion people living under those conditions for long periods,” Kenny said. Josh Foster, global non-linear effects of temperature rise on worker productivity. Global losses in worker productivity due to climate change have been underestimated significantly, added Josh Foster of King’s College, one of the lead investigators in the European Union-sponsored Heat Shield project, which has recalibrated economic losses from heat stress from the bottom up. The project involved lab-based studies on healthy volunteers in controlled “environmental chambers” to yield better estimates of reduced labor output at high temperatures – which turned out to be much more significant than previously assumed, Foster said. The new models are already being incorporated into new economic modeling about climate impacts on labor and productivity. The findings can also help inform adaptation decisions, he added. For instance, the studies found that fans can be useful as a cooling technique, but after a certain point, they can become harmful. When temperatures rose to 37°C and above, higher than the body temperature of 36.8°C, a fan is going to merely push more heat onto the body. So there are certainly some very hot conditions where we need to rethink how we keep workers safe,” Foster said. The green shaded area shows temperature and humidity levels at which fans can be beneficial, but after certain thresholds, they become harmful, explains Josh Foster. “This is not projection data. This is from 2017. This is real climate data, and not a fictitious scenario. Physiology work isn’t perfect. We completely acknowledge that it almost entirely ignores adaptation,” said Foster. “The take-home message is that physiology can play a critical role in unexpected areas, in this case, economic modelling of climate change.” ‘Co-creating’ resilience Anh Vu, ”co-creating resilience” with outdoor workers in Viet Nam. The data can also feed into advocacy by organizations such as the ACGIH, a US-based charitable science organization advancing occupational and environmental health, Foster notes. But government guidelines for workers’ heat exposure are often badly out of line with reality. In the US, some states have even moved backwards. In 2023, Texas removed rules mandating water and rest breaks for outdoor workers, a move later followed by Florida. At the same time, there are encouraging stories about field research “co-creation” that yields small, but significant solutions. In Vietnam, a group of informal outdoor workers including scrap collectors, motorbike taxi drivers, construction workers and street vendors, simply planted a tree to provide shade for them to rest under, noted Anh Vu of the UK’s National Center for Social Research. “We know that climate change and health are deeply connected in people’s everyday lives, but in policy terms, they are quite disconnected and fragmented,” she observed. “Climate policy tends to focus on infrastructure and engineering, and health policy tends to be clinical, focusing on hospitals, disease surveillance and labor policies, which tend to assume formal contracts. “But informal outdoor workers in a country like Vietnam, are falling through the cracks of all three.” Most research on heat and workers’ health takes place in the global North, with limited applications to workers in the South, where the socio-economic context is very different and regulatory frameworks are generally weaker. “These workers face chronic job insecurity. They are unprotected by labor laws, and at the same time, they are at the front lines of economic risks,” Vu observed. “They have no protection for their ears, may be wearing no shoes, and no hats in the heat.” These workers can also be fearful of strangers, which meant the research team Vu led had to make repeated field visits to build trust with them and their communities. Anh Vu shows the tree (middle right) planted by outdoor workers in Vietnam to rest under in the heat. The research team found that most workers were over the age of 40, had been working in the informal market for over a decade, and could rarely afford to seek formal health care. They also found workers adapting and innovating with simple solutions, including self-care and traditional home remedies, getting health information from social media, and creating very modest green spaces. “You see the tree here,” she said, pointing to a slide on her screen, “These outdoor workers, motorbike taxi riders, street vendors, get together and plant trees so that they can have some shared space to rest, to recover. So these are examples of vernacular innovation. They are very non-technical, but embedded and grounded.” The challenge, of course, is to translate acceptable community innovations into broader policies. But that process, she believes, must still begin from the street up. “Climate adaptation must begin where the risks are most real,” she concluded. “Informal workers are on the front line of climate risks, but they also are at the front line of innovation, and their knowledge and agency must be at the center of the adaptation thinking.” Adaptation, mitigation and painted rooftops Workers applying reflective paint to a roof in South Africa as part of the University of Cape Town-led study. Painting roofs was another simple adaptation initiative showcased at the summit, which can impact on climate mitigation, air pollution and health. The innovation is being tested in two African countries, Ghana and South Africa, by the new Wellcome-funded project, Heat Adaptation Benefits for Vulnerable groups in Africa (HABVIA), said Lara Dugas, one of the leaders of the study, from the University of Cape Town. The project is part of a Wellcome-supported consortium of heat adaptation research projects known as HeatNexus, developed following a major new strategic investment by the philanthropy into climate and health. The first stage of research at the South African site of Khayelitsha, a low-income area of Cape Town, has already showed an average 4 °C decline in indoor temperatures over the hottest part of summer days in houses whose roofs were painted with the heat-reflective paint, says Dugas. A next stage of research aims to test if the reduction in indoor temperatures translates into health gains. Reflective white paint on roofs can reduce heat by as much as 4°C. “The Wellcome Trust’s initial call was for the evaluation of existing solutions [in low-income countries],” related Dugas, “which very early on revealed that in fact, there were little to no existing solutions in these settings. “HABVIA was thus conceived to co-design and implement a low-cost, socially acceptable heat adaptation solution in two settings (urban and rural) in both Ghana (Ga’Mashie and Nkwantakese) and South Africa (Khayelitsha and Mphego).” The collaboration includes government and civil society, from Slum Dwellers International to the Ghana Metereological Agency and South African Weather services, she said. In addition, the team is collaborating with researchers in Africa, India and the South Pacific Island country of Niue, who are exploring similar solutions. Habvia team (left to right): Vida Asah-Ayeh of the University of Ghana, project coordinator Michaela Delgon of the University of Cape Town (UCT), Ritah Nakanjako from the University of Bristol, and Lara Dugas of UCT. In the next stage of research, the HABVIA team will assess the health benefits of lower temperatures, looking at parameters such as sleep behaviour, mental health, and NCD risk factors such as blood pressure and fasting blood glucose. Reflective paints are already widely available in developed countries and some developing economies although they cost more than standard paint products. In addition, there are differences in whether they can be applied to asbestos, as compared to zinc or tin roofs, which are typical of low-income countries. While labelled as adaptation, the solution can also reduce climate and air pollution emissions as households move up the energy ladder, Dugas notes. “In our research settings, there is very little access to electricity, as most of these vulnerable low-income settings do not have electricity. But certainly, yes, in settings with greater energy demands, this may have significant synergistic effects.” The team is also exploring pathways for introducing such innovations into broader policies – whether through new building regulations, subsidized production or pricing, or a combination of those. Policy is still the missing link WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at the International Court of Justice in December 2024, giving evidence of climate change’s impacts on health. But policy remains the missing link – worldwide. Despite the strong statements last week by the International Court of Justice on states’ “duty to prevent significant harm from climate change”, most countries are nowhere near their potential in clean energy investments, according to a report also released last week by UN Secretary General António Guterres. The US is missing “the greatest economic opportunity of the century” by shifting away from renewables, Guterres declared at the launch. The US Environmental Protection Agency is reportedly set to cancel its own 2009 rule that gave it scientific authority to regulate on climate issues – another example of the government’s denial that climate impacts on peoples’ environmental health are real. In mid-July, along with rescinding financial incentives for renewables, the US Department of the Interior set up a a major new regulatory hurdle for solar and wind power. It now requires tge review of all “leases, rights-of- way, construction and operations plans, grants, consultations and biological opinions” for new projects at the level of the Office of the Secretary in Washington DC, a lengthy process previously delegated to regional and field offices. This, and the loss of subsidies, is prompting international investors to cancel plans for new solar and wind production in the US at a time when the country is also loosening restrictions on new oil and gas project exploration on public lands in an effort to ramp up fossil fuel production. Meanwhile, Shell and other leading fossil fuel producers have walked away from a plan to develop a net zero emissions strategy because it would force them to cease exploitation of new oil and gas fields. The BR-319 road through the Amazon: a new law would ease the way for completing its paving and critics say it would strike an arrow into the lungs of the world. Concurrent with the UK summit, Brazil’s Senate approved an historic rollback of government rules on environmental impact assessment of new urban and rural development projects. The new law would allow high-impact industries, like agribusiness and mining, to “self-license” projects, potentially leading to increased deforestation, habitat destruction, and harm to indigenous communities. It also eases the way for the renewed construction of a major highway, BR-319, which traverses a sensitive part of the Amazon rain forest – which Brazil’s leftist President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva himself has supported. The new law comes amidst a growing political crisis between Lula and an increasingly assertive Congress, where his party has a fragile hold. Da Silva has until 1 August to veto the new law, although the Congress is likely to overturn a veto, leaving it to the Supreme Court to decide. Adaptation should no longer be a sideshow Julia King, chair of the UK government’s Adaptation Committee. Against that background, it was encouraging to see a strong UK government presence at the summit, including the UK’s Undersecretary for Climate (Minister for Climate), Kerry McCarthy, and Dame Julia King, Baroness Brown of Cambridge, a House of Lords member and chair of the Adaptation Committee of the Government’s Independent Advisory Committee on Climate Change. What they offered was not just polemics but studied, critical presentations of the statistics by leaders who seem to have a firm grasp on the evidence as well as a vision of a way forward – even if their views collided at times. “Let’s just remind ourselves of how much of a problem it is today,” said King, an engineer by training. “Half of our top grade agricultural land is already at risk of flooding… If we don’t do more, one in four properties will be at risk. “We see something on the order of 3,000 excess deaths [annually], which are heat-related. The predictions are that we will be seeing over 10,000 heat related excess deaths by mid-century, unless we take some significant action. All of the [increased] morbidity is having an increasing impact on the ability of our health system to cope with that. “We’re now starting to see more and more predictions of what kind of impact on GDP there will be,” said King, adding that robust research suggests a 7-8% reduction in GDP growth by 2050. “I think it’s probably more than COVID. This is a huge impact, and I would absolutely put money on the fact that it is an underestimate,” she added. Urgent to address heat impacts on health The summit followed publication of the UK’s 2025 State of the Climate report, which found that, within the last decade the number of days 10°C above the 1961-1990 average, have quadrupled. “We had record temperatures of 40.3°C back in 2022 but the Met Office has now said that there’s a 50-50 chance that we exceed 40°C degrees again in the next 12 years,” said King. “This is not modeling. This is empirical data that shows that, in the southeast of England, they’re already going up about 1°C per decade. So it wouldn’t be surprising if by mid-century, we were hitting temperatures from time to time of 45°C in the southeast. That’s something we really need to be prepared for.” King added that data to monitor climate change indicators, such as deaths from heat, flooding, diet, and climate-resilient health services delivery, remain sparse. “Are we seeing improvements in terms of protecting population health and the accessibility of health care delivery as the climate changes? No, not yet.,” she added. “We’re starting to see some improvements in planning. So we’ve got a health service high temperature plan. I don’t think it’s enough planning. We’re not seeing any benefits yet. We’re still seeing heat-related deaths with morbidity increasing.” Adaptation and mitigation need to be recognized as a cross-government issue, she added: “Government needs clear adaptation objectives supported by measurable targets. We absolutely need to know what the government is aiming for.” High-gain, low-risk adaptation actions; Julia King, Baroness Brown. The UK Adaptation Committee recently commissioned a major review of potential adaptation actions, efficacy, costs and benefits. A subsequent modeling exercise, still under review, has since identified some potential “very easy, quick wins” such as “ensuring that the public knows what to do when it’s hot, making sure they are prepared, they know what they need to do to keep hydrated, that kind of thing. “This is the kind of process we’re trying to go through. And then when we do our reporting, when we assess progress, we will be able to say, well, here’s the target, here’s what’s been done, and here’s the gap.” Make British Energy Great Again UK MP Kerry McCarthy, Undersecretary for Climate. Despite the gaps, it was encouraging to see how the UK Government is moving full-steam ahead on mitigation, filling a vacuum in international leadership left by the withdrawal of the US from the Paris Climate Agreement. “We don’t want to take the easy option of pretending that climate change isn’t happening or that all its effects can be mitigated. We want to act, and that’s exactly what we’re doing,” said Climate Undersecretary McCarthy at the start of the two-day event. “And it’s not just the direct impact [of heat] on our health, it’s also the indirect impacts. UK wheat production declined by over 20% last year, due to devastating rainfall.” Shortly after his election, UK Prime Minister Keir Starmer’s new Labour government established a Clean Power by 2030 action plan, with the vision of becoming a clean energy “superpower”. In May, the Great British Energy Corporation, backed by the UK’s National Wealth Fund, the Monarchy’s Crown Estate and the Scottish Government, was created by Parliament. It is turbocharging investments in offshore wind projects, solar, nuclear, carbon capture and hydrogen storage, McCarthy said. Major UK investments in offshore wind through Great British Energy. In the country that was the cradle of coal-powered industrialization a century ago, clean energy industries are now growing at three times the rate of the rest of the economy, McCarthy said: “We’ve seen £40 billion of investment into clean energy announced since last July.” The decarbonisation effort extends across all economic sectors, from transport and urban settings to rural environments, agriculture and buildings – including a £13.2 billion investment to retrofit the country’s ageing housing stock to better protect people from extremes of heat and cold. Investing £13.2 billion in the UK’s housing. Internationally, the UK is stepping into some of the leadership gap left by the US retreat from clean energy. At last year’s COP29 in Azerbaijan, for instance, Starmer announced an ambitious goal of reducing domestic climate emissions by 81% by 2035. “That was very much a signal that we wanted to lead those international efforts,” said McCarthy. “We set up a global clean power alliance. We’ve signed new climate agreements with India and China. Its obviously, incredibly important to bring them on board. We’re championing UK investors to invest in emerging and developing economies.” Follow the money The Azerbaijan Presidency of COP29 hailed a breakthrough in recruiting more global finance – but will it materialize? The government is working on making good on past COP commitments, such as the Powering Past Coal Alliance, which it co-chairs with Canada; the Forest and Climate Leaders Partnership and the Climate and Clean Air Coalition, which is addressing super pollutants, like methane and black carbon, and clean cooking. At COP29, developed countries committed to providing at least $300 billion annually by 2035 to support developing countries in mitigating and adapting to climate change. The commitment tripled the previous goal of $100 billion per year – but even that goal was never met. Additionally, the “Baku Finance Goal” aimed to raise $1.3 trillion per year by 2035 from public and private sources, to tackle climate change effectively, noted McCarthy, pledging that the UK would be doing its part to advance those commitments. She sees the core funding as supporting adaptation in LMICs, but adds that, “the outer core of funding will be more on the mitigation side, because if you’re decarbonizing industry, setting up a clean alternative, there’s a need to make the return easier to get the private sector to invest in that.” Powering past coal with a ‘message of hope’ At the Future Fabrics Expo at London Climate Action Week, Lakshmi Poti, head of fashion at Laudes Foundation, talks about sustainable fashion supply chains. At last month’s London Climate Action Week, the UK government also unveiled a new initiative to develop high integrity carbon markets. “There’s been a lot of concerns about greenwashing. But we think that if we can establish high integrity markets, we can channel huge amounts of finance to them, .. and because of our role as a leading financial centre, we can be at the forefront of financial innovation,” McCarthy said. Along with the all-important financial and tech sectors, new initiatives in fashion, sports and the creative industries were showcased at the recent London Climate Action Week events. “We want a science-led approach to the crisis,” McCarthy added. “We believe that the government has a duty to be honest with people about the scale of the crisis… but we also want to deliver a message of hope – because that’s the only way we will be able to bring people with us to deliver the change we need.” Dearth of renewables investments in least developed countries The UK is not the only leading player amongst developed countries. The European Union has set a target of reducing its net emissions by 55% by 2030, with a proposed 90% reduction by 2040, attaining net zero emissions by 2050. Last Thursday (24 July), the EU and China also signed a precedent-setting agreement to drive a “global just transition” on climate change. While it didn’t introduce any new commitments, it has been welcomed as a “timely stabilising signal” by groups such as 350.org in the turbulent landscape of US retreat. Fiona Walker (moderator); Sean Maguire of the Clean Air Fund, Sophia Lenzos (UK-NIHCR), and Alan Dangour of Wellcome. Marcin Golec of the European Investment Bank is on the screen behind the panel. But no significant climate and clean air investments have been made in the least developed economies, which are too indebted already to invest domestically and viewed as too high-risk for international investors, Sean Maguire of the Clean Air Fund told the simmit. By2024, only 1% of overseas development aid (ODA) has been invested in air quality projects, which reduce the global burden of seven million air pollution-related deaths annually and cut climate emissions, slowing global warming. “We do an annual report on levels of investments in air quality projects, and the numbers are pretty dismal,” Maguire said. “Roughly 1% of all ODA is spent on investments in air quality. It’s 6% when you add in projects that have air quality co-benefits. Investments in fossil fuel development as compared to projects that improve air quality over the past four years. “We spend a lot of time and energy lobbying multilateral development agencies to increase that amount. There are some signs of them beginning to shift. But obviously you’ve got the countervailing cuts [in aid] that’s going on in the bilateral development space.” Money “tends to flow to middle income countries that can afford to take on more debt and have capability and capacity to take on loans,” he added. “And a lot of this is coming in the form of lending rather than grants. “I do worry that, particularly in Africa, where you’re seeing mega cities developing, rising levels of air pollution and chronic levels of state indebtedness, that model of lending for improvement is just not going to work.” Since the beginning of the year, the Green Climate Fund (GCF), has only approved six renewable energy projects including Africa, over the past five years. Only five specifically African renewable energy projects had been approved since 2019, a Health Policy Watch assessment last year revealed. The Green Climate Fund has approved or implemented only six renewable energy projects that include Africa over the past five years. This month, a new GCF investment was made into the revised Global Green Bond platform, investing €200 million in equity funding to support the development of low-carbon energy systems for electricity production and stimulate reduced emissions for transport and other development areas. Along with Brazil and Bangladesh, eight African countries are part of this new 10-nation initiative – Angola, Cameroon, Côte d’Ivoire, Egypt, Kenya, Namibia, Senegal and Uganda. Air pollution deaths projected to grow – but mitigation returns are large Unless and until major new investments in clean energy are made, exposure to air pollution that already kills some seven million people a year, will only get worse, Maguire pointed out. “The World Bank predicts a 21% increase in the number of people who will be breathing air with pollutants (of PM 2.5) worse than 25 micrograms per cubic meter (µg/m³) in the next 15 years. So if it’s bad already, it can get a lot worse. “We are going to have a much worse pollution crisis in many African cities and countries in the years to come,” added Maguire, referring to a World Bank report, which also showed that increasing investments in clean air strategies from $8.5 billion to nearly $14 billion annually could also halve the number of people exposed to excessive PM2.5 by 204o. Global map of national population-weighted annual average PM2.5 concentrations in 2020. Without more action, those exposed to PM 2.5 levels of 25 µg/m³ could increase by 21%. “So not only do we need to invest for a return, we need to invest to avert a worse crisis,” Maquire said. “But if economies plan rationally, they would see the returns on clean air investments are very large,” Maguire underlined. “The World Bank recently said an investment in clean air in cities like Delhi would give you a two to 3.5 times, rate of return. “And in the same report, they said that there’s $2 trillion worth of economic gains to be had by 2040 if we managed to get the amount of air pollution halved. So the message is simple and clear: invest in clean air. It makes sense for health. It makes sense for the planet. It’s a fabulous rate of return.” Putting health at the center of climate negotiations: Belém and beyond? There is no health negotiating track in the UN climate framework, and health is not even among the 19 topics mentioned on the UNFCCC website. One way to unlock more investments in renewable energy and other projects that yield health co-benefits, would be to establish health as a formal parameter of climate negotiations and commitments. So far it is not. COP’s formal negotiation tracks include mitigation, adaptation, finance, technology, capacity building. Other issues, such a loss and damage; just transition, indigenous peoples, youth, agriculture and oceans have also played prominent roles in recent years. On the official UNFCC website, amongst the 19 topics mentioned, health does not even have its own section. While health has played a more prominent role in adaptation talks, it is still a minor feature in mitigation agendas, with little or no technical attention to health co-benefits of certain actions. Quantifiable health co-benefits of mitigation actions still don’t play a significant role as a quantifiable metric for prioritizing mitigation actions or reporting on outcomes. This means that health impacts or outcomes from climate actions remains outliers in Nationally Determined Commitments by countries, and consequently as investment priorities. As a result, in COP outcome documents, health is typically only mentioned in passing. While CO 28 in Dubai featured a glitzy, first-ever official Health Day, including figures like Bill Gates and then-US Climate Envoy John Kerry, the health declaration adopted at the conference made no mention of fossil fuel’s health harms. The following year, even the hoopla was missing at COP29 in Azerbaijan, where a handful of officials and online ministers addressed an audience of a few dozen people. Health Day at COP 29 in Azerbaijan – a room with a few dozen people, in comparison to the hoopla at COP28 in Dubai. Oil-producing states led by Saudi Arabia, held up the closure of the World Health Assembly in May for hours in an effort to scuttle a vote on a new WHO Climate Change and Health Action Plan, which didn’t even mention the word fossil fuels as a driver of climate and health impacts. Can Brazil lead at COP30, while it rolls back environmental measures? President of Brazil Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva (centre), Minister of Health Nísia Trindade (right) and WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (left) at the G20 Leaders’ Summit, November 2024. Brazil has promised to make health a more prominent part of its COP30 agenda in Belém (10-21 November). A pre-COP Global Conference on Climate and Health, begins tomorrow (29-31 July) in Brasilia, hosted by the Brazilian government and co-sponsored by WHO via its regional office, the Pan American Health Organization (PAHO). The Brasilia conference is supposed to review and revise a draft Belém Health Action Plan, set to be adopted at the November COP. The plan’s main focus remains adaptation, and particularly adaptation of health systems to climate change – a critical area of work but hardly the only one. The plan also does call for more “intersectoral policies that maximize health and climate co-benefits,” including “actions that reduce air pollution, prevent fires and dust storms, ensure access to healthy and sustainable diets, water availability, promote quality public transport, [and] climate-resilient housing,” But as in the previous rounds of climate talks, COP28 and COP29, fossil fuels, are entirely missing from the draft health text with only one reference to “renewable energy”. Brazil, itself is facing a crisis over development policies in the Amazon and elsewhere, leaving question marks about how firmly it can lead other partners in bold action. Health is part of the COP ‘circus’ but not the inner chamber Health is part of the COP ‘circus’, but not the inner chamber of negotiations, critics say. Portrayed here: WHO’s Pavilion at COP27 in Sharm el-Sheikh addressed by WHO’s Director of Climate, Environment and Health, Dr Maria Neria. In global climate negotiations, health still remains a sideshow, admitted Alan Dangour, head of Wellcome’s new strategic focus on Climate and Health, in the closing session of the London Summit. “For those of you who have not been to a COP, basically, there’s a circus with entertainment, and then in the middle, there’s a room where the negotiations happen,” said Dangour. “The Health Day was part of the circus,” he added, referring to the first big health event at COP28. “We got the [COP] President speaking, we got all sorts of people to speak, and we were very pleased with ourselves, and the community was very pleased with itself that we had managed to achieve that, but we achieved absolutely zero in that little [negotiating] room. “Since COP28, our entire focus has been on the negotiating group and we now support the African group of negotiators to make sure that health evidence is part of what they negotiate. “That was a very big learning for us. We needed the health base so that health was prominent, and then we needed to invest separately in the negotiating rooms and who says what, when, where in those rooms. And that’s now our clear focus: on how to influence what happens.” Image Credits: Yoda Adaman/ Unsplash, Flickr/Russi Allison Loar , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Imperial College-Connecting Climate Minds , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watcy, HABVIA , HABVIA , Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, Great British Energy , @WeDontHaveTime, Clean Air Fund, Green Climate Fund , UNFCCC.int , PAHO/WHO/Karina Zambrana, Megha Kaveri/HPW. Smoke Signals from the Plastics Treaty: Why Geneva Negotiations Can’t Ignore Health Governance 25/07/2025 Deborah Sy Cigarette filters, made from a plastic called cellulose acetate, are world’s most littered plastic item. As negotiators prepare to meet in Geneva, 5-14 August in yet another attempt to finalize the United Nations Global Plastics Treaty addressing a pollution crisis affecting oceans and ecosystems worldwide – a critical linkage between health and environment governance seems to be largely missing from the draft text. After nearly three years of negotiations, the world may be on the verge of finalizing its first legally-binding global instrument to tackle plastic pollution – providing that treaty negotiators overcome massive pressures from the fossil fuel industry to further stall an agreement or weaken provisions aiming to limit plastics production. But as negotiators prepare for the resumed fifth session (INC-5.2), another fundamental flaw threatens the future treaty’s health objectives: the failure to integrate environmental and health governance. This is particularly apparent with regards to cigarette filters – the world’s most littered plastic item – although it extends to cross-sector cooperation on other issues regarding the health harms of other plastics as well. The current draft text makes with only one reference to ‘plastic’ cigarette filters (in draft Annex X) and makes no reference at all to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control – which could, in fact, be an important nexus for health-environment cooperation on the treaty – once it is approved. The treatment of cigarette filters – largely made of a plastic called cellulose acetate – sends smoke signals about more systematic problems with the treaty text in terms of its approach to environment and health. Health rhetoric vs reality gap Cigarette filters are the world’s most prevalent forms of plastic litter, marring beaches and from there, infiltrating to oceans and fresh water ways. The Chair’s text, the working document guiding final negotiations, acknowledges health extensively in its rhetoric, although much of it remains in brackets, indicating areas where countries have not yet reached agreement. The preamble recognizes plastic pollution as “a serious environmental and human health problem,” while the treaty’s stated objective is “to protect human health and the environment from plastic pollution.” But while the preamble recognizes mutual support with “other international agreements in the field of the environment,” it limits that framework to environmental treaties. Any reference to health instruments, including the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC), which has been ratified by 183 countries, are absent from this structure. Draft Plastics Treaty negotiating text – much of language on health remains in brackets. The Chair’s preambular text affirms that the plastics treaty will “not affect… existing treaty obligations,” but this is a non-binding statement that merely avoids direct legal contradictions without promoting substantive policy coherence. In practice, it enables siloed implementation, weakens the ability of health ministries to regulate tobacco product components, and gives the tobacco industry new opportunities to exploit regulatory gaps through the environment ministries. Most tellingly, a standalone health article remains uncertain, reduced to scattered references or a placeholder “pending informal drafting work.” Despite the draft’s stated health objectives, the institutional bridge to health governance is still missing. The ‘safe alternatives’ problem This gap matters because “safe substitutes,” “safe alternatives,” or “safe recycling” are at the heart of solutions throughout the draft treaty. But how can environmental authorities evaluate safety and health impacts without connecting to international or national health standards? The tobacco industry is already exploiting this governance gap by promoting “eco-filters” and “biodegradable” alternatives to plastic cigarette filters. While these products may appear to address plastic pollution, they remain harmful to both health and the environment. Worse, they risk misleading consumers and this kind of product feature substitution is typically assessed by health authorities, not environmental ministries, which may lack the mandate or expertise to evaluate such claims. The cigarette filter test case Cigarette filters are the most littered plastic in the world. Used cigarette filters represent the world’s most littered plastic item, with trillions discarded annually. Each cigarette butt contains toxic lead, cadmium, phthalates, and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons that leach into waterways. A single cigarette butt can contaminate 1,000 liters of water, causing $26 billion in annual marine ecosystem damage. The FCTC provides clear guidance on these filters: Parties should prohibit ingredients in tobacco products that may create the impression that they have a health benefit. The WHO study group’s recommendations early this year included that filters should be banned to reduce the palatability and appeal of cigarettes. This would remove consumer misconceptions that filters reduce health harms, and it would also reduce a major source of toxic tobacco waste, including the microplastics deposited by cellulose acetate in filters. Annex X: plastics items recommended for limitations, but not ban or phaseout. Annex Y: proposed ban or phaseout list. Yet the draft plastics treaty only lists “cigarette filters made with plastic” in a priority list for mandatory or voluntary restriction or banning (Annex X), rather than on the ban or phaseout list (Annex Y). The “made with plastic” language for cigarette filters also creates a dangerous loophole that permits biofilters/ eco-filters, contradicting established health guidance. In contrast, Annex Y, the ban/ phase out list, itemizes toys and food containers containing lead, cadmium, and phthalates – the same toxicants found in cigarette filters. Broader governance architecture problem The cigarette filter case reveals systemic weaknesses in the treaty draft’s language around health. Article 2.2 of the FCTC requires Parties to ensure that subsequent international agreements should be compatible with FCTC obligations. However, the negotiating states have yet to provide a mechanism for ensuring this compatibility. When environmental ministries approve product redesigns without health authority input, both agendas suffer. When industries exploit policy gaps to rehabilitate their image while maintaining harmful products, both environmental integrity and health objectives are compromised. Extended Producer Responsibility schemes promoted throughout the draft treaty could also legitimize tobacco industry participation in environmental policy and its greenwashing, directly contradicting FCTC Article 5.3’s requirement to “protect tobacco-related environment policies” from industry interference. The problem extends far beyond tobacco. Plastic substitution decisions made in isolation from health expertise risk creating new health hazards while solving environmental concerns—essentially trading one set of risks for another. Environmental authorities may inadvertently approve alternatives that address plastic pollution while creating health risks. Infrastructure already exists Plastics health impacts in brief. The solution isn’t to build new health systems from scratch, as many countries already have relevant capacity, and global infrastructure exists, including for chemical safety, food standards, and medical devices. For tobacco, global networks like TobLabNet and TobReg provide evidence-based guidance. The real challenge is not global coordination, but national-level inter-agency cooperation. The future plastics treaty can help by explicitly obligating this, ensuring health and environment agencies work together. Without giving due regard to existing health treaties, such coordination will inevitably run up against the different standards these agencies follow on industry engagement. No credible health authority engages with the tobacco industry, which is prohibited globally under the WHO’s Framework of Engagement with Non-State Actors (FENSA) and nationally through Article 5.3 of the FCTC, which covers over 90% of the world’s population. The commitment to binding norms on conflict of interest in the FCTC is essential. It creates space for the broader safeguards called for by civil society, scientists, and the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR). Failing to respect existing obligations—especially in the clearest and extreme case of tobacco— effectively precludes any meaningful prevention of conflicts of interest. Integration not isolation The solution lies in strengthening the draft’s health foundation by explicitly recognizing existing health agreements, including the WHO’s FCTC, which was already referenced in previous drafts to promote “cooperation, coordination, and complementarity.” A global coalition focusing on this issue recommends a simple safeguard clause – “Measures taken under this instrument shall be without prejudice to, and aligned with, existing international public health treaties and obligations, (including the WHO FCTC)” – would help prevent regulatory conflicts while provide supportive infrastructures to bolster the authority of environmental ministries to implement the future treaty. For cigarette filters, the recommendation is to eliminate material qualifiers “made of plastic” and move filters to a list for immediate bans. More broadly, the future instrument needs formal mechanisms for health expertise integration—not transferring authority from the environment to health ministries, but creating coordination mechanisms ensuring both objectives are met. The Geneva opportunity The Global Plastics Treaty could model integrated governance for 21st-century planetary health challenges, or represent another missed opportunity for coherent global health governance. Tobacco control shows how weak coordination between health and environmental sectors can backfire. When environmental agencies promote so-called “eco-filters” without health input, they risk legitimizing harmful products. But the reverse is also true. During COVID-19, health-led responses drove a surge in plastic consumption, worsening pollution. Both cases expose the same flaw: without coordination, one sector’s solution can become another’s crisis. The Plastics Treaty offers a rare chance to correct this. The infrastructure exists. The evidence is clear. What’s missing is the political will to connect them through binding legal frameworks. Geneva may be the last, best opportunity, not only to curb plastic pollution, but to safeguard the future of global health governance. Integrating international health agreements into the treaty does more than align with existing obligations. It helps define the treaty’s direction and lays the foundation for a strong, legally binding instrument with robust regulatory measures and comprehensive protections for people and the planet. Deborah Sy is head of Strategy and Global Public Policy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control (GGTC) at Thammasat University in Thailand, the convener of Global Youth Voices and the Stop Tobacco Pollution Alliance (STPA). She is the founder and senior advisor of Health Justice Philippines, an observer to the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations. Image Credits: Dennis Skley, University of Bath , UNEP , Chairs Text, draft UN Plastics Treaty, December 2024, Chairs Text, UN Plastics Treaty, Draft 2024, Ciel.org. US Drafts Plan to Change PEPFAR’s Focus From HIV to Diseases that Could Threaten Americans 24/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan A woman with HIV takes her antiretrovial (ARV) medicine. Until earlier this year, over 20 million people with HIV received ARVs funded by PEPFAR. US State Department officials are developing a plan to transform the President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) from an entity that tackles HIV to one that is broadly focused on protecting and promoting American interests. This is according to a report in the New York Times on Thursday, based on leaked planning documents that map out their vision for PEPFAR’s transition in in the next few years. “It would be replaced by ‘bilateral relationships’ with low-income countries focused on the detection of outbreaks that could threaten the United States and the creation of new markets for American drugs and technologies,” the newspaper reports. This is in keeping with the focus of the Trump administration’s first meeting with African health leaders after the US paused all foreign aid for 90 days in January. During the meeting between leaders of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and their counterparts in Africa CDC in March, the US officials indicated that they were interested in African business opportunities for American companies. Africa CDC official Dr Ngashi Ngongo told journalists after the meeting that the Trump administration “would like to see health more as a business, rather than something that functions on grants,” and is interested in “exploring how can we go into a partnership that translates into health as a business”. Aggressive transition planning Dr Jirair Ratevosian, a global health expert at Duke and previous PEPFAR chief of staff, said that the Trump administration has “made it very clear that they want to carry on with aggressive transition planning” for PEPFAR. “Transition planning is not a bad idea, but it must be done right, with timetables, developing indicators, matching government buy-in, getting community input etc,” Ratevosian said. While he has not seen the documents referred to by the New York Times, Ratevosian is concerned that the transition plan is being written in Washington rather than in and with the African countries most affected by PEPFAR’s transition. “There needs to be realistic timetables, careful planning and resources to successfully make the transition of HIV programming [from PEPFAR] to national control,” said Ratevosian. “Congress has made clear it rejects the administration’s rushed approach to PEPFAR’s transition, signalling bipartisan concern about protecting the program’s legacy and impact.” He added that the US State Department should also develop plans for US companies to sell their antiretroviral drugs to African countries, the largest market for these products. Brief defunding reprieve Luyengo Clinic in Eswatini. PEPFAR funded 80% of the clinic’s cost, and the HIV treatment of 3,000 people is in jeopardy. Last week, there was a brief moment of hope for PEPFAR recipients after the US Senate agreed to exempt the programme from a planned $400 million reduction, which had been included in a $9.4 billion rescission package put forward by President Donald Trump. The rescission package seeks to claw back federal funds from various programs, including approximately $900 million in global health allocations. Disruptions to US aid for global health including for PEPFAR programmes, have placed millions of lives at risk, particularly in countries heavily dependent on US-supported HIV infrastructure. Carolyn Amole, Clinton Health Access Initiative vice-president for HIV, hepatitis and TB, said PEPFAR’s funding cuts had disrupted commodities procurement, essential systems such as human resources, supply chains, and data infrastructure. Millions more AIDS deaths, infections projected An additional six million new HIV infections and four million AIDS-related deaths could occur between 2025 and 2029 if US-supported HIV treatment and prevention services collapse, according to UNAIDS. “This is not just a funding gap. It’s a ticking time bomb,” said UNAIDS Executive Director Winnie Byanyima at the launch of the organisation’s 2025 global AIDS update earlier this month. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” “Key populations” refer to people most vulnerable to HIV infection, including sex workers, men to have sex with men, people who inject drugs and young women. Some of the immediate effects of the US withdrawal of funds since Donald Trump assumed the presidency in January include the closure of health facilities, healthworker job losses, and disrupted treatment, testing and prevention services. Image Credits: The Global Fund/ Saiba Sehmi, UNAIDS. ‘Mass Starvation in Gaza’, WHO Concurs With Aid Agencies 23/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Six-month-old Salam is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza City. “There is mass starvation in Gaza,” World Health Organization (WHO) Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus asserted on Wednesday, aligning with a statement by 110 aid organisations released earlier that day. “A large proportion of the population of Gaza is starving. I don’t know what you would call it other than mass starvation, and it’s man-made,” Tedros told a media briefing on Wednesday, referring to aid blockage since the controversial private organisation, the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF) assumed control over aid distribution. “Rates of acute malnutrition exceed 10%, and over 20% of pregnant and breastfeeding women that have been screened are malnourished, often severely,” said Tedros. “The hunger crisis is being accelerated by the collapse of aid pipelines and restrictions on access [with] 95% of households in Gaza facing severe water shortages.” In their statement, the aid organisations including Medecins sans Frontieres (MSF), CARE, Christian Aid, Save the Children and Oxfam, urged governments to ensure that Israel ends “the siege of Gaza” and allows “the full flow of food, clean water, medical supplies, shelter items, and fuel through a principled, UN-led mechanism”. For the past two months, aid has not been channelled through UN agencies but rather via the GHF, which is supported by the governments of Israel and the United States. Since the GHF assumed control over aid distribution on 27 May, over 1,000 people have been killed by Israeli forces while trying to get food at the GHF distribution centres, according to the United Nations human rights office on Tuesday. “Doctors report record rates of acute malnutrition, especially among children and older people,” according to the aid organisations. “Illnesses like acute watery diarrhoea are spreading, markets are empty, waste is piling up, and adults are collapsing on the streets from hunger and dehydration. Distributions in Gaza average just 28 trucks a day, far from enough for over two million people, many of whom have gone weeks without assistance.” ‘Tip of the iceberg’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses a media briefing on Wednesday. “I don’t know why we’re even splitting hairs,” said Tedros, in reference to debate about whether Gazans were starving. “Not only were 1,026 people killed while trying to feed themselves or find food for their family, but thousands were also wounded.” “We demand that there is full access [for humanitarian aid], and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages, as we have always said,” Tedros concluded. On Monday, the UN World Food Programme (WFP) said that a quarter of Gaza’s population faces famine-like conditions. Dr Rik Peeperkorn, WHO representative for Palestine, said that malnutrition in Gaza had been negligible before Israel attacked Gaza in retaliation for Hamas’s attack on Israel on 7 October 2023. The malnutrition rate in children under the age of five was 0.6% then, while it did not exist in pregnant women or the elderly. But this year, around 30,000 children are reported to be malnourished and 21 have died of hunger, said Peeperkorn, describing these statistics as “the tip of the iceberg”. “In July alone, 5,100 children have been admitted to the malnutrition programme, including 880 children with severe malnutrition,” said Peeperkorn. Several hospitals in the territory do not have the staff or supplies to function and have become malnutrition treatment centres, but two months ago, they lacked nutritional supplements for patients, he said. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city (July 2025) Aid staff also face starvation. Peeperkorn added that UN staff members were facing the same conditions of lack of water and food, and there was widespread “absolute lethargy” in Gaza as people lacked the energy to do basic tasks. The aid organisations similarly reported that their staff are hungry and don’t have access to clean water. “Aid workers are now joining the same food lines, risking being shot just to feed their families. With supplies now totally depleted, humanitarian organisations are witnessing their own colleagues and partners waste away before their eyes,” they said. “Doctors, nurses, journalists, humanitarians, among them UNRWA staff, are hungry… fainting due to hunger and exhaustion while performing their duties,” Juliette Touma, director of communications for the UN agency for Palestine refugees (UNRWA), said in a media statement on Tuesday. Touma described “the so-called GHF distribution scheme” as “a sadistic death-trap”, adding that “snipers open fire randomly on crowds as if they’re given a license to kill”. She also told of massive food prices, recounting that a colleague paid almost $200 for a bag of lentils and some flour, after walking for hours to buy it. The GHF claimed on Monday that, “Since launching operations on May 27, we’ve distributed nearly 85 million meals via more than 1.4 million boxes—directly to the people of Gaza”. However, Israeli media outlet Haaretz said that GHF should have distributed several times this amount to ensure sufficient food. “If roughly 2.1 million people live in the Gaza Strip today, it’s preferable for them to eat three meals a day, and GHF had been in operation for 56 days as of Monday, how many meals should it have distributed? A simple calculation produces the answer – 353 million,” reported the news outlet. The GHF has also been criticised for distributing dry food when people are unable to cook, setting up too few food distribution centres and locating them in isolated areas, forcing thousands of people to walk long distances while exposed to IDF attacks and stampedes. Over 90% of Gaza is under Israeli evacuation orders, and nowhere is safe for residents. Earlier this week, the GHF offered to distribute the UN’s aid but the UN responded on Wednesday, saying that it would not work with any groups that put civilians’ lives in danger. WHO staff detention and warehouse destruction WHO warehouse in Deir al Balah lies in ruins after it it was attacked by Israeli military forces on Sunday and Monday. Meanwhile, one WHO staff member remains in Israeli detention following an Israeli Defence Force attack on the WHO’s staff residence and its biggest warehouse in Deir al Balah. Declining to name the staff member, Tedros said he had written to Israel’s Foreign Minister to demand his release and would take this up “at the highest level” if he remained in custody. The IDF attack on the warehouse caused severe damage, destroying “a substantial amount of medical supplies in all areas: trauma, antibiotics and anaesthesia”, said Peeperkorn. However, while this was a setback for the global organisation, it had identified other potential premises and would continue to support health facilities in Gaza, he added. “We demand that there is full access, and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages,” said Tedros. Tougher EU stance against Israel? The European Union (EU) seems to be toughening its stance against Israel in the face of the growing outcry over the starvation of the population. On Tuesday, the EU High Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy Kaja Kallas posted on X that “all options remain on the table if Israel doesn’t deliver on its pledges” to increase the number of aid trucks, crossing points and routes to distribution points. “The killing of civilians seeking aid in Gaza is indefensible. I spoke again with [Israeli Minister of Foreign Affairs Gideon Saar] to recall our understanding on aid flow and made clear that IDF must stop killing people at distribution points,” said Kallas. Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable. The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long.… https://t.co/VhaKxUXka0 — Ursula von der Leyen (@vonderleyen) July 22, 2025 EU Commission President Ursula von der Leyen also posted on X on Tuesday, declaring that “Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable.” Von der Leyen added: “The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long. It must stop now. Israel must deliver on its pledges.” Image Credits: UNRWA. States Have a Duty to Prevent Significant Harm from Climate Change, ICJ Rules 23/07/2025 Disha Shetty The International Court of Justice (ICJ) headquarters in The Hague, The Netherlands The International Court of Justice (ICJ) ruled on Wednesday that states have a duty to prevent significant harm to the environment from climate change in a landmark advisory opinion. The court also ruled that the states have a duty to cooperate internationally and called on them to set national climate targets that are of the “highest possible ambition.” “The court concludes that the duty of states to prevent significant environmental harm applies in the context of climate change, and that this duty forms part of the most directly relevant applicable law concerning the duty to cooperate,” said ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, who read out the advisory. The court addressed the issue of human rights and said they cannot be enjoyed without environmental protection. It has asked countries to bear in mind the Paris Agreement target to limit global warming to 1.5° C. READ HERE: The summary of the #ICJ Advisory Opinion on the Obligations of States in respect of Climate Change. https://t.co/7TWc7ifwfX pic.twitter.com/vVxxwpZpbX — CIJ_ICJ (@CIJ_ICJ) July 23, 2025 The ICJ’s ruling comes in response to a United Nations (UN) General Assembly resolution led by the small island nation of Vanuatu in the Pacific Ocean, which sought ICJ’s advisory opinion on the obligations of states on climate change, and the legal consequences of these. This is the first opinion on climate change by the ICJ, and it is seen as a landmark in international law as all UN members are automatic signatories of the ICJ. The ICJ, UN’s principal judicial organ of the UN, has a twofold role: to settle disputes between states and to give advisory opinions on legal questions. Climate crisis is a health crisis WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus speaking at the ICJ in December 2024. While the ICJ did not explicitly refer to health, Iwasawa made it clear that countries have to ensure that their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) or the climate targets they set for themselves are ambitious. “This means that each party has to do its utmost to ensure that the NDCs it puts forward represent its highest possible ambition,” Iwasawa said. While few countries have included health targets in their NDCs, there is an increasing global push to do so. The ICJ took the testimonials of a range of stakeholders into account in the run-up to the verdict. In 2024, World Health Organization’s Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus spoke at the ICJ giving his testimonial on how the climate crisis is a health crisis. In his testimonial, Tedros highlighted how climate change’s health impacts disproportionately affect small island nations like Tuvalu, also in the Pacific Ocean. “Climate change and extreme weather are wreaking havoc on humans and their health, disrupting societies, economies and development,” Tedros said. “Without immediate action, climate-related increases in disease prevalence, destruction of health infrastructure and growing societal burdens could overwhelm already overburdened health systems around the world,” he added. ICJ opens the door for reparations ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, Japan, delivering the advisory opinion Iwasawa, while acknowledging that the effect of climate change is “severe and far-reaching,” noted that the ICJ was not asked to rule specifically on the issue of compensation or climate damages. “The court considers that it has been requested to address legal consequences in a general manner, and that it is not called upon to identify the legal responsibility of any particular state or group of states,” he said. He added that any such request must be looked at on a case by case basis. “Concerning the duty to make reparation, the appropriate nature and quantum of reparations cannot be assessed in the abstract, and depends on the circumstances of a particular case,” he said. Reparations could take the form of ecological restoration or reconstruction of damaged infrastructure, the ICJ suggested. Climate-related drought in the Horn of Africa has impacted approximately 4.5 million Somalis, and around 700,000 individuals have been forced to leave their homes. “From deadly heat and toxic air to disease and displacement, the Court’s message is clear – human health is not collateral damage,” said Dr Jeni Miller, executive director at the Global Climate and Health Alliance. “Health workers and advocates now have powerful legal backing to demand bold, science-based climate action rooted in justice, including a just transition away from fossil fuels, for health and the duty to protect life across all ages and borders,” she added. Harjeet Singh, climate activist and founding director of Satat Sampada Climate Foundation, described the ruling as offering the potential for “a historic level of protection” for communities on the frontlines of climate change. “It means the suffering, the loss of homes and livelihoods, and the terrifying storms and rising seas that have become our reality can now be met with demands for justice, restitution, and repair. The message is clear: the polluters must pay,” said Singh. The ICJ advisory comes at a time when the US government is planning to repeal the scientific finding that established greenhouse gases endanger human life by pushing up global temperatures. This finding, established in 2009, gives governments the ability to push for climate action. However, the Trump administration is on its way to repeal the finding, which now means the US will be at odds with ICJ’s latest advisory. “Cooperation between states is the very foundation of meaningful international efforts with respect to climate change,” Iwasawa said. Image Credits: ICJ, Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, UN Photo/ICJ-CIJ/Frank van Beek. Courtesy of the ICJ., UN-Water/Twitter . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Addressing Alzheimer’s: Speech and Smell Tests May Help to Detect Cognitive Decline 30/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan New tests based on speech and smell may help to identify people at risk of dementia earlier Digital tests based on speech and smell are being developed to screen for cognitive decline, researchers told the Alzheimer’s Association International Conference in Toronto. Two speech apps are already some way down the road, testing several markers including speech speed, vocabulary and rhythm in different languages to establish a baseline for testing, a session convened by the Davos Alzheimer’s Collaboration (DAC) heard. A third initiative using smell is also in the mix, primarily testing people’s ability to smell certain scents via inhalers. DAC supports an innovation ecosystem to accelerate healthcare solutions to end Alzheimer’s disease globally, and DAC-supported projects in Kenya, India, Egypt and Chile have afforded the companies access to multicultural groups to refine their innovations. Better screening tests are essential as an estimated three-quarters of people with Alzheimer’s are never diagnosed and, as the burden grows in the global South, tests for low-resource settings as crucial. TELL’s Adolfo Garcia described his company’s product as “a digital speech biomarker app” that can run on multiple platforms, based on a collection of speech tasks ranging from spontaneous to non-spontaneous tasks. Several speech features “are very revealing about your mental health status”, said Garcia. Using speech timing metrics, for example, the app can measure “the rhythm with which people speak; the number of pauses that they make, how long those pauses are, how variable they are, how long the syllables that they produced are”, said Garcia. TELL has been tested in over 20 countries with over 40,000 hours of data from around 9000 participants. But Garcia describes the in-depth research with the DAC-supported researchers headed by Dr Karen Blackmon at Agha Khan University in Kenya, as “phenomenal, instructive and fulfilling.” Blackmon’s team has been testing Swahili-speaking Kenyans for cognitive decline based on simple speech timing metrics, while TELL has trained a machine learning regressor with various speech metrics. There has been a “moderate to strong correlation” between the results from TELL’s machine model and the real-time scores from people that Blackmon’s team has tested on “simple speech timing metrics, which are quite scalable across different languages”, Garcia noted. Nicklas Linz of Ki Elements said his speech app aims to find “something that works across languages, across cultural contexts, so that we have something that is culturally fair, neutral and usable in all of these contexts”. His group has worked with DAC teams in Egypt, India, Kenya and Chile who speak Arabic, Hindi, English, Swahili and Spanish. Loss of smell and neurodegeneration Subhanjan Mondal of Sensify said that the idea to use olfaction (smell) as a measure for neurodegeneration “came from COVID”, where many people who contracted the virus lost their sense of smell. People with the ApoE e4 allele, the gene variant that increases the risk of developing late-onset Alzheimer’s disease, also have an increased risk of olfactory decline. “There is an anatomical connection between olfaction and neurodegeneration for Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s and many other neurodegenerative diseases,” said Mondal. “And there is also a genetic component, as ApoE carriers have a strong disposition to olfactory decline.” Sensify has developed a digital smell test, ScentAware, with smells contained in different inhalers that are QR-coded. Using an app connected to a mobile phone camera, people can conduct the smell test at home or in a clinical setting. “People found it easy to use, fun, and it can be done in a short time,” said Mondal. But there is some way to go. The field is so new that there are no common smell elements across cultures. “Can this be incorporated somewhere upstream in a screening mechanism in normal individuals with higher risk factors?” Mondal asks. Sensify is developing a smell test, ScentAware, to diagnose cognitive decline. Multicultural challenges “There are a lot of challenges in adapting speech tasks from multilingual contexts like Kenya,” said Aga Khan’s Blackmon. “But these are challenges that we’re going to have to face across as, in the Global South, multilingualism is a norm in most post-colonial settings where… major languages like English are spoken in schools but not necessarily in homes.” “It’s been excellent to work with TELL, Ki Elements and Sensify Aware because, in each of these partnerships, we are identifying problems and we’re proactively solving them,” said Blackmon. For example, an app using automatic speech recognition did not do so well when people were switching languages, she explained. “Although our samples may seem small, the way that we’re approaching this is to solve problems [before the app is] scaled to larger populations.” The end goal is to integrate the apps into health systems to enable affordable and accurate early detection. “These tools are friendlier. Their interfaces have been really well designed. They’re user-friendly. Tools like the olfactory Sensify Aware are fun for patients,” said Blackmon. “It’s very different from a standard neuropsychological test setting that I’m used to, where people are sweating. “It’s an opportunity to do it well and do it differently with input from stakeholders across the global South. We may even discover new speech features that turn out to be diagnostically relevant, like the number of times someone switches language could tell us something about early signs of dementia.” Societal and genetic influences The exposome influencing Alzheimer’s disease. Professor Amy Kind of the University of Wisconsin (UW) addressed how cognitive decline is influenced by both genetic and societal elements, known as the “exposome”. “The term was first coined in 2005, and it means the integrated compilation of physical, chemical, biological and social influences across an entire life course that influence biology,” said Kind. “The environmental exposures are modifiable. These are things that we can intervene upon, over and above individual-level factors, to improve health. And this construct is thought of as precision health, not just precision medicine,” she said. “Individuals who live in adverse exposomes experience poor brain health, and hundreds of studies have shown this,” added Kind. She heads the largest study of the social exposome in the United States, The Neighborhoods Study, which works with large community-based surveys as well as with tissue from people who have donated their brains to the study to better understand the environmental risks influencing Alzheimer’s. “We work with brain tissue, and we link it back to the life-course social exposome,” said Kind. “Across 25 academic institutions, there are over 9,000 descendants’ brain donors in the cohort, and it allows us to link, with some certainty, the association between certain types of exposure – be that occupational, social, toxic, metabolic – to findings within the tissue. Kind and colleagues try to identify and mitigate the risks for people living in adverse exposomes. Factors influences Alzheimer’s, as identified by The Lancet “Are there critical windows of life course across these pathways? “Perhaps all of our future for our brain health is written in our childhood, [so] gestational and early childhood effects could be profound, as we think about late life brain health,” said Kind. “Some of our newest work is focused on lead and heavy metal poisoning, because these metals accumulate in the tissue across the life course, and yet lead exposure is so common in our water supply, in the air that we breathe and in other places.” Kind and colleagues have worked closely with the Inner City Milwaukee Water Works Department in order to decrease the lead line pipe infrastructure to decrease lead in the water supply. Lead exposure has been linked to Alzheimer’s and cognitive decline, and a large study was released at the conference this week identifying the impact of leaded gasoline on the memory of older Americans. Reaching the Global South DAC founder George Vradenburg said one of the motives for collaboration is to link the global north and global South. “The majority of cases, by far, are already in the Global South, and by mid-century, it’s going to be 80% of cases of dementia are in the global South. So we have not fulfilled a patient mission if all we deal with is the top 20% of white people in the United States and Europe,” said Vradenburg. “DAC brings together researchers, healthcare systems, governments and funders to accelerate progress where it’s most needed,” DAC COO Drew Holzapfel told the meeting. It is based on three programmes – global cohort development, global clinical trials, and healthcare system preparedness – to address gaps in Alzheimer’s research and treatment. The cohort development programme aims to “increase the amount of research in diverse populations so that we can find better targets for drug development and associated biomarkers,” said Holzapfel. DAC’s global clinical trials programme aims to do clinical trials “better, faster, cheaper” around pharmacological and non-pharmacological interventions for brain health in parts of the globe that have never had those types of trials, he explained. The third component, healthcare system preparedness, aims to prime health systems to implement the innovations. “Our implementation scientists like to talk about how the time it takes for an innovation to go from availability to full clinical utilisation is about 17 years. We think that’s too long, so we’re trying to take the high-speed train and put it on high-speed tracks so that we can help patients,” said Holzapfel. By the end of this year, DAC will have worked in about 70 healthcare systems, implementing new tools for detection and diagnosis for about 60,000 patients. Image Credits: Cristina Gottardi/ Unsplash. Exposure to Leaded Fuel Affects Memory Loss of Older Americans 29/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Exposure to leaded gasoline affects the memory loss of older Americans. Americans are about 20% more likely to experience memory problems if they lived in areas with high levels of atmospheric lead, according to a study of over 600,000 adults over the age of 65 released at the Alzheimer’s Association International Conference in Toronto on Tuesday. Researchers examined how exposure to airborne lead between 1960 and 1974, when leaded gasoline use was at its highest, may affect brain health later in life. They calculated exposure to historical atmospheric lead levels (HALL) by area and linked it to self-reported memory problems from two American Community Surveys (conducted between 2012 and 2021) involving over 500,000 people. Some 17-22% of people living in areas with moderate, high or extremely high atmospheric lead reported memory issues. “Our study may help us understand the pathways that contribute to some people developing dementia and Alzheimer’s disease,” said Dr Eric Brown, lead author and associate chief of geriatric psychiatry at the Centre for Addiction and Mental Health in Toronto. Lead was originally added to gasoline to increase performance until researchers determined it posed serious risks to health and the environment. The more than 20-year-long phase-out of leaded gas began in 1975. “When I was a child in 1976, our blood carried 15 times more lead than children’s blood today,” said Esme Fuller-Thomson, senior author of the study and a professor at the University of Toronto’s Faculty of Social Work. “An astonishing 88% of us had levels higher than 10 micrograms per deciliter, which are now considered dangerously high.” While the risk of atmospheric lead has decreased, other sources of exposure remain, such as old lead paint and pipes. Those who have been exposed to atmospheric lead should focus on reducing other risk factors for dementia, including high blood pressure, smoking and social isolation, said Brown. “Research suggests half the US population – more than 170 million people – were exposed to high lead levels in early childhood. This research sheds more light on the toxicity of lead related to brain health in older adults today,” said Dr Maria Carrillo, Alzheimer’s Association chief science officer and medical affairs lead. Another study reported at the conference found that older adults who live about three miles from a lead-releasing facility – such as glass, ready-mixed concrete or computer and electronics manufacturers – are more likely to have memory and thinking problems than those who live farther away. Lifestyle interventions help slow cognitive decline Alzheimer’s disease is the most common type of dementia found in elderly people. Social isolation, diet and lack of exercise affect the progression of the disease. Meanwhile, in better news, older adults at risk for cognitive decline and dementia who were actively encouraged to adopt healthy lifestyles were able to slow memory loss, the conference heard. A study of over 2,000 people compared the impact of a structured lifestyle intervention with a self-guided intervention and found that, while both interventions helped, those in the more intense intervention had better success at slowing cognitive decline. Both interventions focused on physical exercise, nutrition, cognitive challenge and social engagement, and heart health monitoring, but differed in intensity, structure, accountability and support provided. In the structured lifestyle group, participants attended 38 facilitated peer team meetings over two years. They were provided with an activity programme with measurable goals, encouraged to eat according to the MIND diet, given cognitive challenges and other intellectual and social activities. Their progress was reviewed regularly. In the self-guided lifestyle intervention, participants attended six peer team meetings to encourage self-selected lifestyle changes. Participants in the structured intervention showed greater improvement on global cognition, protecting cognition from normal age-related decline for up to two years. The results of the study, called US POINTER, were reported for the first time at the AAIC conference and published in the Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA). “As the burden of dementia grows worldwide, US POINTER affirms a vital public health message: healthy behaviour has a powerful impact on brain health,” said Dr Joanne Pike, Alzheimer’s Association president and CEO. “This is a critical public health opportunity. The intervention was effective across a broad, representative group – regardless of sex, ethnicity, APOE [gene] genetic risk, or heart health status – demonstrating its applicability and scalability for communities across the country,” added Pike. “The positive results of US POINTER encourage us to look at the potential for a combination of a lifestyle program and drug treatment as the next frontier in our fight against cognitive decline and possibly dementia.” Image Credits: Dawn McDonal/ Unsplash, Photo by Steven HWG on Unsplash. Governments ‘Backslide’ on NCD Commitments After Pressure from Unhealthy Industries 28/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Few countries are effectively taxing tobacco, alcohol, sugary drinks and ultraprocessed food, in part due to massive industry pushback. Governments have weakened their commitment to addressing non-communicable diseases (NCDs) after pressure from “big tobacco, alcohol, junk food, and fossil fuels”, according to civil society. Their claim centres on the draft political declaration due to be adopted at the UN High-Level Meeting (HLM) on NCDs in September, which no longer calls on countries to implement high taxes on these unhealthy products. Countries are due to wrap up negotiations on the declaration this week, with the final declaration due to be adopted at the HLM on 25 September. “It looks like health-harming industry fingerprints are all over this,” said Alison Cox, director of policy and advocacy at the NCD Alliance. “At a time of fiscal pressures, shrinking global health funding, and increased emphasis on domestic resource mobilisation, health taxes are a golden opportunity to both generate revenue and reduce the burden of NCDs and associated healthcare costs,” she added. “Yet as it stands, the declaration’s text contains weaker language around taxes and lets industry off the hook, prioritising profits over public health,” added Cox, describing the draft as “a backslide”. The language in the current draft has been watered down, and targets have been “flattened”, with active commitments to ‘implement’ and ‘enact’ replaced with the “far more passive language of ‘consider’ and ‘encourage’,” according to the NCD Alliance. ‘Reinstate commitment to taxes’ Vital Strategies, a global public health organisation, urged the negotiators to “reinstate explicit commitment to health taxes” on tobacco, alcohol and sugar-sweetened beverages. “These taxes should increase prices sufficiently to reduce affordability, prevent initiation and support reduction or cessation of use,” said Vital Strategies in a media release. “As outlined by the Task Force for Fiscal Policy on Health, a 50% price increase on tobacco, alcohol, and sugary beverages could raise $2.1 trillion in five years for low- and middle-income countries, revenue equal to 40% of their total health spending,” added the organisation. NCDs, including heart disease, cancer and diabetes, account for 43 million deaths annually, 75% of all deaths worldwide. The burden of NCDs is growing in low- and middle-income countries, driven primarily by smoking and poor diets. Taxes on alcohol, restricting marketing and regulating sales hours are proven interventions to reduce consumption. Vital Strategies also raised alarm about the removal of references to the World Health Organization’s (WHO) “Best Buy” policy recommendations for reducing alcohol consumption and related diseases, including raising taxes, restricting marketing and regulating availability. “The conspicuous deletion of these proven policies from the text strongly suggests undue alcohol industry influence aimed at weakening public health protections. We urge governments to immediately reverse these deletions and fully restore WHO’s recommendations in the final text,” said Vital Strategies. Harmful commercial practices It also wants the declaration to “explicitly tackle harmful commercial practices and strengthen conflict-of-interest protections to safeguard public health policymaking from industry interference”, strengthen commitments to “proven tobacco control measures” including effective taxation, and “recognise unhealthy diets as an urgent priority”. The WHO attributes some 2.8 million deaths a year to obesity and overweight, and Vital wants the declaration to “explicitly state that rising obesity rates are primarily driven by unhealthy diets, emphasising clear interventions like front-of-pack labelling and marketing restrictions targeting children”. The NCD Alliance is also unhappy about “significant backsliding” around social participation and the role of civil society, which is only referred to once. “History has taught us that ignoring the integral role of civil society, communities and people living with diseases weakens any meaningful public health response,” said Cox. With just a week of negotiations remaining, the NCD Alliance is calling on governments to “demonstrate true leadership and resist last-minute compromises that prioritise commercial interests over public health and reflect a genuine commitment to protecting lives”. Image Credits: Leo Zhuang/ Unsplash, Stanislav Ivanitskiy/ Unsplash. Hunger Declines Globally, but Rises in Africa 28/07/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Healthy diets, including micronutrient rich seeds, legumes and vegetables as well as protein, are out of reach for one-third of the world’s population or more. The proportion of the world’s population suffering acute hunger declined globally in 2024 to about 673 million people, but continued to rise in most African regions as well as western Asia, according to the new UN State of Food Security and Nutrition (SOFI) report, launched Monday in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. Global hunger levels have remained stubbornly high ever since the 2019 COVID pandemic; before that, failing to decline to pre-pandemic levels which hovered between 552-584 million in the years 2014-2019, said officials at the launch of this year’s report, during the Second UN Food Systems Summit Stocktake (UNFSS+4) in Addis Ababa. “We are far off track,” declared UN Deputy Secretary General Amina Mohammed at the launch. “Despite the fact that hunger has declined, it’s only slightly. Tonight, more than 670 million people will go hungry, and in regions like Africa, the situation continues to worsen; 307 million people are hungry on that continent – nearly one in five and mostly exacerbated by conflicts and the climate crisis. Deputy UN Secretary General Amina Mohammed at the launch of the 2025 State of Food Security and Nutrition report. “Hunger is also deepening the inequality faced across the world. Women’s nutrition continues to deteriorate. Anemia among women aged 15 to 49 has risen over the past decade,” she added, noting that two thirds of women in that age group do not meet minimum dietary diversity requirements. “Meanwhile, children are suffering consequences that will last a lifetime. One-third of children between six and 23 months are not getting the nutrients that they need during the most critical window of brain development and growth,” Mohammed said. “Ultimately, affordability is at the heart of all of this,” Mohammed added. ” Since 2020, global food price inflation has consistently outpaced general inflation in low income countries. This means skipping meals, selling assets, or pulling children out of school just so families can afford to eat in every region. These overlapping crises, conflict, climate shocks, inflation, displacement, are all exposing the deep fragility of our food systems.” And if current trends continue, there will still be 512 million people going hungry, on average, by 2030, with 60% of those in Africa – falling far short of UN Sustainable Development Goal 2, Zero Hunger. Inflation a key driver of food insecurity and undernutrition Food prices rising faster than the consumer price index (CPI). The report takes an in-depth look at one of the biggest threats of food security and nutrition today, inflationary food prices. Since the pandemic, food prices have risen faster than overall inflation, hitting consumers in poorer countries particularly hard. Behind this lies what some described as “a perfect storm,” including supply disruptions from the war in Ukraine, extreme weather events and a strong US dollar that made food imports more expensive last year. “For many countries, food prices have risen faster than inflation overall, exposing the fragility of our global agri-food systems,” said Alvaro Lario, President of the International Fund for Agriculture Development (IFAD), which collaborated in the joint report led by the Food and Agriculture Organization and also including UNICEF, the World Food Program, and the World Health Organization. “Our food systems and our food prices are increasingly vulnerable to environmental shocks,” he added, “Many of you can see in developing supermarkets in your hometown, olive oil prices increased 50% in January 2024 after droughts in Spain and Italy. Global cocoa prices increased almost 300% after heat waves in Ghana and Ivory Coast; maize 36% in South Africa; rice prices in Japan; potato prices in the UK after a wet winter; coffee prices in Brazil after a 2023 drought. So the message is clear, we must invest in adaptation before it is too late.” Healthy diets even more out of reach Number of people unable to afford a healthy diet. While nearly 2.3 billion people lack regular access to food, over 2.6 billion people cannot afford a healthy diet, added Maximo Torero, Chief Economist of Food and Agriculture Organization. “While there has been some progress in child nutrition, the world remains off track to meet any of the seven global nutrition targets by 2030 this year; Nutrient rich foods like fruits, vegetables and animal products remain out of reach for many. Even basic staples cheaper have seen sharper price increases, adding pressure on the poorest households,” Torero said. On average, basic starchy staples and oils and fats remain the least expensive sources of dietary energy across all countries. In contrast, more nutritious food groups, such as animal source foods, fruits and vegetables, consistently rank as the most expensive, the report found. Between 1975 and 2016, southern Africa saw the world’s highest proportional increase in child and adolescent obesity – 400% per decade. Ultra-processed foods and sugary drinks were a key driver – but they are now cheaper than fresh foods in many or most parts of the world. Ultra-processed foods are consistently cheaper than foods at any other stage of processing. Despite growing evidence of their adverse health impacts, these products typically contain few or no whole foods and are often high in saturated fats, trans fats and salt. Conversely, they lack adequate fibre, micronutrients and other bioactive compounds. By 2021, ultra-processed foods were, on average, 47% less expensive than unprocessed or minimally processed foods, and 50% less expensive than processed foods, the report found. Only one out of three children globally are meeting the indicator of minimum dietary diversity, which is linked to healthy growth, said WHO’s Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, in a pre-recorded message to the launch. “We need action in three key areas, first, to ensure unimpeded access to deliver life saving treatment to those facing active malnutrition, especially in combat zones; second, to strengthen social protection systems to reach vulnerable populations with nutritious foods; and third, to inform food price policies to make healthy diets accessible, especially in low income communities,” Tedros added. Conflict exacerbates hunger – ‘famine’ in Gaza Conflict also exacerbates hunger. On Sunday, WHO issued yet another appeal on the Gaza hunger crisis, saying that humanitarian aid corridors recently re-opened by Israel, need to remain sustainably accessible to aid convoys to confront the mounting malnutrition crisis there. Nearly one in five children under five in Gaza City is now acutely malnourished, WHO reported, and malnutrition has reportedly claimed the lives of 74 children in 2025, peaking at 63 deaths in July. The worst-case scenario of ”Famine” is currently playing out in the Gaza Strip, declared the Integrated Food Security Classification (IPC), on Tuesday morning. “Latest data indicates that Famine thresholds have been reached for food consumption in most of the Gaza Strip and for acute malnutrition in Gaza City,” the IPC stated in a new release. Famine is declared when 20% or more of households face an extreme lack of food and 30% of children are suffering from acute malnutrition. “Over 20,000 children have been admitted for treatment for acute malnutrition between April and mid-July, with more than 3,000 severely malnourished. Hospitals have reported a rapid increase in hunger-related deaths of children under five years of age, with at least 16 reported deaths since 17 July,” the IPC report stated. Gaza food deliveries, reported by IPC from Israel’s COGAT. In a briefing to the Geneva press corps, the World Food Programme said that while food deliveries have ramped up in recent days, they are still not nearly enough. “We are getting about 50% of what we are requesting into Gaza,” said World Food Programme spokesperson Ross Smith, noting that WFP, alone, has been asking t0 bring in 100 trucks a day – comparable to the January-March ceasefire. Pre-conflict a total of about 500 supply trucks a day were brought into Gaza, he said, adding, “We welcome the humanitarian pauses and we would like to see the full spirit of them implemented.” According to the Israeli military aid coordinating body, COGAT, international organizations moved over 200 trucks of aid into Gaza, with another 260 inside Gaza waiting for pickup Tuesday morning. Food relief unable to reach hungry people in Afghanistan, Sudan, and beyond In Sudan, Afghanistan and elsewhere, humanitarian agencies are unable to reach hungry children and families – due to both a lack of access and a shortage of funding, said Cindy McCain, Executive Director of the World Food Programme (WFP) at Monday’s launch event. “This year, funding cuts up to 40% meaning that 10s of millions of people will lose the life saving food aid the WFP provides,” she said. “The impacts are severe and wide ranging. In Afghanistan, we’ve scaled back to a very, a very narrowly targeted feeding program aiming to cover a maximum of only 1 million people, but we’re turning away 8.5 million needy people,” she said. “In South Sudan, where 7.7 million people are acutely hungry, and over 80,000 people face catastrophic hunger, we will be forced to end lifesaving assistance to 2.3 million people next month. “We’ve had to end our assistance to 1 million million refugees in Uganda, while in Kenya, we halted all cash assistance. And rations to [primarily Somalian and Sudanese] refugees are now less than 1/3 the full amount. These are just a few examples. Sadly, the list of impending cuts coming down the line is much, much longer. If they’re implemented, the small gains in food security highlighted in this year’s SOFI report will soon be wiped out, and the result will be further instability in volatile regions around the globe.” Investing in more resilient food systems and small scale producers Kibet Ngetich Stephen, a smallholder in Narok County, Uganda, receives a visit from a community veterinarian assistant to check on the health of his cattle. When food prices rise, Torero added, “there’s a direct impact on nutrition, particularly in poorer or more vulnerable economies.” For instance, a 10% increase in food prices implies a 3.5% in overall increase in moderate food insecurity and severe food insecurity; a 4% increase for women, as well as a 5.5% increase in the prevalence of severe wasting among children under 5 years of age. Yet, amid such challenges, there is a silver lining compared to two past food crises, he said, referring to the economic crash of 2007-2008: “The global response today has been more coordinated, more measured and more informed. Progress is happening, but not fast enough.” Torero and other officials called for investing in food systems and small scale producers to stimulate more local production of healthy and diverse food items. “To unlock these benefits, we must fully leverage concessional finance institutions like IFAD have a key role to play, but we cannot do it alone. We also need to crowd private sector investments to rural areas through strong partnerships, bankable investments and also constructing the right ecosystem,” Lario said. Added Torero, “one of the main messages of the 2025 edition of the report is that while food price inflation remains a pressing concern, it is not undefeatable. Compared to the food prices spikes in 2007 and 2008 the global response to the sources of 2021 and 2023 inflationary pressures was more coordinated, informed and restrained. Trade and market levers Trade transparency at global level; smallholder farms, and in cities, fresh food markets are all ways governments can use market levers to support healthy, affordable foods. “One of the clearest examples is in the area of trade policies,” Torero said. “While earlier crises were marked by widespread export bans and restricted measures that amplify global uncertainties and food price volatility, the recent episodes saw fewer such interventions, and when they occurred, they were generally short term and less disruptive. “Similarly, the importance of market transparency and time information has been reaffirmed. Initiatives such as the Agricultural Market Information System (AMIS) established by the Gg20 in response to 2007-2008 helped make a significant impact, because they played a key role in enhancing transparency of global food markets. The global response to the high food inflationary period also demonstrated the value of robust institutions. Countries with sound response structures as well established social protection systems were able to protect the most vulnerable populations more effectively. Time for Africa to act Hunger trends over time: the number of people going hungry in 2024 declined, but was still more than in 2019 or the five previous years. “Sustainable investments, external policy coordination, greater transparency and continuous institutional innovations will be vital in building resilience to future shocks,” he concluded. “These policy lessons offer a roadmap to addressing both the immediate impact of food price inflation on food security and nutrition and the urgent goal of getting back on track to achieve SDG 2, and affordable, healthy diets for all. Improvement has happened, but it’s important that we transfer improvement in certain regions of the world to the other regions of the world,” he said, adding: “This is the time for Africa. This is your moment. You are leading the way. So it is time to act and to leads on the transformation of agri food systems so that the continent of Africa soon turns the trend… less hunger, more equity, and, of course, a better life.” Updated Tuesday 29.7.2025 Image Credits: FAO/State of Food Security and Nutrition (2025) , FAO/State of Food Security and Nutrition, 2025, FAO/State of Food Security and Nutrition , Dr Alexey Kulikov/Twitter, International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies / The Kenya Red Cross Society, World Bank Tanzania/Twitter . The Accelerating Health Impacts of Heat: UK Climate and Health Summit Highlights Trends Ahead of COP30 28/07/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The aftermath of Southern California’s Altadena fire, which raged for three weeks in January 2025, is only one recent example of the burgeoning damage wreaked by global warming, drought and extreme weather. LONDON – Summit it was not as there were no heads of state or even Bill Gates, although the UK’s Minister for Climate Change made a compelling presentation showing the kind of policy leadership starkly absent in the United States. Even so, the recent Climate and Health Summit, hosted by the UK Physiological Society, the nearly 150 year-old institution whose earliest members included Charles Darwin, offered a rich array of examples of what is going on in the climate and health research space. And that includes policy lessons that could and should be applied much more broadly as countries prepare their national commitments for the next UN Climate Conference (COP30) in Brazil, and health actors meet this week in Brasilia to review a draft Climate and Health Action Plan for the upcoming COP30. UK Physiological Society president Mike Tipton. “Physiology is the science of life, and there is no greater systematic threat to life across the world than climate change,” declared Mike Tipton, the society’s president. “Physiology includes the study of the body’s responses to external challenges such as heat, cold, flooding, fire, pollution, starvation and dehydration, climate-driven examples of which are sadly, all too easy to find at this time. “Physiology defines our survival…and let’s make no mistake, this subject is about survival.” From shadows to vogue Former US Climate Envoy John Kerry (center) at COP28 Health Day in Dubai in 2023. Even so, health remains in the ghetto of mainstream climate negotiations. It is not part of the formal UN climate negotiating framework. If mentioned in countries’ national-level commitments, there are usually few concrete, measurable metrics for reference. Similarly, it is ignored in most global climate financial instruments. It’s not on the priority list of investments for finance ministries, and it’s not even very high on the priority list of most health ministries that are increasingly faced with the effects of climate change, from extreme heat to flooding, drought, and nutrition challenges. The UK, along with many European nations, is finally investing heavily in climate mitigation and adaptation. But other countries, notably, the US, are backpedalling, with global climate commitments far short of what is really needed to keep average temperature rise at or below the 1.5°C threshold set out in the Paris Agreement. Most recently, Brazil, host of the upcoming UN Climate Conference, COP 30, saw its Congress pass a bill dismantling most environmental licensing requirements for new development projects. The “Devastation Bill”, as its critics call it, will allow agro-business and forestry and real estate interests to “self-license”, leading to what some have described as “the greatest legislative setback since the military dictatorship (1964-85)”. Although politicians lag behind, the science on climate change has evolved and matured. Patterns of rising heat and their impacts, have come out of the shadows of climate research to take center stage. But it remains to be seen if better estimates of the economic costs to health and productivity of global warming will lead to better policy decisions. Turning up the heat on heat Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, lead of WHO’s Climate and Health team. “When I started working on this issue about 25 years ago, scientists would hem and haw and say ‘we can’t attribute any one specific event to climate change.’ That’s all gone now,” noted Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, who heads up the World Health Organization’s (WHO) climate work. “They are now very clear when there is an extreme weather event that climate change is having an influence. “And if, when I started on this issue, most of what we were talking about was future projections, that’s not the case any more either. …Wherever you look in the world, across almost any dimension of human wellbeing, we’re already seeing negative impacts.” A 167% increase in heat-related mortality Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Climate Change and Health countdown. The impact of heat on health has particularly come into its own, driven by weather trends that no one can ignore. “We have seen a 167% increase in global heat-related mortality since the 1990s, and 2023 was a record hot year,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown on Climate Change and Health. Recently, 2023 data has been superseded by 2024, which was even hotter, she later told Health Policy Watch – and that trend is likely to continue for the next five years. “If we look at heat-related mortality, that is just the tip of the iceberg,” added Romanello. “Underneath this tip, there’s a huge iceberg that has to do with the effects of heat comorbidity. “Heat is increasingly undermining sleep quality, also deteriorating labor capacity, labor productivity, and putting workers at risk,” Romanello said. Heat is also causing the expansion of certain infectious diseases, while the increased frequency of heat waves, resulting in both droughts and flooding, are impacting food insecurity – with 151 million more people experiencing more climate-related food insecurity in 2022. Food production is also a major driver of warming trends, said Romanello: “Cumulative deforestation has led to about half a billion hectares of global tree cover since 2001. Forestry is the main source, but the second one is agriculture.” While forests remove CO2 from the atmosphere, agriculture contributes to 21% to 37% of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. The biggest single contributor to agricultural emissions is livestock. Ruminant rearing contributes to over half of agricultural GHGs, and high meat consumption is a major driver of noncommunicable diseases (NCDs). “By transitioning to healthy, planetary-compatible diets, we could save about 11.2 million lives every year through healthier diets,” Romanello said. “Excess red meat intake, disproportionately in industrialized, very high human development-index countries, is not only the main contributor to agricultural greenhouse gas emissions and deforestation, but also to 14 to 16 [premature] deaths per 100,000 population – a high rate of mortality.” Mental health risks Climate change and mental health linkages. The mental health risks of increased heat are also becoming ever more evident, with increased suicides and suicide risk during heat waves, and a higher incidence of hospitalization, said Emma Lawrence of Imperial College, who leads the Connecting Climate Minds initiative, a Wellcome-funded data hub at the intersection of climate and mental health. Neurological disorders such as dementia and schizophrenia, as well as epileptic seizures, are also more likely to be associated with heat waves, said Sanjay Sisodiya, professor of neurology at University College, London (UCL). Sanjay Sisodiya, UCL professor of neurology “I’m seeing people with complex epilepsies who, either themselves or their families, are reporting that during heat waves in particular, having more trouble; having more seizures, more intense seizures, and more lethargy and all sorts of other complications,” he said. The brain is attuned to function at a certain temperature, and when that temperature is increased, cellular functions and neurological functions become distorted, he explained. “When that happens, then different bits of the brain, of course, don’t work together in the way they were set up to do, and that can then cause secondary problems.” Medication for neurological disorders can also be compromised by extreme heat, putting those vulnerable at further risk. Effects on worker productivity Larry Kenny of Penn State University explains the correlation between heat rise and the number of people forced to survive in “unliveable zones” of the earth. New research showcased included studies that looking at what levels of heat are tolerable, as well as where and in what conditions, based on thresholds of human heat and humidity tolerance. Even for desk workers, heat safety thresholds may be lower than previously thought, said Larry Kenny of Penn State University. Temperatures higher than 34°C at 66% relative humidity cross the safety threshold for young men and women doing light desk work, with red lines even lower for outdoor workers and older and younger groups. Improved mapping of temperatures in different scenarios has found that, if temperatures rise by 3° to 4°C by 2050, up to three billion people would be in “unliveable” zones of heat and humidity for at least one week out of the year. For 1.5 billion people, for up to a month and half a million for three months, said Kenny. “With estimates in the 3° to 4°C global warming target range, we’re talking about somewhere on the order of 1.5 to almost three billion people living under those conditions for long periods,” Kenny said. Josh Foster, global non-linear effects of temperature rise on worker productivity. Global losses in worker productivity due to climate change have been underestimated significantly, added Josh Foster of King’s College, one of the lead investigators in the European Union-sponsored Heat Shield project, which has recalibrated economic losses from heat stress from the bottom up. The project involved lab-based studies on healthy volunteers in controlled “environmental chambers” to yield better estimates of reduced labor output at high temperatures – which turned out to be much more significant than previously assumed, Foster said. The new models are already being incorporated into new economic modeling about climate impacts on labor and productivity. The findings can also help inform adaptation decisions, he added. For instance, the studies found that fans can be useful as a cooling technique, but after a certain point, they can become harmful. When temperatures rose to 37°C and above, higher than the body temperature of 36.8°C, a fan is going to merely push more heat onto the body. So there are certainly some very hot conditions where we need to rethink how we keep workers safe,” Foster said. The green shaded area shows temperature and humidity levels at which fans can be beneficial, but after certain thresholds, they become harmful, explains Josh Foster. “This is not projection data. This is from 2017. This is real climate data, and not a fictitious scenario. Physiology work isn’t perfect. We completely acknowledge that it almost entirely ignores adaptation,” said Foster. “The take-home message is that physiology can play a critical role in unexpected areas, in this case, economic modelling of climate change.” ‘Co-creating’ resilience Anh Vu, ”co-creating resilience” with outdoor workers in Viet Nam. The data can also feed into advocacy by organizations such as the ACGIH, a US-based charitable science organization advancing occupational and environmental health, Foster notes. But government guidelines for workers’ heat exposure are often badly out of line with reality. In the US, some states have even moved backwards. In 2023, Texas removed rules mandating water and rest breaks for outdoor workers, a move later followed by Florida. At the same time, there are encouraging stories about field research “co-creation” that yields small, but significant solutions. In Vietnam, a group of informal outdoor workers including scrap collectors, motorbike taxi drivers, construction workers and street vendors, simply planted a tree to provide shade for them to rest under, noted Anh Vu of the UK’s National Center for Social Research. “We know that climate change and health are deeply connected in people’s everyday lives, but in policy terms, they are quite disconnected and fragmented,” she observed. “Climate policy tends to focus on infrastructure and engineering, and health policy tends to be clinical, focusing on hospitals, disease surveillance and labor policies, which tend to assume formal contracts. “But informal outdoor workers in a country like Vietnam, are falling through the cracks of all three.” Most research on heat and workers’ health takes place in the global North, with limited applications to workers in the South, where the socio-economic context is very different and regulatory frameworks are generally weaker. “These workers face chronic job insecurity. They are unprotected by labor laws, and at the same time, they are at the front lines of economic risks,” Vu observed. “They have no protection for their ears, may be wearing no shoes, and no hats in the heat.” These workers can also be fearful of strangers, which meant the research team Vu led had to make repeated field visits to build trust with them and their communities. Anh Vu shows the tree (middle right) planted by outdoor workers in Vietnam to rest under in the heat. The research team found that most workers were over the age of 40, had been working in the informal market for over a decade, and could rarely afford to seek formal health care. They also found workers adapting and innovating with simple solutions, including self-care and traditional home remedies, getting health information from social media, and creating very modest green spaces. “You see the tree here,” she said, pointing to a slide on her screen, “These outdoor workers, motorbike taxi riders, street vendors, get together and plant trees so that they can have some shared space to rest, to recover. So these are examples of vernacular innovation. They are very non-technical, but embedded and grounded.” The challenge, of course, is to translate acceptable community innovations into broader policies. But that process, she believes, must still begin from the street up. “Climate adaptation must begin where the risks are most real,” she concluded. “Informal workers are on the front line of climate risks, but they also are at the front line of innovation, and their knowledge and agency must be at the center of the adaptation thinking.” Adaptation, mitigation and painted rooftops Workers applying reflective paint to a roof in South Africa as part of the University of Cape Town-led study. Painting roofs was another simple adaptation initiative showcased at the summit, which can impact on climate mitigation, air pollution and health. The innovation is being tested in two African countries, Ghana and South Africa, by the new Wellcome-funded project, Heat Adaptation Benefits for Vulnerable groups in Africa (HABVIA), said Lara Dugas, one of the leaders of the study, from the University of Cape Town. The project is part of a Wellcome-supported consortium of heat adaptation research projects known as HeatNexus, developed following a major new strategic investment by the philanthropy into climate and health. The first stage of research at the South African site of Khayelitsha, a low-income area of Cape Town, has already showed an average 4 °C decline in indoor temperatures over the hottest part of summer days in houses whose roofs were painted with the heat-reflective paint, says Dugas. A next stage of research aims to test if the reduction in indoor temperatures translates into health gains. Reflective white paint on roofs can reduce heat by as much as 4°C. “The Wellcome Trust’s initial call was for the evaluation of existing solutions [in low-income countries],” related Dugas, “which very early on revealed that in fact, there were little to no existing solutions in these settings. “HABVIA was thus conceived to co-design and implement a low-cost, socially acceptable heat adaptation solution in two settings (urban and rural) in both Ghana (Ga’Mashie and Nkwantakese) and South Africa (Khayelitsha and Mphego).” The collaboration includes government and civil society, from Slum Dwellers International to the Ghana Metereological Agency and South African Weather services, she said. In addition, the team is collaborating with researchers in Africa, India and the South Pacific Island country of Niue, who are exploring similar solutions. Habvia team (left to right): Vida Asah-Ayeh of the University of Ghana, project coordinator Michaela Delgon of the University of Cape Town (UCT), Ritah Nakanjako from the University of Bristol, and Lara Dugas of UCT. In the next stage of research, the HABVIA team will assess the health benefits of lower temperatures, looking at parameters such as sleep behaviour, mental health, and NCD risk factors such as blood pressure and fasting blood glucose. Reflective paints are already widely available in developed countries and some developing economies although they cost more than standard paint products. In addition, there are differences in whether they can be applied to asbestos, as compared to zinc or tin roofs, which are typical of low-income countries. While labelled as adaptation, the solution can also reduce climate and air pollution emissions as households move up the energy ladder, Dugas notes. “In our research settings, there is very little access to electricity, as most of these vulnerable low-income settings do not have electricity. But certainly, yes, in settings with greater energy demands, this may have significant synergistic effects.” The team is also exploring pathways for introducing such innovations into broader policies – whether through new building regulations, subsidized production or pricing, or a combination of those. Policy is still the missing link WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at the International Court of Justice in December 2024, giving evidence of climate change’s impacts on health. But policy remains the missing link – worldwide. Despite the strong statements last week by the International Court of Justice on states’ “duty to prevent significant harm from climate change”, most countries are nowhere near their potential in clean energy investments, according to a report also released last week by UN Secretary General António Guterres. The US is missing “the greatest economic opportunity of the century” by shifting away from renewables, Guterres declared at the launch. The US Environmental Protection Agency is reportedly set to cancel its own 2009 rule that gave it scientific authority to regulate on climate issues – another example of the government’s denial that climate impacts on peoples’ environmental health are real. In mid-July, along with rescinding financial incentives for renewables, the US Department of the Interior set up a a major new regulatory hurdle for solar and wind power. It now requires tge review of all “leases, rights-of- way, construction and operations plans, grants, consultations and biological opinions” for new projects at the level of the Office of the Secretary in Washington DC, a lengthy process previously delegated to regional and field offices. This, and the loss of subsidies, is prompting international investors to cancel plans for new solar and wind production in the US at a time when the country is also loosening restrictions on new oil and gas project exploration on public lands in an effort to ramp up fossil fuel production. Meanwhile, Shell and other leading fossil fuel producers have walked away from a plan to develop a net zero emissions strategy because it would force them to cease exploitation of new oil and gas fields. The BR-319 road through the Amazon: a new law would ease the way for completing its paving and critics say it would strike an arrow into the lungs of the world. Concurrent with the UK summit, Brazil’s Senate approved an historic rollback of government rules on environmental impact assessment of new urban and rural development projects. The new law would allow high-impact industries, like agribusiness and mining, to “self-license” projects, potentially leading to increased deforestation, habitat destruction, and harm to indigenous communities. It also eases the way for the renewed construction of a major highway, BR-319, which traverses a sensitive part of the Amazon rain forest – which Brazil’s leftist President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva himself has supported. The new law comes amidst a growing political crisis between Lula and an increasingly assertive Congress, where his party has a fragile hold. Da Silva has until 1 August to veto the new law, although the Congress is likely to overturn a veto, leaving it to the Supreme Court to decide. Adaptation should no longer be a sideshow Julia King, chair of the UK government’s Adaptation Committee. Against that background, it was encouraging to see a strong UK government presence at the summit, including the UK’s Undersecretary for Climate (Minister for Climate), Kerry McCarthy, and Dame Julia King, Baroness Brown of Cambridge, a House of Lords member and chair of the Adaptation Committee of the Government’s Independent Advisory Committee on Climate Change. What they offered was not just polemics but studied, critical presentations of the statistics by leaders who seem to have a firm grasp on the evidence as well as a vision of a way forward – even if their views collided at times. “Let’s just remind ourselves of how much of a problem it is today,” said King, an engineer by training. “Half of our top grade agricultural land is already at risk of flooding… If we don’t do more, one in four properties will be at risk. “We see something on the order of 3,000 excess deaths [annually], which are heat-related. The predictions are that we will be seeing over 10,000 heat related excess deaths by mid-century, unless we take some significant action. All of the [increased] morbidity is having an increasing impact on the ability of our health system to cope with that. “We’re now starting to see more and more predictions of what kind of impact on GDP there will be,” said King, adding that robust research suggests a 7-8% reduction in GDP growth by 2050. “I think it’s probably more than COVID. This is a huge impact, and I would absolutely put money on the fact that it is an underestimate,” she added. Urgent to address heat impacts on health The summit followed publication of the UK’s 2025 State of the Climate report, which found that, within the last decade the number of days 10°C above the 1961-1990 average, have quadrupled. “We had record temperatures of 40.3°C back in 2022 but the Met Office has now said that there’s a 50-50 chance that we exceed 40°C degrees again in the next 12 years,” said King. “This is not modeling. This is empirical data that shows that, in the southeast of England, they’re already going up about 1°C per decade. So it wouldn’t be surprising if by mid-century, we were hitting temperatures from time to time of 45°C in the southeast. That’s something we really need to be prepared for.” King added that data to monitor climate change indicators, such as deaths from heat, flooding, diet, and climate-resilient health services delivery, remain sparse. “Are we seeing improvements in terms of protecting population health and the accessibility of health care delivery as the climate changes? No, not yet.,” she added. “We’re starting to see some improvements in planning. So we’ve got a health service high temperature plan. I don’t think it’s enough planning. We’re not seeing any benefits yet. We’re still seeing heat-related deaths with morbidity increasing.” Adaptation and mitigation need to be recognized as a cross-government issue, she added: “Government needs clear adaptation objectives supported by measurable targets. We absolutely need to know what the government is aiming for.” High-gain, low-risk adaptation actions; Julia King, Baroness Brown. The UK Adaptation Committee recently commissioned a major review of potential adaptation actions, efficacy, costs and benefits. A subsequent modeling exercise, still under review, has since identified some potential “very easy, quick wins” such as “ensuring that the public knows what to do when it’s hot, making sure they are prepared, they know what they need to do to keep hydrated, that kind of thing. “This is the kind of process we’re trying to go through. And then when we do our reporting, when we assess progress, we will be able to say, well, here’s the target, here’s what’s been done, and here’s the gap.” Make British Energy Great Again UK MP Kerry McCarthy, Undersecretary for Climate. Despite the gaps, it was encouraging to see how the UK Government is moving full-steam ahead on mitigation, filling a vacuum in international leadership left by the withdrawal of the US from the Paris Climate Agreement. “We don’t want to take the easy option of pretending that climate change isn’t happening or that all its effects can be mitigated. We want to act, and that’s exactly what we’re doing,” said Climate Undersecretary McCarthy at the start of the two-day event. “And it’s not just the direct impact [of heat] on our health, it’s also the indirect impacts. UK wheat production declined by over 20% last year, due to devastating rainfall.” Shortly after his election, UK Prime Minister Keir Starmer’s new Labour government established a Clean Power by 2030 action plan, with the vision of becoming a clean energy “superpower”. In May, the Great British Energy Corporation, backed by the UK’s National Wealth Fund, the Monarchy’s Crown Estate and the Scottish Government, was created by Parliament. It is turbocharging investments in offshore wind projects, solar, nuclear, carbon capture and hydrogen storage, McCarthy said. Major UK investments in offshore wind through Great British Energy. In the country that was the cradle of coal-powered industrialization a century ago, clean energy industries are now growing at three times the rate of the rest of the economy, McCarthy said: “We’ve seen £40 billion of investment into clean energy announced since last July.” The decarbonisation effort extends across all economic sectors, from transport and urban settings to rural environments, agriculture and buildings – including a £13.2 billion investment to retrofit the country’s ageing housing stock to better protect people from extremes of heat and cold. Investing £13.2 billion in the UK’s housing. Internationally, the UK is stepping into some of the leadership gap left by the US retreat from clean energy. At last year’s COP29 in Azerbaijan, for instance, Starmer announced an ambitious goal of reducing domestic climate emissions by 81% by 2035. “That was very much a signal that we wanted to lead those international efforts,” said McCarthy. “We set up a global clean power alliance. We’ve signed new climate agreements with India and China. Its obviously, incredibly important to bring them on board. We’re championing UK investors to invest in emerging and developing economies.” Follow the money The Azerbaijan Presidency of COP29 hailed a breakthrough in recruiting more global finance – but will it materialize? The government is working on making good on past COP commitments, such as the Powering Past Coal Alliance, which it co-chairs with Canada; the Forest and Climate Leaders Partnership and the Climate and Clean Air Coalition, which is addressing super pollutants, like methane and black carbon, and clean cooking. At COP29, developed countries committed to providing at least $300 billion annually by 2035 to support developing countries in mitigating and adapting to climate change. The commitment tripled the previous goal of $100 billion per year – but even that goal was never met. Additionally, the “Baku Finance Goal” aimed to raise $1.3 trillion per year by 2035 from public and private sources, to tackle climate change effectively, noted McCarthy, pledging that the UK would be doing its part to advance those commitments. She sees the core funding as supporting adaptation in LMICs, but adds that, “the outer core of funding will be more on the mitigation side, because if you’re decarbonizing industry, setting up a clean alternative, there’s a need to make the return easier to get the private sector to invest in that.” Powering past coal with a ‘message of hope’ At the Future Fabrics Expo at London Climate Action Week, Lakshmi Poti, head of fashion at Laudes Foundation, talks about sustainable fashion supply chains. At last month’s London Climate Action Week, the UK government also unveiled a new initiative to develop high integrity carbon markets. “There’s been a lot of concerns about greenwashing. But we think that if we can establish high integrity markets, we can channel huge amounts of finance to them, .. and because of our role as a leading financial centre, we can be at the forefront of financial innovation,” McCarthy said. Along with the all-important financial and tech sectors, new initiatives in fashion, sports and the creative industries were showcased at the recent London Climate Action Week events. “We want a science-led approach to the crisis,” McCarthy added. “We believe that the government has a duty to be honest with people about the scale of the crisis… but we also want to deliver a message of hope – because that’s the only way we will be able to bring people with us to deliver the change we need.” Dearth of renewables investments in least developed countries The UK is not the only leading player amongst developed countries. The European Union has set a target of reducing its net emissions by 55% by 2030, with a proposed 90% reduction by 2040, attaining net zero emissions by 2050. Last Thursday (24 July), the EU and China also signed a precedent-setting agreement to drive a “global just transition” on climate change. While it didn’t introduce any new commitments, it has been welcomed as a “timely stabilising signal” by groups such as 350.org in the turbulent landscape of US retreat. Fiona Walker (moderator); Sean Maguire of the Clean Air Fund, Sophia Lenzos (UK-NIHCR), and Alan Dangour of Wellcome. Marcin Golec of the European Investment Bank is on the screen behind the panel. But no significant climate and clean air investments have been made in the least developed economies, which are too indebted already to invest domestically and viewed as too high-risk for international investors, Sean Maguire of the Clean Air Fund told the simmit. By2024, only 1% of overseas development aid (ODA) has been invested in air quality projects, which reduce the global burden of seven million air pollution-related deaths annually and cut climate emissions, slowing global warming. “We do an annual report on levels of investments in air quality projects, and the numbers are pretty dismal,” Maguire said. “Roughly 1% of all ODA is spent on investments in air quality. It’s 6% when you add in projects that have air quality co-benefits. Investments in fossil fuel development as compared to projects that improve air quality over the past four years. “We spend a lot of time and energy lobbying multilateral development agencies to increase that amount. There are some signs of them beginning to shift. But obviously you’ve got the countervailing cuts [in aid] that’s going on in the bilateral development space.” Money “tends to flow to middle income countries that can afford to take on more debt and have capability and capacity to take on loans,” he added. “And a lot of this is coming in the form of lending rather than grants. “I do worry that, particularly in Africa, where you’re seeing mega cities developing, rising levels of air pollution and chronic levels of state indebtedness, that model of lending for improvement is just not going to work.” Since the beginning of the year, the Green Climate Fund (GCF), has only approved six renewable energy projects including Africa, over the past five years. Only five specifically African renewable energy projects had been approved since 2019, a Health Policy Watch assessment last year revealed. The Green Climate Fund has approved or implemented only six renewable energy projects that include Africa over the past five years. This month, a new GCF investment was made into the revised Global Green Bond platform, investing €200 million in equity funding to support the development of low-carbon energy systems for electricity production and stimulate reduced emissions for transport and other development areas. Along with Brazil and Bangladesh, eight African countries are part of this new 10-nation initiative – Angola, Cameroon, Côte d’Ivoire, Egypt, Kenya, Namibia, Senegal and Uganda. Air pollution deaths projected to grow – but mitigation returns are large Unless and until major new investments in clean energy are made, exposure to air pollution that already kills some seven million people a year, will only get worse, Maguire pointed out. “The World Bank predicts a 21% increase in the number of people who will be breathing air with pollutants (of PM 2.5) worse than 25 micrograms per cubic meter (µg/m³) in the next 15 years. So if it’s bad already, it can get a lot worse. “We are going to have a much worse pollution crisis in many African cities and countries in the years to come,” added Maguire, referring to a World Bank report, which also showed that increasing investments in clean air strategies from $8.5 billion to nearly $14 billion annually could also halve the number of people exposed to excessive PM2.5 by 204o. Global map of national population-weighted annual average PM2.5 concentrations in 2020. Without more action, those exposed to PM 2.5 levels of 25 µg/m³ could increase by 21%. “So not only do we need to invest for a return, we need to invest to avert a worse crisis,” Maquire said. “But if economies plan rationally, they would see the returns on clean air investments are very large,” Maguire underlined. “The World Bank recently said an investment in clean air in cities like Delhi would give you a two to 3.5 times, rate of return. “And in the same report, they said that there’s $2 trillion worth of economic gains to be had by 2040 if we managed to get the amount of air pollution halved. So the message is simple and clear: invest in clean air. It makes sense for health. It makes sense for the planet. It’s a fabulous rate of return.” Putting health at the center of climate negotiations: Belém and beyond? There is no health negotiating track in the UN climate framework, and health is not even among the 19 topics mentioned on the UNFCCC website. One way to unlock more investments in renewable energy and other projects that yield health co-benefits, would be to establish health as a formal parameter of climate negotiations and commitments. So far it is not. COP’s formal negotiation tracks include mitigation, adaptation, finance, technology, capacity building. Other issues, such a loss and damage; just transition, indigenous peoples, youth, agriculture and oceans have also played prominent roles in recent years. On the official UNFCC website, amongst the 19 topics mentioned, health does not even have its own section. While health has played a more prominent role in adaptation talks, it is still a minor feature in mitigation agendas, with little or no technical attention to health co-benefits of certain actions. Quantifiable health co-benefits of mitigation actions still don’t play a significant role as a quantifiable metric for prioritizing mitigation actions or reporting on outcomes. This means that health impacts or outcomes from climate actions remains outliers in Nationally Determined Commitments by countries, and consequently as investment priorities. As a result, in COP outcome documents, health is typically only mentioned in passing. While CO 28 in Dubai featured a glitzy, first-ever official Health Day, including figures like Bill Gates and then-US Climate Envoy John Kerry, the health declaration adopted at the conference made no mention of fossil fuel’s health harms. The following year, even the hoopla was missing at COP29 in Azerbaijan, where a handful of officials and online ministers addressed an audience of a few dozen people. Health Day at COP 29 in Azerbaijan – a room with a few dozen people, in comparison to the hoopla at COP28 in Dubai. Oil-producing states led by Saudi Arabia, held up the closure of the World Health Assembly in May for hours in an effort to scuttle a vote on a new WHO Climate Change and Health Action Plan, which didn’t even mention the word fossil fuels as a driver of climate and health impacts. Can Brazil lead at COP30, while it rolls back environmental measures? President of Brazil Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva (centre), Minister of Health Nísia Trindade (right) and WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (left) at the G20 Leaders’ Summit, November 2024. Brazil has promised to make health a more prominent part of its COP30 agenda in Belém (10-21 November). A pre-COP Global Conference on Climate and Health, begins tomorrow (29-31 July) in Brasilia, hosted by the Brazilian government and co-sponsored by WHO via its regional office, the Pan American Health Organization (PAHO). The Brasilia conference is supposed to review and revise a draft Belém Health Action Plan, set to be adopted at the November COP. The plan’s main focus remains adaptation, and particularly adaptation of health systems to climate change – a critical area of work but hardly the only one. The plan also does call for more “intersectoral policies that maximize health and climate co-benefits,” including “actions that reduce air pollution, prevent fires and dust storms, ensure access to healthy and sustainable diets, water availability, promote quality public transport, [and] climate-resilient housing,” But as in the previous rounds of climate talks, COP28 and COP29, fossil fuels, are entirely missing from the draft health text with only one reference to “renewable energy”. Brazil, itself is facing a crisis over development policies in the Amazon and elsewhere, leaving question marks about how firmly it can lead other partners in bold action. Health is part of the COP ‘circus’ but not the inner chamber Health is part of the COP ‘circus’, but not the inner chamber of negotiations, critics say. Portrayed here: WHO’s Pavilion at COP27 in Sharm el-Sheikh addressed by WHO’s Director of Climate, Environment and Health, Dr Maria Neria. In global climate negotiations, health still remains a sideshow, admitted Alan Dangour, head of Wellcome’s new strategic focus on Climate and Health, in the closing session of the London Summit. “For those of you who have not been to a COP, basically, there’s a circus with entertainment, and then in the middle, there’s a room where the negotiations happen,” said Dangour. “The Health Day was part of the circus,” he added, referring to the first big health event at COP28. “We got the [COP] President speaking, we got all sorts of people to speak, and we were very pleased with ourselves, and the community was very pleased with itself that we had managed to achieve that, but we achieved absolutely zero in that little [negotiating] room. “Since COP28, our entire focus has been on the negotiating group and we now support the African group of negotiators to make sure that health evidence is part of what they negotiate. “That was a very big learning for us. We needed the health base so that health was prominent, and then we needed to invest separately in the negotiating rooms and who says what, when, where in those rooms. And that’s now our clear focus: on how to influence what happens.” Image Credits: Yoda Adaman/ Unsplash, Flickr/Russi Allison Loar , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Imperial College-Connecting Climate Minds , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watcy, HABVIA , HABVIA , Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, Great British Energy , @WeDontHaveTime, Clean Air Fund, Green Climate Fund , UNFCCC.int , PAHO/WHO/Karina Zambrana, Megha Kaveri/HPW. Smoke Signals from the Plastics Treaty: Why Geneva Negotiations Can’t Ignore Health Governance 25/07/2025 Deborah Sy Cigarette filters, made from a plastic called cellulose acetate, are world’s most littered plastic item. As negotiators prepare to meet in Geneva, 5-14 August in yet another attempt to finalize the United Nations Global Plastics Treaty addressing a pollution crisis affecting oceans and ecosystems worldwide – a critical linkage between health and environment governance seems to be largely missing from the draft text. After nearly three years of negotiations, the world may be on the verge of finalizing its first legally-binding global instrument to tackle plastic pollution – providing that treaty negotiators overcome massive pressures from the fossil fuel industry to further stall an agreement or weaken provisions aiming to limit plastics production. But as negotiators prepare for the resumed fifth session (INC-5.2), another fundamental flaw threatens the future treaty’s health objectives: the failure to integrate environmental and health governance. This is particularly apparent with regards to cigarette filters – the world’s most littered plastic item – although it extends to cross-sector cooperation on other issues regarding the health harms of other plastics as well. The current draft text makes with only one reference to ‘plastic’ cigarette filters (in draft Annex X) and makes no reference at all to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control – which could, in fact, be an important nexus for health-environment cooperation on the treaty – once it is approved. The treatment of cigarette filters – largely made of a plastic called cellulose acetate – sends smoke signals about more systematic problems with the treaty text in terms of its approach to environment and health. Health rhetoric vs reality gap Cigarette filters are the world’s most prevalent forms of plastic litter, marring beaches and from there, infiltrating to oceans and fresh water ways. The Chair’s text, the working document guiding final negotiations, acknowledges health extensively in its rhetoric, although much of it remains in brackets, indicating areas where countries have not yet reached agreement. The preamble recognizes plastic pollution as “a serious environmental and human health problem,” while the treaty’s stated objective is “to protect human health and the environment from plastic pollution.” But while the preamble recognizes mutual support with “other international agreements in the field of the environment,” it limits that framework to environmental treaties. Any reference to health instruments, including the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC), which has been ratified by 183 countries, are absent from this structure. Draft Plastics Treaty negotiating text – much of language on health remains in brackets. The Chair’s preambular text affirms that the plastics treaty will “not affect… existing treaty obligations,” but this is a non-binding statement that merely avoids direct legal contradictions without promoting substantive policy coherence. In practice, it enables siloed implementation, weakens the ability of health ministries to regulate tobacco product components, and gives the tobacco industry new opportunities to exploit regulatory gaps through the environment ministries. Most tellingly, a standalone health article remains uncertain, reduced to scattered references or a placeholder “pending informal drafting work.” Despite the draft’s stated health objectives, the institutional bridge to health governance is still missing. The ‘safe alternatives’ problem This gap matters because “safe substitutes,” “safe alternatives,” or “safe recycling” are at the heart of solutions throughout the draft treaty. But how can environmental authorities evaluate safety and health impacts without connecting to international or national health standards? The tobacco industry is already exploiting this governance gap by promoting “eco-filters” and “biodegradable” alternatives to plastic cigarette filters. While these products may appear to address plastic pollution, they remain harmful to both health and the environment. Worse, they risk misleading consumers and this kind of product feature substitution is typically assessed by health authorities, not environmental ministries, which may lack the mandate or expertise to evaluate such claims. The cigarette filter test case Cigarette filters are the most littered plastic in the world. Used cigarette filters represent the world’s most littered plastic item, with trillions discarded annually. Each cigarette butt contains toxic lead, cadmium, phthalates, and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons that leach into waterways. A single cigarette butt can contaminate 1,000 liters of water, causing $26 billion in annual marine ecosystem damage. The FCTC provides clear guidance on these filters: Parties should prohibit ingredients in tobacco products that may create the impression that they have a health benefit. The WHO study group’s recommendations early this year included that filters should be banned to reduce the palatability and appeal of cigarettes. This would remove consumer misconceptions that filters reduce health harms, and it would also reduce a major source of toxic tobacco waste, including the microplastics deposited by cellulose acetate in filters. Annex X: plastics items recommended for limitations, but not ban or phaseout. Annex Y: proposed ban or phaseout list. Yet the draft plastics treaty only lists “cigarette filters made with plastic” in a priority list for mandatory or voluntary restriction or banning (Annex X), rather than on the ban or phaseout list (Annex Y). The “made with plastic” language for cigarette filters also creates a dangerous loophole that permits biofilters/ eco-filters, contradicting established health guidance. In contrast, Annex Y, the ban/ phase out list, itemizes toys and food containers containing lead, cadmium, and phthalates – the same toxicants found in cigarette filters. Broader governance architecture problem The cigarette filter case reveals systemic weaknesses in the treaty draft’s language around health. Article 2.2 of the FCTC requires Parties to ensure that subsequent international agreements should be compatible with FCTC obligations. However, the negotiating states have yet to provide a mechanism for ensuring this compatibility. When environmental ministries approve product redesigns without health authority input, both agendas suffer. When industries exploit policy gaps to rehabilitate their image while maintaining harmful products, both environmental integrity and health objectives are compromised. Extended Producer Responsibility schemes promoted throughout the draft treaty could also legitimize tobacco industry participation in environmental policy and its greenwashing, directly contradicting FCTC Article 5.3’s requirement to “protect tobacco-related environment policies” from industry interference. The problem extends far beyond tobacco. Plastic substitution decisions made in isolation from health expertise risk creating new health hazards while solving environmental concerns—essentially trading one set of risks for another. Environmental authorities may inadvertently approve alternatives that address plastic pollution while creating health risks. Infrastructure already exists Plastics health impacts in brief. The solution isn’t to build new health systems from scratch, as many countries already have relevant capacity, and global infrastructure exists, including for chemical safety, food standards, and medical devices. For tobacco, global networks like TobLabNet and TobReg provide evidence-based guidance. The real challenge is not global coordination, but national-level inter-agency cooperation. The future plastics treaty can help by explicitly obligating this, ensuring health and environment agencies work together. Without giving due regard to existing health treaties, such coordination will inevitably run up against the different standards these agencies follow on industry engagement. No credible health authority engages with the tobacco industry, which is prohibited globally under the WHO’s Framework of Engagement with Non-State Actors (FENSA) and nationally through Article 5.3 of the FCTC, which covers over 90% of the world’s population. The commitment to binding norms on conflict of interest in the FCTC is essential. It creates space for the broader safeguards called for by civil society, scientists, and the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR). Failing to respect existing obligations—especially in the clearest and extreme case of tobacco— effectively precludes any meaningful prevention of conflicts of interest. Integration not isolation The solution lies in strengthening the draft’s health foundation by explicitly recognizing existing health agreements, including the WHO’s FCTC, which was already referenced in previous drafts to promote “cooperation, coordination, and complementarity.” A global coalition focusing on this issue recommends a simple safeguard clause – “Measures taken under this instrument shall be without prejudice to, and aligned with, existing international public health treaties and obligations, (including the WHO FCTC)” – would help prevent regulatory conflicts while provide supportive infrastructures to bolster the authority of environmental ministries to implement the future treaty. For cigarette filters, the recommendation is to eliminate material qualifiers “made of plastic” and move filters to a list for immediate bans. More broadly, the future instrument needs formal mechanisms for health expertise integration—not transferring authority from the environment to health ministries, but creating coordination mechanisms ensuring both objectives are met. The Geneva opportunity The Global Plastics Treaty could model integrated governance for 21st-century planetary health challenges, or represent another missed opportunity for coherent global health governance. Tobacco control shows how weak coordination between health and environmental sectors can backfire. When environmental agencies promote so-called “eco-filters” without health input, they risk legitimizing harmful products. But the reverse is also true. During COVID-19, health-led responses drove a surge in plastic consumption, worsening pollution. Both cases expose the same flaw: without coordination, one sector’s solution can become another’s crisis. The Plastics Treaty offers a rare chance to correct this. The infrastructure exists. The evidence is clear. What’s missing is the political will to connect them through binding legal frameworks. Geneva may be the last, best opportunity, not only to curb plastic pollution, but to safeguard the future of global health governance. Integrating international health agreements into the treaty does more than align with existing obligations. It helps define the treaty’s direction and lays the foundation for a strong, legally binding instrument with robust regulatory measures and comprehensive protections for people and the planet. Deborah Sy is head of Strategy and Global Public Policy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control (GGTC) at Thammasat University in Thailand, the convener of Global Youth Voices and the Stop Tobacco Pollution Alliance (STPA). She is the founder and senior advisor of Health Justice Philippines, an observer to the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations. Image Credits: Dennis Skley, University of Bath , UNEP , Chairs Text, draft UN Plastics Treaty, December 2024, Chairs Text, UN Plastics Treaty, Draft 2024, Ciel.org. US Drafts Plan to Change PEPFAR’s Focus From HIV to Diseases that Could Threaten Americans 24/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan A woman with HIV takes her antiretrovial (ARV) medicine. Until earlier this year, over 20 million people with HIV received ARVs funded by PEPFAR. US State Department officials are developing a plan to transform the President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) from an entity that tackles HIV to one that is broadly focused on protecting and promoting American interests. This is according to a report in the New York Times on Thursday, based on leaked planning documents that map out their vision for PEPFAR’s transition in in the next few years. “It would be replaced by ‘bilateral relationships’ with low-income countries focused on the detection of outbreaks that could threaten the United States and the creation of new markets for American drugs and technologies,” the newspaper reports. This is in keeping with the focus of the Trump administration’s first meeting with African health leaders after the US paused all foreign aid for 90 days in January. During the meeting between leaders of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and their counterparts in Africa CDC in March, the US officials indicated that they were interested in African business opportunities for American companies. Africa CDC official Dr Ngashi Ngongo told journalists after the meeting that the Trump administration “would like to see health more as a business, rather than something that functions on grants,” and is interested in “exploring how can we go into a partnership that translates into health as a business”. Aggressive transition planning Dr Jirair Ratevosian, a global health expert at Duke and previous PEPFAR chief of staff, said that the Trump administration has “made it very clear that they want to carry on with aggressive transition planning” for PEPFAR. “Transition planning is not a bad idea, but it must be done right, with timetables, developing indicators, matching government buy-in, getting community input etc,” Ratevosian said. While he has not seen the documents referred to by the New York Times, Ratevosian is concerned that the transition plan is being written in Washington rather than in and with the African countries most affected by PEPFAR’s transition. “There needs to be realistic timetables, careful planning and resources to successfully make the transition of HIV programming [from PEPFAR] to national control,” said Ratevosian. “Congress has made clear it rejects the administration’s rushed approach to PEPFAR’s transition, signalling bipartisan concern about protecting the program’s legacy and impact.” He added that the US State Department should also develop plans for US companies to sell their antiretroviral drugs to African countries, the largest market for these products. Brief defunding reprieve Luyengo Clinic in Eswatini. PEPFAR funded 80% of the clinic’s cost, and the HIV treatment of 3,000 people is in jeopardy. Last week, there was a brief moment of hope for PEPFAR recipients after the US Senate agreed to exempt the programme from a planned $400 million reduction, which had been included in a $9.4 billion rescission package put forward by President Donald Trump. The rescission package seeks to claw back federal funds from various programs, including approximately $900 million in global health allocations. Disruptions to US aid for global health including for PEPFAR programmes, have placed millions of lives at risk, particularly in countries heavily dependent on US-supported HIV infrastructure. Carolyn Amole, Clinton Health Access Initiative vice-president for HIV, hepatitis and TB, said PEPFAR’s funding cuts had disrupted commodities procurement, essential systems such as human resources, supply chains, and data infrastructure. Millions more AIDS deaths, infections projected An additional six million new HIV infections and four million AIDS-related deaths could occur between 2025 and 2029 if US-supported HIV treatment and prevention services collapse, according to UNAIDS. “This is not just a funding gap. It’s a ticking time bomb,” said UNAIDS Executive Director Winnie Byanyima at the launch of the organisation’s 2025 global AIDS update earlier this month. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” “Key populations” refer to people most vulnerable to HIV infection, including sex workers, men to have sex with men, people who inject drugs and young women. Some of the immediate effects of the US withdrawal of funds since Donald Trump assumed the presidency in January include the closure of health facilities, healthworker job losses, and disrupted treatment, testing and prevention services. Image Credits: The Global Fund/ Saiba Sehmi, UNAIDS. ‘Mass Starvation in Gaza’, WHO Concurs With Aid Agencies 23/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Six-month-old Salam is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza City. “There is mass starvation in Gaza,” World Health Organization (WHO) Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus asserted on Wednesday, aligning with a statement by 110 aid organisations released earlier that day. “A large proportion of the population of Gaza is starving. I don’t know what you would call it other than mass starvation, and it’s man-made,” Tedros told a media briefing on Wednesday, referring to aid blockage since the controversial private organisation, the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF) assumed control over aid distribution. “Rates of acute malnutrition exceed 10%, and over 20% of pregnant and breastfeeding women that have been screened are malnourished, often severely,” said Tedros. “The hunger crisis is being accelerated by the collapse of aid pipelines and restrictions on access [with] 95% of households in Gaza facing severe water shortages.” In their statement, the aid organisations including Medecins sans Frontieres (MSF), CARE, Christian Aid, Save the Children and Oxfam, urged governments to ensure that Israel ends “the siege of Gaza” and allows “the full flow of food, clean water, medical supplies, shelter items, and fuel through a principled, UN-led mechanism”. For the past two months, aid has not been channelled through UN agencies but rather via the GHF, which is supported by the governments of Israel and the United States. Since the GHF assumed control over aid distribution on 27 May, over 1,000 people have been killed by Israeli forces while trying to get food at the GHF distribution centres, according to the United Nations human rights office on Tuesday. “Doctors report record rates of acute malnutrition, especially among children and older people,” according to the aid organisations. “Illnesses like acute watery diarrhoea are spreading, markets are empty, waste is piling up, and adults are collapsing on the streets from hunger and dehydration. Distributions in Gaza average just 28 trucks a day, far from enough for over two million people, many of whom have gone weeks without assistance.” ‘Tip of the iceberg’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses a media briefing on Wednesday. “I don’t know why we’re even splitting hairs,” said Tedros, in reference to debate about whether Gazans were starving. “Not only were 1,026 people killed while trying to feed themselves or find food for their family, but thousands were also wounded.” “We demand that there is full access [for humanitarian aid], and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages, as we have always said,” Tedros concluded. On Monday, the UN World Food Programme (WFP) said that a quarter of Gaza’s population faces famine-like conditions. Dr Rik Peeperkorn, WHO representative for Palestine, said that malnutrition in Gaza had been negligible before Israel attacked Gaza in retaliation for Hamas’s attack on Israel on 7 October 2023. The malnutrition rate in children under the age of five was 0.6% then, while it did not exist in pregnant women or the elderly. But this year, around 30,000 children are reported to be malnourished and 21 have died of hunger, said Peeperkorn, describing these statistics as “the tip of the iceberg”. “In July alone, 5,100 children have been admitted to the malnutrition programme, including 880 children with severe malnutrition,” said Peeperkorn. Several hospitals in the territory do not have the staff or supplies to function and have become malnutrition treatment centres, but two months ago, they lacked nutritional supplements for patients, he said. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city (July 2025) Aid staff also face starvation. Peeperkorn added that UN staff members were facing the same conditions of lack of water and food, and there was widespread “absolute lethargy” in Gaza as people lacked the energy to do basic tasks. The aid organisations similarly reported that their staff are hungry and don’t have access to clean water. “Aid workers are now joining the same food lines, risking being shot just to feed their families. With supplies now totally depleted, humanitarian organisations are witnessing their own colleagues and partners waste away before their eyes,” they said. “Doctors, nurses, journalists, humanitarians, among them UNRWA staff, are hungry… fainting due to hunger and exhaustion while performing their duties,” Juliette Touma, director of communications for the UN agency for Palestine refugees (UNRWA), said in a media statement on Tuesday. Touma described “the so-called GHF distribution scheme” as “a sadistic death-trap”, adding that “snipers open fire randomly on crowds as if they’re given a license to kill”. She also told of massive food prices, recounting that a colleague paid almost $200 for a bag of lentils and some flour, after walking for hours to buy it. The GHF claimed on Monday that, “Since launching operations on May 27, we’ve distributed nearly 85 million meals via more than 1.4 million boxes—directly to the people of Gaza”. However, Israeli media outlet Haaretz said that GHF should have distributed several times this amount to ensure sufficient food. “If roughly 2.1 million people live in the Gaza Strip today, it’s preferable for them to eat three meals a day, and GHF had been in operation for 56 days as of Monday, how many meals should it have distributed? A simple calculation produces the answer – 353 million,” reported the news outlet. The GHF has also been criticised for distributing dry food when people are unable to cook, setting up too few food distribution centres and locating them in isolated areas, forcing thousands of people to walk long distances while exposed to IDF attacks and stampedes. Over 90% of Gaza is under Israeli evacuation orders, and nowhere is safe for residents. Earlier this week, the GHF offered to distribute the UN’s aid but the UN responded on Wednesday, saying that it would not work with any groups that put civilians’ lives in danger. WHO staff detention and warehouse destruction WHO warehouse in Deir al Balah lies in ruins after it it was attacked by Israeli military forces on Sunday and Monday. Meanwhile, one WHO staff member remains in Israeli detention following an Israeli Defence Force attack on the WHO’s staff residence and its biggest warehouse in Deir al Balah. Declining to name the staff member, Tedros said he had written to Israel’s Foreign Minister to demand his release and would take this up “at the highest level” if he remained in custody. The IDF attack on the warehouse caused severe damage, destroying “a substantial amount of medical supplies in all areas: trauma, antibiotics and anaesthesia”, said Peeperkorn. However, while this was a setback for the global organisation, it had identified other potential premises and would continue to support health facilities in Gaza, he added. “We demand that there is full access, and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages,” said Tedros. Tougher EU stance against Israel? The European Union (EU) seems to be toughening its stance against Israel in the face of the growing outcry over the starvation of the population. On Tuesday, the EU High Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy Kaja Kallas posted on X that “all options remain on the table if Israel doesn’t deliver on its pledges” to increase the number of aid trucks, crossing points and routes to distribution points. “The killing of civilians seeking aid in Gaza is indefensible. I spoke again with [Israeli Minister of Foreign Affairs Gideon Saar] to recall our understanding on aid flow and made clear that IDF must stop killing people at distribution points,” said Kallas. Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable. The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long.… https://t.co/VhaKxUXka0 — Ursula von der Leyen (@vonderleyen) July 22, 2025 EU Commission President Ursula von der Leyen also posted on X on Tuesday, declaring that “Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable.” Von der Leyen added: “The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long. It must stop now. Israel must deliver on its pledges.” Image Credits: UNRWA. States Have a Duty to Prevent Significant Harm from Climate Change, ICJ Rules 23/07/2025 Disha Shetty The International Court of Justice (ICJ) headquarters in The Hague, The Netherlands The International Court of Justice (ICJ) ruled on Wednesday that states have a duty to prevent significant harm to the environment from climate change in a landmark advisory opinion. The court also ruled that the states have a duty to cooperate internationally and called on them to set national climate targets that are of the “highest possible ambition.” “The court concludes that the duty of states to prevent significant environmental harm applies in the context of climate change, and that this duty forms part of the most directly relevant applicable law concerning the duty to cooperate,” said ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, who read out the advisory. The court addressed the issue of human rights and said they cannot be enjoyed without environmental protection. It has asked countries to bear in mind the Paris Agreement target to limit global warming to 1.5° C. READ HERE: The summary of the #ICJ Advisory Opinion on the Obligations of States in respect of Climate Change. https://t.co/7TWc7ifwfX pic.twitter.com/vVxxwpZpbX — CIJ_ICJ (@CIJ_ICJ) July 23, 2025 The ICJ’s ruling comes in response to a United Nations (UN) General Assembly resolution led by the small island nation of Vanuatu in the Pacific Ocean, which sought ICJ’s advisory opinion on the obligations of states on climate change, and the legal consequences of these. This is the first opinion on climate change by the ICJ, and it is seen as a landmark in international law as all UN members are automatic signatories of the ICJ. The ICJ, UN’s principal judicial organ of the UN, has a twofold role: to settle disputes between states and to give advisory opinions on legal questions. Climate crisis is a health crisis WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus speaking at the ICJ in December 2024. While the ICJ did not explicitly refer to health, Iwasawa made it clear that countries have to ensure that their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) or the climate targets they set for themselves are ambitious. “This means that each party has to do its utmost to ensure that the NDCs it puts forward represent its highest possible ambition,” Iwasawa said. While few countries have included health targets in their NDCs, there is an increasing global push to do so. The ICJ took the testimonials of a range of stakeholders into account in the run-up to the verdict. In 2024, World Health Organization’s Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus spoke at the ICJ giving his testimonial on how the climate crisis is a health crisis. In his testimonial, Tedros highlighted how climate change’s health impacts disproportionately affect small island nations like Tuvalu, also in the Pacific Ocean. “Climate change and extreme weather are wreaking havoc on humans and their health, disrupting societies, economies and development,” Tedros said. “Without immediate action, climate-related increases in disease prevalence, destruction of health infrastructure and growing societal burdens could overwhelm already overburdened health systems around the world,” he added. ICJ opens the door for reparations ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, Japan, delivering the advisory opinion Iwasawa, while acknowledging that the effect of climate change is “severe and far-reaching,” noted that the ICJ was not asked to rule specifically on the issue of compensation or climate damages. “The court considers that it has been requested to address legal consequences in a general manner, and that it is not called upon to identify the legal responsibility of any particular state or group of states,” he said. He added that any such request must be looked at on a case by case basis. “Concerning the duty to make reparation, the appropriate nature and quantum of reparations cannot be assessed in the abstract, and depends on the circumstances of a particular case,” he said. Reparations could take the form of ecological restoration or reconstruction of damaged infrastructure, the ICJ suggested. Climate-related drought in the Horn of Africa has impacted approximately 4.5 million Somalis, and around 700,000 individuals have been forced to leave their homes. “From deadly heat and toxic air to disease and displacement, the Court’s message is clear – human health is not collateral damage,” said Dr Jeni Miller, executive director at the Global Climate and Health Alliance. “Health workers and advocates now have powerful legal backing to demand bold, science-based climate action rooted in justice, including a just transition away from fossil fuels, for health and the duty to protect life across all ages and borders,” she added. Harjeet Singh, climate activist and founding director of Satat Sampada Climate Foundation, described the ruling as offering the potential for “a historic level of protection” for communities on the frontlines of climate change. “It means the suffering, the loss of homes and livelihoods, and the terrifying storms and rising seas that have become our reality can now be met with demands for justice, restitution, and repair. The message is clear: the polluters must pay,” said Singh. The ICJ advisory comes at a time when the US government is planning to repeal the scientific finding that established greenhouse gases endanger human life by pushing up global temperatures. This finding, established in 2009, gives governments the ability to push for climate action. However, the Trump administration is on its way to repeal the finding, which now means the US will be at odds with ICJ’s latest advisory. “Cooperation between states is the very foundation of meaningful international efforts with respect to climate change,” Iwasawa said. Image Credits: ICJ, Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, UN Photo/ICJ-CIJ/Frank van Beek. Courtesy of the ICJ., UN-Water/Twitter . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Exposure to Leaded Fuel Affects Memory Loss of Older Americans 29/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Exposure to leaded gasoline affects the memory loss of older Americans. Americans are about 20% more likely to experience memory problems if they lived in areas with high levels of atmospheric lead, according to a study of over 600,000 adults over the age of 65 released at the Alzheimer’s Association International Conference in Toronto on Tuesday. Researchers examined how exposure to airborne lead between 1960 and 1974, when leaded gasoline use was at its highest, may affect brain health later in life. They calculated exposure to historical atmospheric lead levels (HALL) by area and linked it to self-reported memory problems from two American Community Surveys (conducted between 2012 and 2021) involving over 500,000 people. Some 17-22% of people living in areas with moderate, high or extremely high atmospheric lead reported memory issues. “Our study may help us understand the pathways that contribute to some people developing dementia and Alzheimer’s disease,” said Dr Eric Brown, lead author and associate chief of geriatric psychiatry at the Centre for Addiction and Mental Health in Toronto. Lead was originally added to gasoline to increase performance until researchers determined it posed serious risks to health and the environment. The more than 20-year-long phase-out of leaded gas began in 1975. “When I was a child in 1976, our blood carried 15 times more lead than children’s blood today,” said Esme Fuller-Thomson, senior author of the study and a professor at the University of Toronto’s Faculty of Social Work. “An astonishing 88% of us had levels higher than 10 micrograms per deciliter, which are now considered dangerously high.” While the risk of atmospheric lead has decreased, other sources of exposure remain, such as old lead paint and pipes. Those who have been exposed to atmospheric lead should focus on reducing other risk factors for dementia, including high blood pressure, smoking and social isolation, said Brown. “Research suggests half the US population – more than 170 million people – were exposed to high lead levels in early childhood. This research sheds more light on the toxicity of lead related to brain health in older adults today,” said Dr Maria Carrillo, Alzheimer’s Association chief science officer and medical affairs lead. Another study reported at the conference found that older adults who live about three miles from a lead-releasing facility – such as glass, ready-mixed concrete or computer and electronics manufacturers – are more likely to have memory and thinking problems than those who live farther away. Lifestyle interventions help slow cognitive decline Alzheimer’s disease is the most common type of dementia found in elderly people. Social isolation, diet and lack of exercise affect the progression of the disease. Meanwhile, in better news, older adults at risk for cognitive decline and dementia who were actively encouraged to adopt healthy lifestyles were able to slow memory loss, the conference heard. A study of over 2,000 people compared the impact of a structured lifestyle intervention with a self-guided intervention and found that, while both interventions helped, those in the more intense intervention had better success at slowing cognitive decline. Both interventions focused on physical exercise, nutrition, cognitive challenge and social engagement, and heart health monitoring, but differed in intensity, structure, accountability and support provided. In the structured lifestyle group, participants attended 38 facilitated peer team meetings over two years. They were provided with an activity programme with measurable goals, encouraged to eat according to the MIND diet, given cognitive challenges and other intellectual and social activities. Their progress was reviewed regularly. In the self-guided lifestyle intervention, participants attended six peer team meetings to encourage self-selected lifestyle changes. Participants in the structured intervention showed greater improvement on global cognition, protecting cognition from normal age-related decline for up to two years. The results of the study, called US POINTER, were reported for the first time at the AAIC conference and published in the Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA). “As the burden of dementia grows worldwide, US POINTER affirms a vital public health message: healthy behaviour has a powerful impact on brain health,” said Dr Joanne Pike, Alzheimer’s Association president and CEO. “This is a critical public health opportunity. The intervention was effective across a broad, representative group – regardless of sex, ethnicity, APOE [gene] genetic risk, or heart health status – demonstrating its applicability and scalability for communities across the country,” added Pike. “The positive results of US POINTER encourage us to look at the potential for a combination of a lifestyle program and drug treatment as the next frontier in our fight against cognitive decline and possibly dementia.” Image Credits: Dawn McDonal/ Unsplash, Photo by Steven HWG on Unsplash. Governments ‘Backslide’ on NCD Commitments After Pressure from Unhealthy Industries 28/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Few countries are effectively taxing tobacco, alcohol, sugary drinks and ultraprocessed food, in part due to massive industry pushback. Governments have weakened their commitment to addressing non-communicable diseases (NCDs) after pressure from “big tobacco, alcohol, junk food, and fossil fuels”, according to civil society. Their claim centres on the draft political declaration due to be adopted at the UN High-Level Meeting (HLM) on NCDs in September, which no longer calls on countries to implement high taxes on these unhealthy products. Countries are due to wrap up negotiations on the declaration this week, with the final declaration due to be adopted at the HLM on 25 September. “It looks like health-harming industry fingerprints are all over this,” said Alison Cox, director of policy and advocacy at the NCD Alliance. “At a time of fiscal pressures, shrinking global health funding, and increased emphasis on domestic resource mobilisation, health taxes are a golden opportunity to both generate revenue and reduce the burden of NCDs and associated healthcare costs,” she added. “Yet as it stands, the declaration’s text contains weaker language around taxes and lets industry off the hook, prioritising profits over public health,” added Cox, describing the draft as “a backslide”. The language in the current draft has been watered down, and targets have been “flattened”, with active commitments to ‘implement’ and ‘enact’ replaced with the “far more passive language of ‘consider’ and ‘encourage’,” according to the NCD Alliance. ‘Reinstate commitment to taxes’ Vital Strategies, a global public health organisation, urged the negotiators to “reinstate explicit commitment to health taxes” on tobacco, alcohol and sugar-sweetened beverages. “These taxes should increase prices sufficiently to reduce affordability, prevent initiation and support reduction or cessation of use,” said Vital Strategies in a media release. “As outlined by the Task Force for Fiscal Policy on Health, a 50% price increase on tobacco, alcohol, and sugary beverages could raise $2.1 trillion in five years for low- and middle-income countries, revenue equal to 40% of their total health spending,” added the organisation. NCDs, including heart disease, cancer and diabetes, account for 43 million deaths annually, 75% of all deaths worldwide. The burden of NCDs is growing in low- and middle-income countries, driven primarily by smoking and poor diets. Taxes on alcohol, restricting marketing and regulating sales hours are proven interventions to reduce consumption. Vital Strategies also raised alarm about the removal of references to the World Health Organization’s (WHO) “Best Buy” policy recommendations for reducing alcohol consumption and related diseases, including raising taxes, restricting marketing and regulating availability. “The conspicuous deletion of these proven policies from the text strongly suggests undue alcohol industry influence aimed at weakening public health protections. We urge governments to immediately reverse these deletions and fully restore WHO’s recommendations in the final text,” said Vital Strategies. Harmful commercial practices It also wants the declaration to “explicitly tackle harmful commercial practices and strengthen conflict-of-interest protections to safeguard public health policymaking from industry interference”, strengthen commitments to “proven tobacco control measures” including effective taxation, and “recognise unhealthy diets as an urgent priority”. The WHO attributes some 2.8 million deaths a year to obesity and overweight, and Vital wants the declaration to “explicitly state that rising obesity rates are primarily driven by unhealthy diets, emphasising clear interventions like front-of-pack labelling and marketing restrictions targeting children”. The NCD Alliance is also unhappy about “significant backsliding” around social participation and the role of civil society, which is only referred to once. “History has taught us that ignoring the integral role of civil society, communities and people living with diseases weakens any meaningful public health response,” said Cox. With just a week of negotiations remaining, the NCD Alliance is calling on governments to “demonstrate true leadership and resist last-minute compromises that prioritise commercial interests over public health and reflect a genuine commitment to protecting lives”. Image Credits: Leo Zhuang/ Unsplash, Stanislav Ivanitskiy/ Unsplash. Hunger Declines Globally, but Rises in Africa 28/07/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Healthy diets, including micronutrient rich seeds, legumes and vegetables as well as protein, are out of reach for one-third of the world’s population or more. The proportion of the world’s population suffering acute hunger declined globally in 2024 to about 673 million people, but continued to rise in most African regions as well as western Asia, according to the new UN State of Food Security and Nutrition (SOFI) report, launched Monday in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. Global hunger levels have remained stubbornly high ever since the 2019 COVID pandemic; before that, failing to decline to pre-pandemic levels which hovered between 552-584 million in the years 2014-2019, said officials at the launch of this year’s report, during the Second UN Food Systems Summit Stocktake (UNFSS+4) in Addis Ababa. “We are far off track,” declared UN Deputy Secretary General Amina Mohammed at the launch. “Despite the fact that hunger has declined, it’s only slightly. Tonight, more than 670 million people will go hungry, and in regions like Africa, the situation continues to worsen; 307 million people are hungry on that continent – nearly one in five and mostly exacerbated by conflicts and the climate crisis. Deputy UN Secretary General Amina Mohammed at the launch of the 2025 State of Food Security and Nutrition report. “Hunger is also deepening the inequality faced across the world. Women’s nutrition continues to deteriorate. Anemia among women aged 15 to 49 has risen over the past decade,” she added, noting that two thirds of women in that age group do not meet minimum dietary diversity requirements. “Meanwhile, children are suffering consequences that will last a lifetime. One-third of children between six and 23 months are not getting the nutrients that they need during the most critical window of brain development and growth,” Mohammed said. “Ultimately, affordability is at the heart of all of this,” Mohammed added. ” Since 2020, global food price inflation has consistently outpaced general inflation in low income countries. This means skipping meals, selling assets, or pulling children out of school just so families can afford to eat in every region. These overlapping crises, conflict, climate shocks, inflation, displacement, are all exposing the deep fragility of our food systems.” And if current trends continue, there will still be 512 million people going hungry, on average, by 2030, with 60% of those in Africa – falling far short of UN Sustainable Development Goal 2, Zero Hunger. Inflation a key driver of food insecurity and undernutrition Food prices rising faster than the consumer price index (CPI). The report takes an in-depth look at one of the biggest threats of food security and nutrition today, inflationary food prices. Since the pandemic, food prices have risen faster than overall inflation, hitting consumers in poorer countries particularly hard. Behind this lies what some described as “a perfect storm,” including supply disruptions from the war in Ukraine, extreme weather events and a strong US dollar that made food imports more expensive last year. “For many countries, food prices have risen faster than inflation overall, exposing the fragility of our global agri-food systems,” said Alvaro Lario, President of the International Fund for Agriculture Development (IFAD), which collaborated in the joint report led by the Food and Agriculture Organization and also including UNICEF, the World Food Program, and the World Health Organization. “Our food systems and our food prices are increasingly vulnerable to environmental shocks,” he added, “Many of you can see in developing supermarkets in your hometown, olive oil prices increased 50% in January 2024 after droughts in Spain and Italy. Global cocoa prices increased almost 300% after heat waves in Ghana and Ivory Coast; maize 36% in South Africa; rice prices in Japan; potato prices in the UK after a wet winter; coffee prices in Brazil after a 2023 drought. So the message is clear, we must invest in adaptation before it is too late.” Healthy diets even more out of reach Number of people unable to afford a healthy diet. While nearly 2.3 billion people lack regular access to food, over 2.6 billion people cannot afford a healthy diet, added Maximo Torero, Chief Economist of Food and Agriculture Organization. “While there has been some progress in child nutrition, the world remains off track to meet any of the seven global nutrition targets by 2030 this year; Nutrient rich foods like fruits, vegetables and animal products remain out of reach for many. Even basic staples cheaper have seen sharper price increases, adding pressure on the poorest households,” Torero said. On average, basic starchy staples and oils and fats remain the least expensive sources of dietary energy across all countries. In contrast, more nutritious food groups, such as animal source foods, fruits and vegetables, consistently rank as the most expensive, the report found. Between 1975 and 2016, southern Africa saw the world’s highest proportional increase in child and adolescent obesity – 400% per decade. Ultra-processed foods and sugary drinks were a key driver – but they are now cheaper than fresh foods in many or most parts of the world. Ultra-processed foods are consistently cheaper than foods at any other stage of processing. Despite growing evidence of their adverse health impacts, these products typically contain few or no whole foods and are often high in saturated fats, trans fats and salt. Conversely, they lack adequate fibre, micronutrients and other bioactive compounds. By 2021, ultra-processed foods were, on average, 47% less expensive than unprocessed or minimally processed foods, and 50% less expensive than processed foods, the report found. Only one out of three children globally are meeting the indicator of minimum dietary diversity, which is linked to healthy growth, said WHO’s Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, in a pre-recorded message to the launch. “We need action in three key areas, first, to ensure unimpeded access to deliver life saving treatment to those facing active malnutrition, especially in combat zones; second, to strengthen social protection systems to reach vulnerable populations with nutritious foods; and third, to inform food price policies to make healthy diets accessible, especially in low income communities,” Tedros added. Conflict exacerbates hunger – ‘famine’ in Gaza Conflict also exacerbates hunger. On Sunday, WHO issued yet another appeal on the Gaza hunger crisis, saying that humanitarian aid corridors recently re-opened by Israel, need to remain sustainably accessible to aid convoys to confront the mounting malnutrition crisis there. Nearly one in five children under five in Gaza City is now acutely malnourished, WHO reported, and malnutrition has reportedly claimed the lives of 74 children in 2025, peaking at 63 deaths in July. The worst-case scenario of ”Famine” is currently playing out in the Gaza Strip, declared the Integrated Food Security Classification (IPC), on Tuesday morning. “Latest data indicates that Famine thresholds have been reached for food consumption in most of the Gaza Strip and for acute malnutrition in Gaza City,” the IPC stated in a new release. Famine is declared when 20% or more of households face an extreme lack of food and 30% of children are suffering from acute malnutrition. “Over 20,000 children have been admitted for treatment for acute malnutrition between April and mid-July, with more than 3,000 severely malnourished. Hospitals have reported a rapid increase in hunger-related deaths of children under five years of age, with at least 16 reported deaths since 17 July,” the IPC report stated. Gaza food deliveries, reported by IPC from Israel’s COGAT. In a briefing to the Geneva press corps, the World Food Programme said that while food deliveries have ramped up in recent days, they are still not nearly enough. “We are getting about 50% of what we are requesting into Gaza,” said World Food Programme spokesperson Ross Smith, noting that WFP, alone, has been asking t0 bring in 100 trucks a day – comparable to the January-March ceasefire. Pre-conflict a total of about 500 supply trucks a day were brought into Gaza, he said, adding, “We welcome the humanitarian pauses and we would like to see the full spirit of them implemented.” According to the Israeli military aid coordinating body, COGAT, international organizations moved over 200 trucks of aid into Gaza, with another 260 inside Gaza waiting for pickup Tuesday morning. Food relief unable to reach hungry people in Afghanistan, Sudan, and beyond In Sudan, Afghanistan and elsewhere, humanitarian agencies are unable to reach hungry children and families – due to both a lack of access and a shortage of funding, said Cindy McCain, Executive Director of the World Food Programme (WFP) at Monday’s launch event. “This year, funding cuts up to 40% meaning that 10s of millions of people will lose the life saving food aid the WFP provides,” she said. “The impacts are severe and wide ranging. In Afghanistan, we’ve scaled back to a very, a very narrowly targeted feeding program aiming to cover a maximum of only 1 million people, but we’re turning away 8.5 million needy people,” she said. “In South Sudan, where 7.7 million people are acutely hungry, and over 80,000 people face catastrophic hunger, we will be forced to end lifesaving assistance to 2.3 million people next month. “We’ve had to end our assistance to 1 million million refugees in Uganda, while in Kenya, we halted all cash assistance. And rations to [primarily Somalian and Sudanese] refugees are now less than 1/3 the full amount. These are just a few examples. Sadly, the list of impending cuts coming down the line is much, much longer. If they’re implemented, the small gains in food security highlighted in this year’s SOFI report will soon be wiped out, and the result will be further instability in volatile regions around the globe.” Investing in more resilient food systems and small scale producers Kibet Ngetich Stephen, a smallholder in Narok County, Uganda, receives a visit from a community veterinarian assistant to check on the health of his cattle. When food prices rise, Torero added, “there’s a direct impact on nutrition, particularly in poorer or more vulnerable economies.” For instance, a 10% increase in food prices implies a 3.5% in overall increase in moderate food insecurity and severe food insecurity; a 4% increase for women, as well as a 5.5% increase in the prevalence of severe wasting among children under 5 years of age. Yet, amid such challenges, there is a silver lining compared to two past food crises, he said, referring to the economic crash of 2007-2008: “The global response today has been more coordinated, more measured and more informed. Progress is happening, but not fast enough.” Torero and other officials called for investing in food systems and small scale producers to stimulate more local production of healthy and diverse food items. “To unlock these benefits, we must fully leverage concessional finance institutions like IFAD have a key role to play, but we cannot do it alone. We also need to crowd private sector investments to rural areas through strong partnerships, bankable investments and also constructing the right ecosystem,” Lario said. Added Torero, “one of the main messages of the 2025 edition of the report is that while food price inflation remains a pressing concern, it is not undefeatable. Compared to the food prices spikes in 2007 and 2008 the global response to the sources of 2021 and 2023 inflationary pressures was more coordinated, informed and restrained. Trade and market levers Trade transparency at global level; smallholder farms, and in cities, fresh food markets are all ways governments can use market levers to support healthy, affordable foods. “One of the clearest examples is in the area of trade policies,” Torero said. “While earlier crises were marked by widespread export bans and restricted measures that amplify global uncertainties and food price volatility, the recent episodes saw fewer such interventions, and when they occurred, they were generally short term and less disruptive. “Similarly, the importance of market transparency and time information has been reaffirmed. Initiatives such as the Agricultural Market Information System (AMIS) established by the Gg20 in response to 2007-2008 helped make a significant impact, because they played a key role in enhancing transparency of global food markets. The global response to the high food inflationary period also demonstrated the value of robust institutions. Countries with sound response structures as well established social protection systems were able to protect the most vulnerable populations more effectively. Time for Africa to act Hunger trends over time: the number of people going hungry in 2024 declined, but was still more than in 2019 or the five previous years. “Sustainable investments, external policy coordination, greater transparency and continuous institutional innovations will be vital in building resilience to future shocks,” he concluded. “These policy lessons offer a roadmap to addressing both the immediate impact of food price inflation on food security and nutrition and the urgent goal of getting back on track to achieve SDG 2, and affordable, healthy diets for all. Improvement has happened, but it’s important that we transfer improvement in certain regions of the world to the other regions of the world,” he said, adding: “This is the time for Africa. This is your moment. You are leading the way. So it is time to act and to leads on the transformation of agri food systems so that the continent of Africa soon turns the trend… less hunger, more equity, and, of course, a better life.” Updated Tuesday 29.7.2025 Image Credits: FAO/State of Food Security and Nutrition (2025) , FAO/State of Food Security and Nutrition, 2025, FAO/State of Food Security and Nutrition , Dr Alexey Kulikov/Twitter, International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies / The Kenya Red Cross Society, World Bank Tanzania/Twitter . The Accelerating Health Impacts of Heat: UK Climate and Health Summit Highlights Trends Ahead of COP30 28/07/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The aftermath of Southern California’s Altadena fire, which raged for three weeks in January 2025, is only one recent example of the burgeoning damage wreaked by global warming, drought and extreme weather. LONDON – Summit it was not as there were no heads of state or even Bill Gates, although the UK’s Minister for Climate Change made a compelling presentation showing the kind of policy leadership starkly absent in the United States. Even so, the recent Climate and Health Summit, hosted by the UK Physiological Society, the nearly 150 year-old institution whose earliest members included Charles Darwin, offered a rich array of examples of what is going on in the climate and health research space. And that includes policy lessons that could and should be applied much more broadly as countries prepare their national commitments for the next UN Climate Conference (COP30) in Brazil, and health actors meet this week in Brasilia to review a draft Climate and Health Action Plan for the upcoming COP30. UK Physiological Society president Mike Tipton. “Physiology is the science of life, and there is no greater systematic threat to life across the world than climate change,” declared Mike Tipton, the society’s president. “Physiology includes the study of the body’s responses to external challenges such as heat, cold, flooding, fire, pollution, starvation and dehydration, climate-driven examples of which are sadly, all too easy to find at this time. “Physiology defines our survival…and let’s make no mistake, this subject is about survival.” From shadows to vogue Former US Climate Envoy John Kerry (center) at COP28 Health Day in Dubai in 2023. Even so, health remains in the ghetto of mainstream climate negotiations. It is not part of the formal UN climate negotiating framework. If mentioned in countries’ national-level commitments, there are usually few concrete, measurable metrics for reference. Similarly, it is ignored in most global climate financial instruments. It’s not on the priority list of investments for finance ministries, and it’s not even very high on the priority list of most health ministries that are increasingly faced with the effects of climate change, from extreme heat to flooding, drought, and nutrition challenges. The UK, along with many European nations, is finally investing heavily in climate mitigation and adaptation. But other countries, notably, the US, are backpedalling, with global climate commitments far short of what is really needed to keep average temperature rise at or below the 1.5°C threshold set out in the Paris Agreement. Most recently, Brazil, host of the upcoming UN Climate Conference, COP 30, saw its Congress pass a bill dismantling most environmental licensing requirements for new development projects. The “Devastation Bill”, as its critics call it, will allow agro-business and forestry and real estate interests to “self-license”, leading to what some have described as “the greatest legislative setback since the military dictatorship (1964-85)”. Although politicians lag behind, the science on climate change has evolved and matured. Patterns of rising heat and their impacts, have come out of the shadows of climate research to take center stage. But it remains to be seen if better estimates of the economic costs to health and productivity of global warming will lead to better policy decisions. Turning up the heat on heat Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, lead of WHO’s Climate and Health team. “When I started working on this issue about 25 years ago, scientists would hem and haw and say ‘we can’t attribute any one specific event to climate change.’ That’s all gone now,” noted Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, who heads up the World Health Organization’s (WHO) climate work. “They are now very clear when there is an extreme weather event that climate change is having an influence. “And if, when I started on this issue, most of what we were talking about was future projections, that’s not the case any more either. …Wherever you look in the world, across almost any dimension of human wellbeing, we’re already seeing negative impacts.” A 167% increase in heat-related mortality Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Climate Change and Health countdown. The impact of heat on health has particularly come into its own, driven by weather trends that no one can ignore. “We have seen a 167% increase in global heat-related mortality since the 1990s, and 2023 was a record hot year,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown on Climate Change and Health. Recently, 2023 data has been superseded by 2024, which was even hotter, she later told Health Policy Watch – and that trend is likely to continue for the next five years. “If we look at heat-related mortality, that is just the tip of the iceberg,” added Romanello. “Underneath this tip, there’s a huge iceberg that has to do with the effects of heat comorbidity. “Heat is increasingly undermining sleep quality, also deteriorating labor capacity, labor productivity, and putting workers at risk,” Romanello said. Heat is also causing the expansion of certain infectious diseases, while the increased frequency of heat waves, resulting in both droughts and flooding, are impacting food insecurity – with 151 million more people experiencing more climate-related food insecurity in 2022. Food production is also a major driver of warming trends, said Romanello: “Cumulative deforestation has led to about half a billion hectares of global tree cover since 2001. Forestry is the main source, but the second one is agriculture.” While forests remove CO2 from the atmosphere, agriculture contributes to 21% to 37% of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. The biggest single contributor to agricultural emissions is livestock. Ruminant rearing contributes to over half of agricultural GHGs, and high meat consumption is a major driver of noncommunicable diseases (NCDs). “By transitioning to healthy, planetary-compatible diets, we could save about 11.2 million lives every year through healthier diets,” Romanello said. “Excess red meat intake, disproportionately in industrialized, very high human development-index countries, is not only the main contributor to agricultural greenhouse gas emissions and deforestation, but also to 14 to 16 [premature] deaths per 100,000 population – a high rate of mortality.” Mental health risks Climate change and mental health linkages. The mental health risks of increased heat are also becoming ever more evident, with increased suicides and suicide risk during heat waves, and a higher incidence of hospitalization, said Emma Lawrence of Imperial College, who leads the Connecting Climate Minds initiative, a Wellcome-funded data hub at the intersection of climate and mental health. Neurological disorders such as dementia and schizophrenia, as well as epileptic seizures, are also more likely to be associated with heat waves, said Sanjay Sisodiya, professor of neurology at University College, London (UCL). Sanjay Sisodiya, UCL professor of neurology “I’m seeing people with complex epilepsies who, either themselves or their families, are reporting that during heat waves in particular, having more trouble; having more seizures, more intense seizures, and more lethargy and all sorts of other complications,” he said. The brain is attuned to function at a certain temperature, and when that temperature is increased, cellular functions and neurological functions become distorted, he explained. “When that happens, then different bits of the brain, of course, don’t work together in the way they were set up to do, and that can then cause secondary problems.” Medication for neurological disorders can also be compromised by extreme heat, putting those vulnerable at further risk. Effects on worker productivity Larry Kenny of Penn State University explains the correlation between heat rise and the number of people forced to survive in “unliveable zones” of the earth. New research showcased included studies that looking at what levels of heat are tolerable, as well as where and in what conditions, based on thresholds of human heat and humidity tolerance. Even for desk workers, heat safety thresholds may be lower than previously thought, said Larry Kenny of Penn State University. Temperatures higher than 34°C at 66% relative humidity cross the safety threshold for young men and women doing light desk work, with red lines even lower for outdoor workers and older and younger groups. Improved mapping of temperatures in different scenarios has found that, if temperatures rise by 3° to 4°C by 2050, up to three billion people would be in “unliveable” zones of heat and humidity for at least one week out of the year. For 1.5 billion people, for up to a month and half a million for three months, said Kenny. “With estimates in the 3° to 4°C global warming target range, we’re talking about somewhere on the order of 1.5 to almost three billion people living under those conditions for long periods,” Kenny said. Josh Foster, global non-linear effects of temperature rise on worker productivity. Global losses in worker productivity due to climate change have been underestimated significantly, added Josh Foster of King’s College, one of the lead investigators in the European Union-sponsored Heat Shield project, which has recalibrated economic losses from heat stress from the bottom up. The project involved lab-based studies on healthy volunteers in controlled “environmental chambers” to yield better estimates of reduced labor output at high temperatures – which turned out to be much more significant than previously assumed, Foster said. The new models are already being incorporated into new economic modeling about climate impacts on labor and productivity. The findings can also help inform adaptation decisions, he added. For instance, the studies found that fans can be useful as a cooling technique, but after a certain point, they can become harmful. When temperatures rose to 37°C and above, higher than the body temperature of 36.8°C, a fan is going to merely push more heat onto the body. So there are certainly some very hot conditions where we need to rethink how we keep workers safe,” Foster said. The green shaded area shows temperature and humidity levels at which fans can be beneficial, but after certain thresholds, they become harmful, explains Josh Foster. “This is not projection data. This is from 2017. This is real climate data, and not a fictitious scenario. Physiology work isn’t perfect. We completely acknowledge that it almost entirely ignores adaptation,” said Foster. “The take-home message is that physiology can play a critical role in unexpected areas, in this case, economic modelling of climate change.” ‘Co-creating’ resilience Anh Vu, ”co-creating resilience” with outdoor workers in Viet Nam. The data can also feed into advocacy by organizations such as the ACGIH, a US-based charitable science organization advancing occupational and environmental health, Foster notes. But government guidelines for workers’ heat exposure are often badly out of line with reality. In the US, some states have even moved backwards. In 2023, Texas removed rules mandating water and rest breaks for outdoor workers, a move later followed by Florida. At the same time, there are encouraging stories about field research “co-creation” that yields small, but significant solutions. In Vietnam, a group of informal outdoor workers including scrap collectors, motorbike taxi drivers, construction workers and street vendors, simply planted a tree to provide shade for them to rest under, noted Anh Vu of the UK’s National Center for Social Research. “We know that climate change and health are deeply connected in people’s everyday lives, but in policy terms, they are quite disconnected and fragmented,” she observed. “Climate policy tends to focus on infrastructure and engineering, and health policy tends to be clinical, focusing on hospitals, disease surveillance and labor policies, which tend to assume formal contracts. “But informal outdoor workers in a country like Vietnam, are falling through the cracks of all three.” Most research on heat and workers’ health takes place in the global North, with limited applications to workers in the South, where the socio-economic context is very different and regulatory frameworks are generally weaker. “These workers face chronic job insecurity. They are unprotected by labor laws, and at the same time, they are at the front lines of economic risks,” Vu observed. “They have no protection for their ears, may be wearing no shoes, and no hats in the heat.” These workers can also be fearful of strangers, which meant the research team Vu led had to make repeated field visits to build trust with them and their communities. Anh Vu shows the tree (middle right) planted by outdoor workers in Vietnam to rest under in the heat. The research team found that most workers were over the age of 40, had been working in the informal market for over a decade, and could rarely afford to seek formal health care. They also found workers adapting and innovating with simple solutions, including self-care and traditional home remedies, getting health information from social media, and creating very modest green spaces. “You see the tree here,” she said, pointing to a slide on her screen, “These outdoor workers, motorbike taxi riders, street vendors, get together and plant trees so that they can have some shared space to rest, to recover. So these are examples of vernacular innovation. They are very non-technical, but embedded and grounded.” The challenge, of course, is to translate acceptable community innovations into broader policies. But that process, she believes, must still begin from the street up. “Climate adaptation must begin where the risks are most real,” she concluded. “Informal workers are on the front line of climate risks, but they also are at the front line of innovation, and their knowledge and agency must be at the center of the adaptation thinking.” Adaptation, mitigation and painted rooftops Workers applying reflective paint to a roof in South Africa as part of the University of Cape Town-led study. Painting roofs was another simple adaptation initiative showcased at the summit, which can impact on climate mitigation, air pollution and health. The innovation is being tested in two African countries, Ghana and South Africa, by the new Wellcome-funded project, Heat Adaptation Benefits for Vulnerable groups in Africa (HABVIA), said Lara Dugas, one of the leaders of the study, from the University of Cape Town. The project is part of a Wellcome-supported consortium of heat adaptation research projects known as HeatNexus, developed following a major new strategic investment by the philanthropy into climate and health. The first stage of research at the South African site of Khayelitsha, a low-income area of Cape Town, has already showed an average 4 °C decline in indoor temperatures over the hottest part of summer days in houses whose roofs were painted with the heat-reflective paint, says Dugas. A next stage of research aims to test if the reduction in indoor temperatures translates into health gains. Reflective white paint on roofs can reduce heat by as much as 4°C. “The Wellcome Trust’s initial call was for the evaluation of existing solutions [in low-income countries],” related Dugas, “which very early on revealed that in fact, there were little to no existing solutions in these settings. “HABVIA was thus conceived to co-design and implement a low-cost, socially acceptable heat adaptation solution in two settings (urban and rural) in both Ghana (Ga’Mashie and Nkwantakese) and South Africa (Khayelitsha and Mphego).” The collaboration includes government and civil society, from Slum Dwellers International to the Ghana Metereological Agency and South African Weather services, she said. In addition, the team is collaborating with researchers in Africa, India and the South Pacific Island country of Niue, who are exploring similar solutions. Habvia team (left to right): Vida Asah-Ayeh of the University of Ghana, project coordinator Michaela Delgon of the University of Cape Town (UCT), Ritah Nakanjako from the University of Bristol, and Lara Dugas of UCT. In the next stage of research, the HABVIA team will assess the health benefits of lower temperatures, looking at parameters such as sleep behaviour, mental health, and NCD risk factors such as blood pressure and fasting blood glucose. Reflective paints are already widely available in developed countries and some developing economies although they cost more than standard paint products. In addition, there are differences in whether they can be applied to asbestos, as compared to zinc or tin roofs, which are typical of low-income countries. While labelled as adaptation, the solution can also reduce climate and air pollution emissions as households move up the energy ladder, Dugas notes. “In our research settings, there is very little access to electricity, as most of these vulnerable low-income settings do not have electricity. But certainly, yes, in settings with greater energy demands, this may have significant synergistic effects.” The team is also exploring pathways for introducing such innovations into broader policies – whether through new building regulations, subsidized production or pricing, or a combination of those. Policy is still the missing link WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at the International Court of Justice in December 2024, giving evidence of climate change’s impacts on health. But policy remains the missing link – worldwide. Despite the strong statements last week by the International Court of Justice on states’ “duty to prevent significant harm from climate change”, most countries are nowhere near their potential in clean energy investments, according to a report also released last week by UN Secretary General António Guterres. The US is missing “the greatest economic opportunity of the century” by shifting away from renewables, Guterres declared at the launch. The US Environmental Protection Agency is reportedly set to cancel its own 2009 rule that gave it scientific authority to regulate on climate issues – another example of the government’s denial that climate impacts on peoples’ environmental health are real. In mid-July, along with rescinding financial incentives for renewables, the US Department of the Interior set up a a major new regulatory hurdle for solar and wind power. It now requires tge review of all “leases, rights-of- way, construction and operations plans, grants, consultations and biological opinions” for new projects at the level of the Office of the Secretary in Washington DC, a lengthy process previously delegated to regional and field offices. This, and the loss of subsidies, is prompting international investors to cancel plans for new solar and wind production in the US at a time when the country is also loosening restrictions on new oil and gas project exploration on public lands in an effort to ramp up fossil fuel production. Meanwhile, Shell and other leading fossil fuel producers have walked away from a plan to develop a net zero emissions strategy because it would force them to cease exploitation of new oil and gas fields. The BR-319 road through the Amazon: a new law would ease the way for completing its paving and critics say it would strike an arrow into the lungs of the world. Concurrent with the UK summit, Brazil’s Senate approved an historic rollback of government rules on environmental impact assessment of new urban and rural development projects. The new law would allow high-impact industries, like agribusiness and mining, to “self-license” projects, potentially leading to increased deforestation, habitat destruction, and harm to indigenous communities. It also eases the way for the renewed construction of a major highway, BR-319, which traverses a sensitive part of the Amazon rain forest – which Brazil’s leftist President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva himself has supported. The new law comes amidst a growing political crisis between Lula and an increasingly assertive Congress, where his party has a fragile hold. Da Silva has until 1 August to veto the new law, although the Congress is likely to overturn a veto, leaving it to the Supreme Court to decide. Adaptation should no longer be a sideshow Julia King, chair of the UK government’s Adaptation Committee. Against that background, it was encouraging to see a strong UK government presence at the summit, including the UK’s Undersecretary for Climate (Minister for Climate), Kerry McCarthy, and Dame Julia King, Baroness Brown of Cambridge, a House of Lords member and chair of the Adaptation Committee of the Government’s Independent Advisory Committee on Climate Change. What they offered was not just polemics but studied, critical presentations of the statistics by leaders who seem to have a firm grasp on the evidence as well as a vision of a way forward – even if their views collided at times. “Let’s just remind ourselves of how much of a problem it is today,” said King, an engineer by training. “Half of our top grade agricultural land is already at risk of flooding… If we don’t do more, one in four properties will be at risk. “We see something on the order of 3,000 excess deaths [annually], which are heat-related. The predictions are that we will be seeing over 10,000 heat related excess deaths by mid-century, unless we take some significant action. All of the [increased] morbidity is having an increasing impact on the ability of our health system to cope with that. “We’re now starting to see more and more predictions of what kind of impact on GDP there will be,” said King, adding that robust research suggests a 7-8% reduction in GDP growth by 2050. “I think it’s probably more than COVID. This is a huge impact, and I would absolutely put money on the fact that it is an underestimate,” she added. Urgent to address heat impacts on health The summit followed publication of the UK’s 2025 State of the Climate report, which found that, within the last decade the number of days 10°C above the 1961-1990 average, have quadrupled. “We had record temperatures of 40.3°C back in 2022 but the Met Office has now said that there’s a 50-50 chance that we exceed 40°C degrees again in the next 12 years,” said King. “This is not modeling. This is empirical data that shows that, in the southeast of England, they’re already going up about 1°C per decade. So it wouldn’t be surprising if by mid-century, we were hitting temperatures from time to time of 45°C in the southeast. That’s something we really need to be prepared for.” King added that data to monitor climate change indicators, such as deaths from heat, flooding, diet, and climate-resilient health services delivery, remain sparse. “Are we seeing improvements in terms of protecting population health and the accessibility of health care delivery as the climate changes? No, not yet.,” she added. “We’re starting to see some improvements in planning. So we’ve got a health service high temperature plan. I don’t think it’s enough planning. We’re not seeing any benefits yet. We’re still seeing heat-related deaths with morbidity increasing.” Adaptation and mitigation need to be recognized as a cross-government issue, she added: “Government needs clear adaptation objectives supported by measurable targets. We absolutely need to know what the government is aiming for.” High-gain, low-risk adaptation actions; Julia King, Baroness Brown. The UK Adaptation Committee recently commissioned a major review of potential adaptation actions, efficacy, costs and benefits. A subsequent modeling exercise, still under review, has since identified some potential “very easy, quick wins” such as “ensuring that the public knows what to do when it’s hot, making sure they are prepared, they know what they need to do to keep hydrated, that kind of thing. “This is the kind of process we’re trying to go through. And then when we do our reporting, when we assess progress, we will be able to say, well, here’s the target, here’s what’s been done, and here’s the gap.” Make British Energy Great Again UK MP Kerry McCarthy, Undersecretary for Climate. Despite the gaps, it was encouraging to see how the UK Government is moving full-steam ahead on mitigation, filling a vacuum in international leadership left by the withdrawal of the US from the Paris Climate Agreement. “We don’t want to take the easy option of pretending that climate change isn’t happening or that all its effects can be mitigated. We want to act, and that’s exactly what we’re doing,” said Climate Undersecretary McCarthy at the start of the two-day event. “And it’s not just the direct impact [of heat] on our health, it’s also the indirect impacts. UK wheat production declined by over 20% last year, due to devastating rainfall.” Shortly after his election, UK Prime Minister Keir Starmer’s new Labour government established a Clean Power by 2030 action plan, with the vision of becoming a clean energy “superpower”. In May, the Great British Energy Corporation, backed by the UK’s National Wealth Fund, the Monarchy’s Crown Estate and the Scottish Government, was created by Parliament. It is turbocharging investments in offshore wind projects, solar, nuclear, carbon capture and hydrogen storage, McCarthy said. Major UK investments in offshore wind through Great British Energy. In the country that was the cradle of coal-powered industrialization a century ago, clean energy industries are now growing at three times the rate of the rest of the economy, McCarthy said: “We’ve seen £40 billion of investment into clean energy announced since last July.” The decarbonisation effort extends across all economic sectors, from transport and urban settings to rural environments, agriculture and buildings – including a £13.2 billion investment to retrofit the country’s ageing housing stock to better protect people from extremes of heat and cold. Investing £13.2 billion in the UK’s housing. Internationally, the UK is stepping into some of the leadership gap left by the US retreat from clean energy. At last year’s COP29 in Azerbaijan, for instance, Starmer announced an ambitious goal of reducing domestic climate emissions by 81% by 2035. “That was very much a signal that we wanted to lead those international efforts,” said McCarthy. “We set up a global clean power alliance. We’ve signed new climate agreements with India and China. Its obviously, incredibly important to bring them on board. We’re championing UK investors to invest in emerging and developing economies.” Follow the money The Azerbaijan Presidency of COP29 hailed a breakthrough in recruiting more global finance – but will it materialize? The government is working on making good on past COP commitments, such as the Powering Past Coal Alliance, which it co-chairs with Canada; the Forest and Climate Leaders Partnership and the Climate and Clean Air Coalition, which is addressing super pollutants, like methane and black carbon, and clean cooking. At COP29, developed countries committed to providing at least $300 billion annually by 2035 to support developing countries in mitigating and adapting to climate change. The commitment tripled the previous goal of $100 billion per year – but even that goal was never met. Additionally, the “Baku Finance Goal” aimed to raise $1.3 trillion per year by 2035 from public and private sources, to tackle climate change effectively, noted McCarthy, pledging that the UK would be doing its part to advance those commitments. She sees the core funding as supporting adaptation in LMICs, but adds that, “the outer core of funding will be more on the mitigation side, because if you’re decarbonizing industry, setting up a clean alternative, there’s a need to make the return easier to get the private sector to invest in that.” Powering past coal with a ‘message of hope’ At the Future Fabrics Expo at London Climate Action Week, Lakshmi Poti, head of fashion at Laudes Foundation, talks about sustainable fashion supply chains. At last month’s London Climate Action Week, the UK government also unveiled a new initiative to develop high integrity carbon markets. “There’s been a lot of concerns about greenwashing. But we think that if we can establish high integrity markets, we can channel huge amounts of finance to them, .. and because of our role as a leading financial centre, we can be at the forefront of financial innovation,” McCarthy said. Along with the all-important financial and tech sectors, new initiatives in fashion, sports and the creative industries were showcased at the recent London Climate Action Week events. “We want a science-led approach to the crisis,” McCarthy added. “We believe that the government has a duty to be honest with people about the scale of the crisis… but we also want to deliver a message of hope – because that’s the only way we will be able to bring people with us to deliver the change we need.” Dearth of renewables investments in least developed countries The UK is not the only leading player amongst developed countries. The European Union has set a target of reducing its net emissions by 55% by 2030, with a proposed 90% reduction by 2040, attaining net zero emissions by 2050. Last Thursday (24 July), the EU and China also signed a precedent-setting agreement to drive a “global just transition” on climate change. While it didn’t introduce any new commitments, it has been welcomed as a “timely stabilising signal” by groups such as 350.org in the turbulent landscape of US retreat. Fiona Walker (moderator); Sean Maguire of the Clean Air Fund, Sophia Lenzos (UK-NIHCR), and Alan Dangour of Wellcome. Marcin Golec of the European Investment Bank is on the screen behind the panel. But no significant climate and clean air investments have been made in the least developed economies, which are too indebted already to invest domestically and viewed as too high-risk for international investors, Sean Maguire of the Clean Air Fund told the simmit. By2024, only 1% of overseas development aid (ODA) has been invested in air quality projects, which reduce the global burden of seven million air pollution-related deaths annually and cut climate emissions, slowing global warming. “We do an annual report on levels of investments in air quality projects, and the numbers are pretty dismal,” Maguire said. “Roughly 1% of all ODA is spent on investments in air quality. It’s 6% when you add in projects that have air quality co-benefits. Investments in fossil fuel development as compared to projects that improve air quality over the past four years. “We spend a lot of time and energy lobbying multilateral development agencies to increase that amount. There are some signs of them beginning to shift. But obviously you’ve got the countervailing cuts [in aid] that’s going on in the bilateral development space.” Money “tends to flow to middle income countries that can afford to take on more debt and have capability and capacity to take on loans,” he added. “And a lot of this is coming in the form of lending rather than grants. “I do worry that, particularly in Africa, where you’re seeing mega cities developing, rising levels of air pollution and chronic levels of state indebtedness, that model of lending for improvement is just not going to work.” Since the beginning of the year, the Green Climate Fund (GCF), has only approved six renewable energy projects including Africa, over the past five years. Only five specifically African renewable energy projects had been approved since 2019, a Health Policy Watch assessment last year revealed. The Green Climate Fund has approved or implemented only six renewable energy projects that include Africa over the past five years. This month, a new GCF investment was made into the revised Global Green Bond platform, investing €200 million in equity funding to support the development of low-carbon energy systems for electricity production and stimulate reduced emissions for transport and other development areas. Along with Brazil and Bangladesh, eight African countries are part of this new 10-nation initiative – Angola, Cameroon, Côte d’Ivoire, Egypt, Kenya, Namibia, Senegal and Uganda. Air pollution deaths projected to grow – but mitigation returns are large Unless and until major new investments in clean energy are made, exposure to air pollution that already kills some seven million people a year, will only get worse, Maguire pointed out. “The World Bank predicts a 21% increase in the number of people who will be breathing air with pollutants (of PM 2.5) worse than 25 micrograms per cubic meter (µg/m³) in the next 15 years. So if it’s bad already, it can get a lot worse. “We are going to have a much worse pollution crisis in many African cities and countries in the years to come,” added Maguire, referring to a World Bank report, which also showed that increasing investments in clean air strategies from $8.5 billion to nearly $14 billion annually could also halve the number of people exposed to excessive PM2.5 by 204o. Global map of national population-weighted annual average PM2.5 concentrations in 2020. Without more action, those exposed to PM 2.5 levels of 25 µg/m³ could increase by 21%. “So not only do we need to invest for a return, we need to invest to avert a worse crisis,” Maquire said. “But if economies plan rationally, they would see the returns on clean air investments are very large,” Maguire underlined. “The World Bank recently said an investment in clean air in cities like Delhi would give you a two to 3.5 times, rate of return. “And in the same report, they said that there’s $2 trillion worth of economic gains to be had by 2040 if we managed to get the amount of air pollution halved. So the message is simple and clear: invest in clean air. It makes sense for health. It makes sense for the planet. It’s a fabulous rate of return.” Putting health at the center of climate negotiations: Belém and beyond? There is no health negotiating track in the UN climate framework, and health is not even among the 19 topics mentioned on the UNFCCC website. One way to unlock more investments in renewable energy and other projects that yield health co-benefits, would be to establish health as a formal parameter of climate negotiations and commitments. So far it is not. COP’s formal negotiation tracks include mitigation, adaptation, finance, technology, capacity building. Other issues, such a loss and damage; just transition, indigenous peoples, youth, agriculture and oceans have also played prominent roles in recent years. On the official UNFCC website, amongst the 19 topics mentioned, health does not even have its own section. While health has played a more prominent role in adaptation talks, it is still a minor feature in mitigation agendas, with little or no technical attention to health co-benefits of certain actions. Quantifiable health co-benefits of mitigation actions still don’t play a significant role as a quantifiable metric for prioritizing mitigation actions or reporting on outcomes. This means that health impacts or outcomes from climate actions remains outliers in Nationally Determined Commitments by countries, and consequently as investment priorities. As a result, in COP outcome documents, health is typically only mentioned in passing. While CO 28 in Dubai featured a glitzy, first-ever official Health Day, including figures like Bill Gates and then-US Climate Envoy John Kerry, the health declaration adopted at the conference made no mention of fossil fuel’s health harms. The following year, even the hoopla was missing at COP29 in Azerbaijan, where a handful of officials and online ministers addressed an audience of a few dozen people. Health Day at COP 29 in Azerbaijan – a room with a few dozen people, in comparison to the hoopla at COP28 in Dubai. Oil-producing states led by Saudi Arabia, held up the closure of the World Health Assembly in May for hours in an effort to scuttle a vote on a new WHO Climate Change and Health Action Plan, which didn’t even mention the word fossil fuels as a driver of climate and health impacts. Can Brazil lead at COP30, while it rolls back environmental measures? President of Brazil Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva (centre), Minister of Health Nísia Trindade (right) and WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (left) at the G20 Leaders’ Summit, November 2024. Brazil has promised to make health a more prominent part of its COP30 agenda in Belém (10-21 November). A pre-COP Global Conference on Climate and Health, begins tomorrow (29-31 July) in Brasilia, hosted by the Brazilian government and co-sponsored by WHO via its regional office, the Pan American Health Organization (PAHO). The Brasilia conference is supposed to review and revise a draft Belém Health Action Plan, set to be adopted at the November COP. The plan’s main focus remains adaptation, and particularly adaptation of health systems to climate change – a critical area of work but hardly the only one. The plan also does call for more “intersectoral policies that maximize health and climate co-benefits,” including “actions that reduce air pollution, prevent fires and dust storms, ensure access to healthy and sustainable diets, water availability, promote quality public transport, [and] climate-resilient housing,” But as in the previous rounds of climate talks, COP28 and COP29, fossil fuels, are entirely missing from the draft health text with only one reference to “renewable energy”. Brazil, itself is facing a crisis over development policies in the Amazon and elsewhere, leaving question marks about how firmly it can lead other partners in bold action. Health is part of the COP ‘circus’ but not the inner chamber Health is part of the COP ‘circus’, but not the inner chamber of negotiations, critics say. Portrayed here: WHO’s Pavilion at COP27 in Sharm el-Sheikh addressed by WHO’s Director of Climate, Environment and Health, Dr Maria Neria. In global climate negotiations, health still remains a sideshow, admitted Alan Dangour, head of Wellcome’s new strategic focus on Climate and Health, in the closing session of the London Summit. “For those of you who have not been to a COP, basically, there’s a circus with entertainment, and then in the middle, there’s a room where the negotiations happen,” said Dangour. “The Health Day was part of the circus,” he added, referring to the first big health event at COP28. “We got the [COP] President speaking, we got all sorts of people to speak, and we were very pleased with ourselves, and the community was very pleased with itself that we had managed to achieve that, but we achieved absolutely zero in that little [negotiating] room. “Since COP28, our entire focus has been on the negotiating group and we now support the African group of negotiators to make sure that health evidence is part of what they negotiate. “That was a very big learning for us. We needed the health base so that health was prominent, and then we needed to invest separately in the negotiating rooms and who says what, when, where in those rooms. And that’s now our clear focus: on how to influence what happens.” Image Credits: Yoda Adaman/ Unsplash, Flickr/Russi Allison Loar , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Imperial College-Connecting Climate Minds , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watcy, HABVIA , HABVIA , Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, Great British Energy , @WeDontHaveTime, Clean Air Fund, Green Climate Fund , UNFCCC.int , PAHO/WHO/Karina Zambrana, Megha Kaveri/HPW. Smoke Signals from the Plastics Treaty: Why Geneva Negotiations Can’t Ignore Health Governance 25/07/2025 Deborah Sy Cigarette filters, made from a plastic called cellulose acetate, are world’s most littered plastic item. As negotiators prepare to meet in Geneva, 5-14 August in yet another attempt to finalize the United Nations Global Plastics Treaty addressing a pollution crisis affecting oceans and ecosystems worldwide – a critical linkage between health and environment governance seems to be largely missing from the draft text. After nearly three years of negotiations, the world may be on the verge of finalizing its first legally-binding global instrument to tackle plastic pollution – providing that treaty negotiators overcome massive pressures from the fossil fuel industry to further stall an agreement or weaken provisions aiming to limit plastics production. But as negotiators prepare for the resumed fifth session (INC-5.2), another fundamental flaw threatens the future treaty’s health objectives: the failure to integrate environmental and health governance. This is particularly apparent with regards to cigarette filters – the world’s most littered plastic item – although it extends to cross-sector cooperation on other issues regarding the health harms of other plastics as well. The current draft text makes with only one reference to ‘plastic’ cigarette filters (in draft Annex X) and makes no reference at all to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control – which could, in fact, be an important nexus for health-environment cooperation on the treaty – once it is approved. The treatment of cigarette filters – largely made of a plastic called cellulose acetate – sends smoke signals about more systematic problems with the treaty text in terms of its approach to environment and health. Health rhetoric vs reality gap Cigarette filters are the world’s most prevalent forms of plastic litter, marring beaches and from there, infiltrating to oceans and fresh water ways. The Chair’s text, the working document guiding final negotiations, acknowledges health extensively in its rhetoric, although much of it remains in brackets, indicating areas where countries have not yet reached agreement. The preamble recognizes plastic pollution as “a serious environmental and human health problem,” while the treaty’s stated objective is “to protect human health and the environment from plastic pollution.” But while the preamble recognizes mutual support with “other international agreements in the field of the environment,” it limits that framework to environmental treaties. Any reference to health instruments, including the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC), which has been ratified by 183 countries, are absent from this structure. Draft Plastics Treaty negotiating text – much of language on health remains in brackets. The Chair’s preambular text affirms that the plastics treaty will “not affect… existing treaty obligations,” but this is a non-binding statement that merely avoids direct legal contradictions without promoting substantive policy coherence. In practice, it enables siloed implementation, weakens the ability of health ministries to regulate tobacco product components, and gives the tobacco industry new opportunities to exploit regulatory gaps through the environment ministries. Most tellingly, a standalone health article remains uncertain, reduced to scattered references or a placeholder “pending informal drafting work.” Despite the draft’s stated health objectives, the institutional bridge to health governance is still missing. The ‘safe alternatives’ problem This gap matters because “safe substitutes,” “safe alternatives,” or “safe recycling” are at the heart of solutions throughout the draft treaty. But how can environmental authorities evaluate safety and health impacts without connecting to international or national health standards? The tobacco industry is already exploiting this governance gap by promoting “eco-filters” and “biodegradable” alternatives to plastic cigarette filters. While these products may appear to address plastic pollution, they remain harmful to both health and the environment. Worse, they risk misleading consumers and this kind of product feature substitution is typically assessed by health authorities, not environmental ministries, which may lack the mandate or expertise to evaluate such claims. The cigarette filter test case Cigarette filters are the most littered plastic in the world. Used cigarette filters represent the world’s most littered plastic item, with trillions discarded annually. Each cigarette butt contains toxic lead, cadmium, phthalates, and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons that leach into waterways. A single cigarette butt can contaminate 1,000 liters of water, causing $26 billion in annual marine ecosystem damage. The FCTC provides clear guidance on these filters: Parties should prohibit ingredients in tobacco products that may create the impression that they have a health benefit. The WHO study group’s recommendations early this year included that filters should be banned to reduce the palatability and appeal of cigarettes. This would remove consumer misconceptions that filters reduce health harms, and it would also reduce a major source of toxic tobacco waste, including the microplastics deposited by cellulose acetate in filters. Annex X: plastics items recommended for limitations, but not ban or phaseout. Annex Y: proposed ban or phaseout list. Yet the draft plastics treaty only lists “cigarette filters made with plastic” in a priority list for mandatory or voluntary restriction or banning (Annex X), rather than on the ban or phaseout list (Annex Y). The “made with plastic” language for cigarette filters also creates a dangerous loophole that permits biofilters/ eco-filters, contradicting established health guidance. In contrast, Annex Y, the ban/ phase out list, itemizes toys and food containers containing lead, cadmium, and phthalates – the same toxicants found in cigarette filters. Broader governance architecture problem The cigarette filter case reveals systemic weaknesses in the treaty draft’s language around health. Article 2.2 of the FCTC requires Parties to ensure that subsequent international agreements should be compatible with FCTC obligations. However, the negotiating states have yet to provide a mechanism for ensuring this compatibility. When environmental ministries approve product redesigns without health authority input, both agendas suffer. When industries exploit policy gaps to rehabilitate their image while maintaining harmful products, both environmental integrity and health objectives are compromised. Extended Producer Responsibility schemes promoted throughout the draft treaty could also legitimize tobacco industry participation in environmental policy and its greenwashing, directly contradicting FCTC Article 5.3’s requirement to “protect tobacco-related environment policies” from industry interference. The problem extends far beyond tobacco. Plastic substitution decisions made in isolation from health expertise risk creating new health hazards while solving environmental concerns—essentially trading one set of risks for another. Environmental authorities may inadvertently approve alternatives that address plastic pollution while creating health risks. Infrastructure already exists Plastics health impacts in brief. The solution isn’t to build new health systems from scratch, as many countries already have relevant capacity, and global infrastructure exists, including for chemical safety, food standards, and medical devices. For tobacco, global networks like TobLabNet and TobReg provide evidence-based guidance. The real challenge is not global coordination, but national-level inter-agency cooperation. The future plastics treaty can help by explicitly obligating this, ensuring health and environment agencies work together. Without giving due regard to existing health treaties, such coordination will inevitably run up against the different standards these agencies follow on industry engagement. No credible health authority engages with the tobacco industry, which is prohibited globally under the WHO’s Framework of Engagement with Non-State Actors (FENSA) and nationally through Article 5.3 of the FCTC, which covers over 90% of the world’s population. The commitment to binding norms on conflict of interest in the FCTC is essential. It creates space for the broader safeguards called for by civil society, scientists, and the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR). Failing to respect existing obligations—especially in the clearest and extreme case of tobacco— effectively precludes any meaningful prevention of conflicts of interest. Integration not isolation The solution lies in strengthening the draft’s health foundation by explicitly recognizing existing health agreements, including the WHO’s FCTC, which was already referenced in previous drafts to promote “cooperation, coordination, and complementarity.” A global coalition focusing on this issue recommends a simple safeguard clause – “Measures taken under this instrument shall be without prejudice to, and aligned with, existing international public health treaties and obligations, (including the WHO FCTC)” – would help prevent regulatory conflicts while provide supportive infrastructures to bolster the authority of environmental ministries to implement the future treaty. For cigarette filters, the recommendation is to eliminate material qualifiers “made of plastic” and move filters to a list for immediate bans. More broadly, the future instrument needs formal mechanisms for health expertise integration—not transferring authority from the environment to health ministries, but creating coordination mechanisms ensuring both objectives are met. The Geneva opportunity The Global Plastics Treaty could model integrated governance for 21st-century planetary health challenges, or represent another missed opportunity for coherent global health governance. Tobacco control shows how weak coordination between health and environmental sectors can backfire. When environmental agencies promote so-called “eco-filters” without health input, they risk legitimizing harmful products. But the reverse is also true. During COVID-19, health-led responses drove a surge in plastic consumption, worsening pollution. Both cases expose the same flaw: without coordination, one sector’s solution can become another’s crisis. The Plastics Treaty offers a rare chance to correct this. The infrastructure exists. The evidence is clear. What’s missing is the political will to connect them through binding legal frameworks. Geneva may be the last, best opportunity, not only to curb plastic pollution, but to safeguard the future of global health governance. Integrating international health agreements into the treaty does more than align with existing obligations. It helps define the treaty’s direction and lays the foundation for a strong, legally binding instrument with robust regulatory measures and comprehensive protections for people and the planet. Deborah Sy is head of Strategy and Global Public Policy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control (GGTC) at Thammasat University in Thailand, the convener of Global Youth Voices and the Stop Tobacco Pollution Alliance (STPA). She is the founder and senior advisor of Health Justice Philippines, an observer to the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations. Image Credits: Dennis Skley, University of Bath , UNEP , Chairs Text, draft UN Plastics Treaty, December 2024, Chairs Text, UN Plastics Treaty, Draft 2024, Ciel.org. US Drafts Plan to Change PEPFAR’s Focus From HIV to Diseases that Could Threaten Americans 24/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan A woman with HIV takes her antiretrovial (ARV) medicine. Until earlier this year, over 20 million people with HIV received ARVs funded by PEPFAR. US State Department officials are developing a plan to transform the President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) from an entity that tackles HIV to one that is broadly focused on protecting and promoting American interests. This is according to a report in the New York Times on Thursday, based on leaked planning documents that map out their vision for PEPFAR’s transition in in the next few years. “It would be replaced by ‘bilateral relationships’ with low-income countries focused on the detection of outbreaks that could threaten the United States and the creation of new markets for American drugs and technologies,” the newspaper reports. This is in keeping with the focus of the Trump administration’s first meeting with African health leaders after the US paused all foreign aid for 90 days in January. During the meeting between leaders of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and their counterparts in Africa CDC in March, the US officials indicated that they were interested in African business opportunities for American companies. Africa CDC official Dr Ngashi Ngongo told journalists after the meeting that the Trump administration “would like to see health more as a business, rather than something that functions on grants,” and is interested in “exploring how can we go into a partnership that translates into health as a business”. Aggressive transition planning Dr Jirair Ratevosian, a global health expert at Duke and previous PEPFAR chief of staff, said that the Trump administration has “made it very clear that they want to carry on with aggressive transition planning” for PEPFAR. “Transition planning is not a bad idea, but it must be done right, with timetables, developing indicators, matching government buy-in, getting community input etc,” Ratevosian said. While he has not seen the documents referred to by the New York Times, Ratevosian is concerned that the transition plan is being written in Washington rather than in and with the African countries most affected by PEPFAR’s transition. “There needs to be realistic timetables, careful planning and resources to successfully make the transition of HIV programming [from PEPFAR] to national control,” said Ratevosian. “Congress has made clear it rejects the administration’s rushed approach to PEPFAR’s transition, signalling bipartisan concern about protecting the program’s legacy and impact.” He added that the US State Department should also develop plans for US companies to sell their antiretroviral drugs to African countries, the largest market for these products. Brief defunding reprieve Luyengo Clinic in Eswatini. PEPFAR funded 80% of the clinic’s cost, and the HIV treatment of 3,000 people is in jeopardy. Last week, there was a brief moment of hope for PEPFAR recipients after the US Senate agreed to exempt the programme from a planned $400 million reduction, which had been included in a $9.4 billion rescission package put forward by President Donald Trump. The rescission package seeks to claw back federal funds from various programs, including approximately $900 million in global health allocations. Disruptions to US aid for global health including for PEPFAR programmes, have placed millions of lives at risk, particularly in countries heavily dependent on US-supported HIV infrastructure. Carolyn Amole, Clinton Health Access Initiative vice-president for HIV, hepatitis and TB, said PEPFAR’s funding cuts had disrupted commodities procurement, essential systems such as human resources, supply chains, and data infrastructure. Millions more AIDS deaths, infections projected An additional six million new HIV infections and four million AIDS-related deaths could occur between 2025 and 2029 if US-supported HIV treatment and prevention services collapse, according to UNAIDS. “This is not just a funding gap. It’s a ticking time bomb,” said UNAIDS Executive Director Winnie Byanyima at the launch of the organisation’s 2025 global AIDS update earlier this month. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” “Key populations” refer to people most vulnerable to HIV infection, including sex workers, men to have sex with men, people who inject drugs and young women. Some of the immediate effects of the US withdrawal of funds since Donald Trump assumed the presidency in January include the closure of health facilities, healthworker job losses, and disrupted treatment, testing and prevention services. Image Credits: The Global Fund/ Saiba Sehmi, UNAIDS. ‘Mass Starvation in Gaza’, WHO Concurs With Aid Agencies 23/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Six-month-old Salam is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza City. “There is mass starvation in Gaza,” World Health Organization (WHO) Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus asserted on Wednesday, aligning with a statement by 110 aid organisations released earlier that day. “A large proportion of the population of Gaza is starving. I don’t know what you would call it other than mass starvation, and it’s man-made,” Tedros told a media briefing on Wednesday, referring to aid blockage since the controversial private organisation, the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF) assumed control over aid distribution. “Rates of acute malnutrition exceed 10%, and over 20% of pregnant and breastfeeding women that have been screened are malnourished, often severely,” said Tedros. “The hunger crisis is being accelerated by the collapse of aid pipelines and restrictions on access [with] 95% of households in Gaza facing severe water shortages.” In their statement, the aid organisations including Medecins sans Frontieres (MSF), CARE, Christian Aid, Save the Children and Oxfam, urged governments to ensure that Israel ends “the siege of Gaza” and allows “the full flow of food, clean water, medical supplies, shelter items, and fuel through a principled, UN-led mechanism”. For the past two months, aid has not been channelled through UN agencies but rather via the GHF, which is supported by the governments of Israel and the United States. Since the GHF assumed control over aid distribution on 27 May, over 1,000 people have been killed by Israeli forces while trying to get food at the GHF distribution centres, according to the United Nations human rights office on Tuesday. “Doctors report record rates of acute malnutrition, especially among children and older people,” according to the aid organisations. “Illnesses like acute watery diarrhoea are spreading, markets are empty, waste is piling up, and adults are collapsing on the streets from hunger and dehydration. Distributions in Gaza average just 28 trucks a day, far from enough for over two million people, many of whom have gone weeks without assistance.” ‘Tip of the iceberg’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses a media briefing on Wednesday. “I don’t know why we’re even splitting hairs,” said Tedros, in reference to debate about whether Gazans were starving. “Not only were 1,026 people killed while trying to feed themselves or find food for their family, but thousands were also wounded.” “We demand that there is full access [for humanitarian aid], and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages, as we have always said,” Tedros concluded. On Monday, the UN World Food Programme (WFP) said that a quarter of Gaza’s population faces famine-like conditions. Dr Rik Peeperkorn, WHO representative for Palestine, said that malnutrition in Gaza had been negligible before Israel attacked Gaza in retaliation for Hamas’s attack on Israel on 7 October 2023. The malnutrition rate in children under the age of five was 0.6% then, while it did not exist in pregnant women or the elderly. But this year, around 30,000 children are reported to be malnourished and 21 have died of hunger, said Peeperkorn, describing these statistics as “the tip of the iceberg”. “In July alone, 5,100 children have been admitted to the malnutrition programme, including 880 children with severe malnutrition,” said Peeperkorn. Several hospitals in the territory do not have the staff or supplies to function and have become malnutrition treatment centres, but two months ago, they lacked nutritional supplements for patients, he said. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city (July 2025) Aid staff also face starvation. Peeperkorn added that UN staff members were facing the same conditions of lack of water and food, and there was widespread “absolute lethargy” in Gaza as people lacked the energy to do basic tasks. The aid organisations similarly reported that their staff are hungry and don’t have access to clean water. “Aid workers are now joining the same food lines, risking being shot just to feed their families. With supplies now totally depleted, humanitarian organisations are witnessing their own colleagues and partners waste away before their eyes,” they said. “Doctors, nurses, journalists, humanitarians, among them UNRWA staff, are hungry… fainting due to hunger and exhaustion while performing their duties,” Juliette Touma, director of communications for the UN agency for Palestine refugees (UNRWA), said in a media statement on Tuesday. Touma described “the so-called GHF distribution scheme” as “a sadistic death-trap”, adding that “snipers open fire randomly on crowds as if they’re given a license to kill”. She also told of massive food prices, recounting that a colleague paid almost $200 for a bag of lentils and some flour, after walking for hours to buy it. The GHF claimed on Monday that, “Since launching operations on May 27, we’ve distributed nearly 85 million meals via more than 1.4 million boxes—directly to the people of Gaza”. However, Israeli media outlet Haaretz said that GHF should have distributed several times this amount to ensure sufficient food. “If roughly 2.1 million people live in the Gaza Strip today, it’s preferable for them to eat three meals a day, and GHF had been in operation for 56 days as of Monday, how many meals should it have distributed? A simple calculation produces the answer – 353 million,” reported the news outlet. The GHF has also been criticised for distributing dry food when people are unable to cook, setting up too few food distribution centres and locating them in isolated areas, forcing thousands of people to walk long distances while exposed to IDF attacks and stampedes. Over 90% of Gaza is under Israeli evacuation orders, and nowhere is safe for residents. Earlier this week, the GHF offered to distribute the UN’s aid but the UN responded on Wednesday, saying that it would not work with any groups that put civilians’ lives in danger. WHO staff detention and warehouse destruction WHO warehouse in Deir al Balah lies in ruins after it it was attacked by Israeli military forces on Sunday and Monday. Meanwhile, one WHO staff member remains in Israeli detention following an Israeli Defence Force attack on the WHO’s staff residence and its biggest warehouse in Deir al Balah. Declining to name the staff member, Tedros said he had written to Israel’s Foreign Minister to demand his release and would take this up “at the highest level” if he remained in custody. The IDF attack on the warehouse caused severe damage, destroying “a substantial amount of medical supplies in all areas: trauma, antibiotics and anaesthesia”, said Peeperkorn. However, while this was a setback for the global organisation, it had identified other potential premises and would continue to support health facilities in Gaza, he added. “We demand that there is full access, and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages,” said Tedros. Tougher EU stance against Israel? The European Union (EU) seems to be toughening its stance against Israel in the face of the growing outcry over the starvation of the population. On Tuesday, the EU High Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy Kaja Kallas posted on X that “all options remain on the table if Israel doesn’t deliver on its pledges” to increase the number of aid trucks, crossing points and routes to distribution points. “The killing of civilians seeking aid in Gaza is indefensible. I spoke again with [Israeli Minister of Foreign Affairs Gideon Saar] to recall our understanding on aid flow and made clear that IDF must stop killing people at distribution points,” said Kallas. Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable. The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long.… https://t.co/VhaKxUXka0 — Ursula von der Leyen (@vonderleyen) July 22, 2025 EU Commission President Ursula von der Leyen also posted on X on Tuesday, declaring that “Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable.” Von der Leyen added: “The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long. It must stop now. Israel must deliver on its pledges.” Image Credits: UNRWA. States Have a Duty to Prevent Significant Harm from Climate Change, ICJ Rules 23/07/2025 Disha Shetty The International Court of Justice (ICJ) headquarters in The Hague, The Netherlands The International Court of Justice (ICJ) ruled on Wednesday that states have a duty to prevent significant harm to the environment from climate change in a landmark advisory opinion. The court also ruled that the states have a duty to cooperate internationally and called on them to set national climate targets that are of the “highest possible ambition.” “The court concludes that the duty of states to prevent significant environmental harm applies in the context of climate change, and that this duty forms part of the most directly relevant applicable law concerning the duty to cooperate,” said ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, who read out the advisory. The court addressed the issue of human rights and said they cannot be enjoyed without environmental protection. It has asked countries to bear in mind the Paris Agreement target to limit global warming to 1.5° C. READ HERE: The summary of the #ICJ Advisory Opinion on the Obligations of States in respect of Climate Change. https://t.co/7TWc7ifwfX pic.twitter.com/vVxxwpZpbX — CIJ_ICJ (@CIJ_ICJ) July 23, 2025 The ICJ’s ruling comes in response to a United Nations (UN) General Assembly resolution led by the small island nation of Vanuatu in the Pacific Ocean, which sought ICJ’s advisory opinion on the obligations of states on climate change, and the legal consequences of these. This is the first opinion on climate change by the ICJ, and it is seen as a landmark in international law as all UN members are automatic signatories of the ICJ. The ICJ, UN’s principal judicial organ of the UN, has a twofold role: to settle disputes between states and to give advisory opinions on legal questions. Climate crisis is a health crisis WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus speaking at the ICJ in December 2024. While the ICJ did not explicitly refer to health, Iwasawa made it clear that countries have to ensure that their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) or the climate targets they set for themselves are ambitious. “This means that each party has to do its utmost to ensure that the NDCs it puts forward represent its highest possible ambition,” Iwasawa said. While few countries have included health targets in their NDCs, there is an increasing global push to do so. The ICJ took the testimonials of a range of stakeholders into account in the run-up to the verdict. In 2024, World Health Organization’s Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus spoke at the ICJ giving his testimonial on how the climate crisis is a health crisis. In his testimonial, Tedros highlighted how climate change’s health impacts disproportionately affect small island nations like Tuvalu, also in the Pacific Ocean. “Climate change and extreme weather are wreaking havoc on humans and their health, disrupting societies, economies and development,” Tedros said. “Without immediate action, climate-related increases in disease prevalence, destruction of health infrastructure and growing societal burdens could overwhelm already overburdened health systems around the world,” he added. ICJ opens the door for reparations ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, Japan, delivering the advisory opinion Iwasawa, while acknowledging that the effect of climate change is “severe and far-reaching,” noted that the ICJ was not asked to rule specifically on the issue of compensation or climate damages. “The court considers that it has been requested to address legal consequences in a general manner, and that it is not called upon to identify the legal responsibility of any particular state or group of states,” he said. He added that any such request must be looked at on a case by case basis. “Concerning the duty to make reparation, the appropriate nature and quantum of reparations cannot be assessed in the abstract, and depends on the circumstances of a particular case,” he said. Reparations could take the form of ecological restoration or reconstruction of damaged infrastructure, the ICJ suggested. Climate-related drought in the Horn of Africa has impacted approximately 4.5 million Somalis, and around 700,000 individuals have been forced to leave their homes. “From deadly heat and toxic air to disease and displacement, the Court’s message is clear – human health is not collateral damage,” said Dr Jeni Miller, executive director at the Global Climate and Health Alliance. “Health workers and advocates now have powerful legal backing to demand bold, science-based climate action rooted in justice, including a just transition away from fossil fuels, for health and the duty to protect life across all ages and borders,” she added. Harjeet Singh, climate activist and founding director of Satat Sampada Climate Foundation, described the ruling as offering the potential for “a historic level of protection” for communities on the frontlines of climate change. “It means the suffering, the loss of homes and livelihoods, and the terrifying storms and rising seas that have become our reality can now be met with demands for justice, restitution, and repair. The message is clear: the polluters must pay,” said Singh. The ICJ advisory comes at a time when the US government is planning to repeal the scientific finding that established greenhouse gases endanger human life by pushing up global temperatures. This finding, established in 2009, gives governments the ability to push for climate action. However, the Trump administration is on its way to repeal the finding, which now means the US will be at odds with ICJ’s latest advisory. “Cooperation between states is the very foundation of meaningful international efforts with respect to climate change,” Iwasawa said. Image Credits: ICJ, Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, UN Photo/ICJ-CIJ/Frank van Beek. Courtesy of the ICJ., UN-Water/Twitter . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Governments ‘Backslide’ on NCD Commitments After Pressure from Unhealthy Industries 28/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Few countries are effectively taxing tobacco, alcohol, sugary drinks and ultraprocessed food, in part due to massive industry pushback. Governments have weakened their commitment to addressing non-communicable diseases (NCDs) after pressure from “big tobacco, alcohol, junk food, and fossil fuels”, according to civil society. Their claim centres on the draft political declaration due to be adopted at the UN High-Level Meeting (HLM) on NCDs in September, which no longer calls on countries to implement high taxes on these unhealthy products. Countries are due to wrap up negotiations on the declaration this week, with the final declaration due to be adopted at the HLM on 25 September. “It looks like health-harming industry fingerprints are all over this,” said Alison Cox, director of policy and advocacy at the NCD Alliance. “At a time of fiscal pressures, shrinking global health funding, and increased emphasis on domestic resource mobilisation, health taxes are a golden opportunity to both generate revenue and reduce the burden of NCDs and associated healthcare costs,” she added. “Yet as it stands, the declaration’s text contains weaker language around taxes and lets industry off the hook, prioritising profits over public health,” added Cox, describing the draft as “a backslide”. The language in the current draft has been watered down, and targets have been “flattened”, with active commitments to ‘implement’ and ‘enact’ replaced with the “far more passive language of ‘consider’ and ‘encourage’,” according to the NCD Alliance. ‘Reinstate commitment to taxes’ Vital Strategies, a global public health organisation, urged the negotiators to “reinstate explicit commitment to health taxes” on tobacco, alcohol and sugar-sweetened beverages. “These taxes should increase prices sufficiently to reduce affordability, prevent initiation and support reduction or cessation of use,” said Vital Strategies in a media release. “As outlined by the Task Force for Fiscal Policy on Health, a 50% price increase on tobacco, alcohol, and sugary beverages could raise $2.1 trillion in five years for low- and middle-income countries, revenue equal to 40% of their total health spending,” added the organisation. NCDs, including heart disease, cancer and diabetes, account for 43 million deaths annually, 75% of all deaths worldwide. The burden of NCDs is growing in low- and middle-income countries, driven primarily by smoking and poor diets. Taxes on alcohol, restricting marketing and regulating sales hours are proven interventions to reduce consumption. Vital Strategies also raised alarm about the removal of references to the World Health Organization’s (WHO) “Best Buy” policy recommendations for reducing alcohol consumption and related diseases, including raising taxes, restricting marketing and regulating availability. “The conspicuous deletion of these proven policies from the text strongly suggests undue alcohol industry influence aimed at weakening public health protections. We urge governments to immediately reverse these deletions and fully restore WHO’s recommendations in the final text,” said Vital Strategies. Harmful commercial practices It also wants the declaration to “explicitly tackle harmful commercial practices and strengthen conflict-of-interest protections to safeguard public health policymaking from industry interference”, strengthen commitments to “proven tobacco control measures” including effective taxation, and “recognise unhealthy diets as an urgent priority”. The WHO attributes some 2.8 million deaths a year to obesity and overweight, and Vital wants the declaration to “explicitly state that rising obesity rates are primarily driven by unhealthy diets, emphasising clear interventions like front-of-pack labelling and marketing restrictions targeting children”. The NCD Alliance is also unhappy about “significant backsliding” around social participation and the role of civil society, which is only referred to once. “History has taught us that ignoring the integral role of civil society, communities and people living with diseases weakens any meaningful public health response,” said Cox. With just a week of negotiations remaining, the NCD Alliance is calling on governments to “demonstrate true leadership and resist last-minute compromises that prioritise commercial interests over public health and reflect a genuine commitment to protecting lives”. Image Credits: Leo Zhuang/ Unsplash, Stanislav Ivanitskiy/ Unsplash. Hunger Declines Globally, but Rises in Africa 28/07/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Healthy diets, including micronutrient rich seeds, legumes and vegetables as well as protein, are out of reach for one-third of the world’s population or more. The proportion of the world’s population suffering acute hunger declined globally in 2024 to about 673 million people, but continued to rise in most African regions as well as western Asia, according to the new UN State of Food Security and Nutrition (SOFI) report, launched Monday in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. Global hunger levels have remained stubbornly high ever since the 2019 COVID pandemic; before that, failing to decline to pre-pandemic levels which hovered between 552-584 million in the years 2014-2019, said officials at the launch of this year’s report, during the Second UN Food Systems Summit Stocktake (UNFSS+4) in Addis Ababa. “We are far off track,” declared UN Deputy Secretary General Amina Mohammed at the launch. “Despite the fact that hunger has declined, it’s only slightly. Tonight, more than 670 million people will go hungry, and in regions like Africa, the situation continues to worsen; 307 million people are hungry on that continent – nearly one in five and mostly exacerbated by conflicts and the climate crisis. Deputy UN Secretary General Amina Mohammed at the launch of the 2025 State of Food Security and Nutrition report. “Hunger is also deepening the inequality faced across the world. Women’s nutrition continues to deteriorate. Anemia among women aged 15 to 49 has risen over the past decade,” she added, noting that two thirds of women in that age group do not meet minimum dietary diversity requirements. “Meanwhile, children are suffering consequences that will last a lifetime. One-third of children between six and 23 months are not getting the nutrients that they need during the most critical window of brain development and growth,” Mohammed said. “Ultimately, affordability is at the heart of all of this,” Mohammed added. ” Since 2020, global food price inflation has consistently outpaced general inflation in low income countries. This means skipping meals, selling assets, or pulling children out of school just so families can afford to eat in every region. These overlapping crises, conflict, climate shocks, inflation, displacement, are all exposing the deep fragility of our food systems.” And if current trends continue, there will still be 512 million people going hungry, on average, by 2030, with 60% of those in Africa – falling far short of UN Sustainable Development Goal 2, Zero Hunger. Inflation a key driver of food insecurity and undernutrition Food prices rising faster than the consumer price index (CPI). The report takes an in-depth look at one of the biggest threats of food security and nutrition today, inflationary food prices. Since the pandemic, food prices have risen faster than overall inflation, hitting consumers in poorer countries particularly hard. Behind this lies what some described as “a perfect storm,” including supply disruptions from the war in Ukraine, extreme weather events and a strong US dollar that made food imports more expensive last year. “For many countries, food prices have risen faster than inflation overall, exposing the fragility of our global agri-food systems,” said Alvaro Lario, President of the International Fund for Agriculture Development (IFAD), which collaborated in the joint report led by the Food and Agriculture Organization and also including UNICEF, the World Food Program, and the World Health Organization. “Our food systems and our food prices are increasingly vulnerable to environmental shocks,” he added, “Many of you can see in developing supermarkets in your hometown, olive oil prices increased 50% in January 2024 after droughts in Spain and Italy. Global cocoa prices increased almost 300% after heat waves in Ghana and Ivory Coast; maize 36% in South Africa; rice prices in Japan; potato prices in the UK after a wet winter; coffee prices in Brazil after a 2023 drought. So the message is clear, we must invest in adaptation before it is too late.” Healthy diets even more out of reach Number of people unable to afford a healthy diet. While nearly 2.3 billion people lack regular access to food, over 2.6 billion people cannot afford a healthy diet, added Maximo Torero, Chief Economist of Food and Agriculture Organization. “While there has been some progress in child nutrition, the world remains off track to meet any of the seven global nutrition targets by 2030 this year; Nutrient rich foods like fruits, vegetables and animal products remain out of reach for many. Even basic staples cheaper have seen sharper price increases, adding pressure on the poorest households,” Torero said. On average, basic starchy staples and oils and fats remain the least expensive sources of dietary energy across all countries. In contrast, more nutritious food groups, such as animal source foods, fruits and vegetables, consistently rank as the most expensive, the report found. Between 1975 and 2016, southern Africa saw the world’s highest proportional increase in child and adolescent obesity – 400% per decade. Ultra-processed foods and sugary drinks were a key driver – but they are now cheaper than fresh foods in many or most parts of the world. Ultra-processed foods are consistently cheaper than foods at any other stage of processing. Despite growing evidence of their adverse health impacts, these products typically contain few or no whole foods and are often high in saturated fats, trans fats and salt. Conversely, they lack adequate fibre, micronutrients and other bioactive compounds. By 2021, ultra-processed foods were, on average, 47% less expensive than unprocessed or minimally processed foods, and 50% less expensive than processed foods, the report found. Only one out of three children globally are meeting the indicator of minimum dietary diversity, which is linked to healthy growth, said WHO’s Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, in a pre-recorded message to the launch. “We need action in three key areas, first, to ensure unimpeded access to deliver life saving treatment to those facing active malnutrition, especially in combat zones; second, to strengthen social protection systems to reach vulnerable populations with nutritious foods; and third, to inform food price policies to make healthy diets accessible, especially in low income communities,” Tedros added. Conflict exacerbates hunger – ‘famine’ in Gaza Conflict also exacerbates hunger. On Sunday, WHO issued yet another appeal on the Gaza hunger crisis, saying that humanitarian aid corridors recently re-opened by Israel, need to remain sustainably accessible to aid convoys to confront the mounting malnutrition crisis there. Nearly one in five children under five in Gaza City is now acutely malnourished, WHO reported, and malnutrition has reportedly claimed the lives of 74 children in 2025, peaking at 63 deaths in July. The worst-case scenario of ”Famine” is currently playing out in the Gaza Strip, declared the Integrated Food Security Classification (IPC), on Tuesday morning. “Latest data indicates that Famine thresholds have been reached for food consumption in most of the Gaza Strip and for acute malnutrition in Gaza City,” the IPC stated in a new release. Famine is declared when 20% or more of households face an extreme lack of food and 30% of children are suffering from acute malnutrition. “Over 20,000 children have been admitted for treatment for acute malnutrition between April and mid-July, with more than 3,000 severely malnourished. Hospitals have reported a rapid increase in hunger-related deaths of children under five years of age, with at least 16 reported deaths since 17 July,” the IPC report stated. Gaza food deliveries, reported by IPC from Israel’s COGAT. In a briefing to the Geneva press corps, the World Food Programme said that while food deliveries have ramped up in recent days, they are still not nearly enough. “We are getting about 50% of what we are requesting into Gaza,” said World Food Programme spokesperson Ross Smith, noting that WFP, alone, has been asking t0 bring in 100 trucks a day – comparable to the January-March ceasefire. Pre-conflict a total of about 500 supply trucks a day were brought into Gaza, he said, adding, “We welcome the humanitarian pauses and we would like to see the full spirit of them implemented.” According to the Israeli military aid coordinating body, COGAT, international organizations moved over 200 trucks of aid into Gaza, with another 260 inside Gaza waiting for pickup Tuesday morning. Food relief unable to reach hungry people in Afghanistan, Sudan, and beyond In Sudan, Afghanistan and elsewhere, humanitarian agencies are unable to reach hungry children and families – due to both a lack of access and a shortage of funding, said Cindy McCain, Executive Director of the World Food Programme (WFP) at Monday’s launch event. “This year, funding cuts up to 40% meaning that 10s of millions of people will lose the life saving food aid the WFP provides,” she said. “The impacts are severe and wide ranging. In Afghanistan, we’ve scaled back to a very, a very narrowly targeted feeding program aiming to cover a maximum of only 1 million people, but we’re turning away 8.5 million needy people,” she said. “In South Sudan, where 7.7 million people are acutely hungry, and over 80,000 people face catastrophic hunger, we will be forced to end lifesaving assistance to 2.3 million people next month. “We’ve had to end our assistance to 1 million million refugees in Uganda, while in Kenya, we halted all cash assistance. And rations to [primarily Somalian and Sudanese] refugees are now less than 1/3 the full amount. These are just a few examples. Sadly, the list of impending cuts coming down the line is much, much longer. If they’re implemented, the small gains in food security highlighted in this year’s SOFI report will soon be wiped out, and the result will be further instability in volatile regions around the globe.” Investing in more resilient food systems and small scale producers Kibet Ngetich Stephen, a smallholder in Narok County, Uganda, receives a visit from a community veterinarian assistant to check on the health of his cattle. When food prices rise, Torero added, “there’s a direct impact on nutrition, particularly in poorer or more vulnerable economies.” For instance, a 10% increase in food prices implies a 3.5% in overall increase in moderate food insecurity and severe food insecurity; a 4% increase for women, as well as a 5.5% increase in the prevalence of severe wasting among children under 5 years of age. Yet, amid such challenges, there is a silver lining compared to two past food crises, he said, referring to the economic crash of 2007-2008: “The global response today has been more coordinated, more measured and more informed. Progress is happening, but not fast enough.” Torero and other officials called for investing in food systems and small scale producers to stimulate more local production of healthy and diverse food items. “To unlock these benefits, we must fully leverage concessional finance institutions like IFAD have a key role to play, but we cannot do it alone. We also need to crowd private sector investments to rural areas through strong partnerships, bankable investments and also constructing the right ecosystem,” Lario said. Added Torero, “one of the main messages of the 2025 edition of the report is that while food price inflation remains a pressing concern, it is not undefeatable. Compared to the food prices spikes in 2007 and 2008 the global response to the sources of 2021 and 2023 inflationary pressures was more coordinated, informed and restrained. Trade and market levers Trade transparency at global level; smallholder farms, and in cities, fresh food markets are all ways governments can use market levers to support healthy, affordable foods. “One of the clearest examples is in the area of trade policies,” Torero said. “While earlier crises were marked by widespread export bans and restricted measures that amplify global uncertainties and food price volatility, the recent episodes saw fewer such interventions, and when they occurred, they were generally short term and less disruptive. “Similarly, the importance of market transparency and time information has been reaffirmed. Initiatives such as the Agricultural Market Information System (AMIS) established by the Gg20 in response to 2007-2008 helped make a significant impact, because they played a key role in enhancing transparency of global food markets. The global response to the high food inflationary period also demonstrated the value of robust institutions. Countries with sound response structures as well established social protection systems were able to protect the most vulnerable populations more effectively. Time for Africa to act Hunger trends over time: the number of people going hungry in 2024 declined, but was still more than in 2019 or the five previous years. “Sustainable investments, external policy coordination, greater transparency and continuous institutional innovations will be vital in building resilience to future shocks,” he concluded. “These policy lessons offer a roadmap to addressing both the immediate impact of food price inflation on food security and nutrition and the urgent goal of getting back on track to achieve SDG 2, and affordable, healthy diets for all. Improvement has happened, but it’s important that we transfer improvement in certain regions of the world to the other regions of the world,” he said, adding: “This is the time for Africa. This is your moment. You are leading the way. So it is time to act and to leads on the transformation of agri food systems so that the continent of Africa soon turns the trend… less hunger, more equity, and, of course, a better life.” Updated Tuesday 29.7.2025 Image Credits: FAO/State of Food Security and Nutrition (2025) , FAO/State of Food Security and Nutrition, 2025, FAO/State of Food Security and Nutrition , Dr Alexey Kulikov/Twitter, International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies / The Kenya Red Cross Society, World Bank Tanzania/Twitter . The Accelerating Health Impacts of Heat: UK Climate and Health Summit Highlights Trends Ahead of COP30 28/07/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The aftermath of Southern California’s Altadena fire, which raged for three weeks in January 2025, is only one recent example of the burgeoning damage wreaked by global warming, drought and extreme weather. LONDON – Summit it was not as there were no heads of state or even Bill Gates, although the UK’s Minister for Climate Change made a compelling presentation showing the kind of policy leadership starkly absent in the United States. Even so, the recent Climate and Health Summit, hosted by the UK Physiological Society, the nearly 150 year-old institution whose earliest members included Charles Darwin, offered a rich array of examples of what is going on in the climate and health research space. And that includes policy lessons that could and should be applied much more broadly as countries prepare their national commitments for the next UN Climate Conference (COP30) in Brazil, and health actors meet this week in Brasilia to review a draft Climate and Health Action Plan for the upcoming COP30. UK Physiological Society president Mike Tipton. “Physiology is the science of life, and there is no greater systematic threat to life across the world than climate change,” declared Mike Tipton, the society’s president. “Physiology includes the study of the body’s responses to external challenges such as heat, cold, flooding, fire, pollution, starvation and dehydration, climate-driven examples of which are sadly, all too easy to find at this time. “Physiology defines our survival…and let’s make no mistake, this subject is about survival.” From shadows to vogue Former US Climate Envoy John Kerry (center) at COP28 Health Day in Dubai in 2023. Even so, health remains in the ghetto of mainstream climate negotiations. It is not part of the formal UN climate negotiating framework. If mentioned in countries’ national-level commitments, there are usually few concrete, measurable metrics for reference. Similarly, it is ignored in most global climate financial instruments. It’s not on the priority list of investments for finance ministries, and it’s not even very high on the priority list of most health ministries that are increasingly faced with the effects of climate change, from extreme heat to flooding, drought, and nutrition challenges. The UK, along with many European nations, is finally investing heavily in climate mitigation and adaptation. But other countries, notably, the US, are backpedalling, with global climate commitments far short of what is really needed to keep average temperature rise at or below the 1.5°C threshold set out in the Paris Agreement. Most recently, Brazil, host of the upcoming UN Climate Conference, COP 30, saw its Congress pass a bill dismantling most environmental licensing requirements for new development projects. The “Devastation Bill”, as its critics call it, will allow agro-business and forestry and real estate interests to “self-license”, leading to what some have described as “the greatest legislative setback since the military dictatorship (1964-85)”. Although politicians lag behind, the science on climate change has evolved and matured. Patterns of rising heat and their impacts, have come out of the shadows of climate research to take center stage. But it remains to be seen if better estimates of the economic costs to health and productivity of global warming will lead to better policy decisions. Turning up the heat on heat Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, lead of WHO’s Climate and Health team. “When I started working on this issue about 25 years ago, scientists would hem and haw and say ‘we can’t attribute any one specific event to climate change.’ That’s all gone now,” noted Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, who heads up the World Health Organization’s (WHO) climate work. “They are now very clear when there is an extreme weather event that climate change is having an influence. “And if, when I started on this issue, most of what we were talking about was future projections, that’s not the case any more either. …Wherever you look in the world, across almost any dimension of human wellbeing, we’re already seeing negative impacts.” A 167% increase in heat-related mortality Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Climate Change and Health countdown. The impact of heat on health has particularly come into its own, driven by weather trends that no one can ignore. “We have seen a 167% increase in global heat-related mortality since the 1990s, and 2023 was a record hot year,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown on Climate Change and Health. Recently, 2023 data has been superseded by 2024, which was even hotter, she later told Health Policy Watch – and that trend is likely to continue for the next five years. “If we look at heat-related mortality, that is just the tip of the iceberg,” added Romanello. “Underneath this tip, there’s a huge iceberg that has to do with the effects of heat comorbidity. “Heat is increasingly undermining sleep quality, also deteriorating labor capacity, labor productivity, and putting workers at risk,” Romanello said. Heat is also causing the expansion of certain infectious diseases, while the increased frequency of heat waves, resulting in both droughts and flooding, are impacting food insecurity – with 151 million more people experiencing more climate-related food insecurity in 2022. Food production is also a major driver of warming trends, said Romanello: “Cumulative deforestation has led to about half a billion hectares of global tree cover since 2001. Forestry is the main source, but the second one is agriculture.” While forests remove CO2 from the atmosphere, agriculture contributes to 21% to 37% of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. The biggest single contributor to agricultural emissions is livestock. Ruminant rearing contributes to over half of agricultural GHGs, and high meat consumption is a major driver of noncommunicable diseases (NCDs). “By transitioning to healthy, planetary-compatible diets, we could save about 11.2 million lives every year through healthier diets,” Romanello said. “Excess red meat intake, disproportionately in industrialized, very high human development-index countries, is not only the main contributor to agricultural greenhouse gas emissions and deforestation, but also to 14 to 16 [premature] deaths per 100,000 population – a high rate of mortality.” Mental health risks Climate change and mental health linkages. The mental health risks of increased heat are also becoming ever more evident, with increased suicides and suicide risk during heat waves, and a higher incidence of hospitalization, said Emma Lawrence of Imperial College, who leads the Connecting Climate Minds initiative, a Wellcome-funded data hub at the intersection of climate and mental health. Neurological disorders such as dementia and schizophrenia, as well as epileptic seizures, are also more likely to be associated with heat waves, said Sanjay Sisodiya, professor of neurology at University College, London (UCL). Sanjay Sisodiya, UCL professor of neurology “I’m seeing people with complex epilepsies who, either themselves or their families, are reporting that during heat waves in particular, having more trouble; having more seizures, more intense seizures, and more lethargy and all sorts of other complications,” he said. The brain is attuned to function at a certain temperature, and when that temperature is increased, cellular functions and neurological functions become distorted, he explained. “When that happens, then different bits of the brain, of course, don’t work together in the way they were set up to do, and that can then cause secondary problems.” Medication for neurological disorders can also be compromised by extreme heat, putting those vulnerable at further risk. Effects on worker productivity Larry Kenny of Penn State University explains the correlation between heat rise and the number of people forced to survive in “unliveable zones” of the earth. New research showcased included studies that looking at what levels of heat are tolerable, as well as where and in what conditions, based on thresholds of human heat and humidity tolerance. Even for desk workers, heat safety thresholds may be lower than previously thought, said Larry Kenny of Penn State University. Temperatures higher than 34°C at 66% relative humidity cross the safety threshold for young men and women doing light desk work, with red lines even lower for outdoor workers and older and younger groups. Improved mapping of temperatures in different scenarios has found that, if temperatures rise by 3° to 4°C by 2050, up to three billion people would be in “unliveable” zones of heat and humidity for at least one week out of the year. For 1.5 billion people, for up to a month and half a million for three months, said Kenny. “With estimates in the 3° to 4°C global warming target range, we’re talking about somewhere on the order of 1.5 to almost three billion people living under those conditions for long periods,” Kenny said. Josh Foster, global non-linear effects of temperature rise on worker productivity. Global losses in worker productivity due to climate change have been underestimated significantly, added Josh Foster of King’s College, one of the lead investigators in the European Union-sponsored Heat Shield project, which has recalibrated economic losses from heat stress from the bottom up. The project involved lab-based studies on healthy volunteers in controlled “environmental chambers” to yield better estimates of reduced labor output at high temperatures – which turned out to be much more significant than previously assumed, Foster said. The new models are already being incorporated into new economic modeling about climate impacts on labor and productivity. The findings can also help inform adaptation decisions, he added. For instance, the studies found that fans can be useful as a cooling technique, but after a certain point, they can become harmful. When temperatures rose to 37°C and above, higher than the body temperature of 36.8°C, a fan is going to merely push more heat onto the body. So there are certainly some very hot conditions where we need to rethink how we keep workers safe,” Foster said. The green shaded area shows temperature and humidity levels at which fans can be beneficial, but after certain thresholds, they become harmful, explains Josh Foster. “This is not projection data. This is from 2017. This is real climate data, and not a fictitious scenario. Physiology work isn’t perfect. We completely acknowledge that it almost entirely ignores adaptation,” said Foster. “The take-home message is that physiology can play a critical role in unexpected areas, in this case, economic modelling of climate change.” ‘Co-creating’ resilience Anh Vu, ”co-creating resilience” with outdoor workers in Viet Nam. The data can also feed into advocacy by organizations such as the ACGIH, a US-based charitable science organization advancing occupational and environmental health, Foster notes. But government guidelines for workers’ heat exposure are often badly out of line with reality. In the US, some states have even moved backwards. In 2023, Texas removed rules mandating water and rest breaks for outdoor workers, a move later followed by Florida. At the same time, there are encouraging stories about field research “co-creation” that yields small, but significant solutions. In Vietnam, a group of informal outdoor workers including scrap collectors, motorbike taxi drivers, construction workers and street vendors, simply planted a tree to provide shade for them to rest under, noted Anh Vu of the UK’s National Center for Social Research. “We know that climate change and health are deeply connected in people’s everyday lives, but in policy terms, they are quite disconnected and fragmented,” she observed. “Climate policy tends to focus on infrastructure and engineering, and health policy tends to be clinical, focusing on hospitals, disease surveillance and labor policies, which tend to assume formal contracts. “But informal outdoor workers in a country like Vietnam, are falling through the cracks of all three.” Most research on heat and workers’ health takes place in the global North, with limited applications to workers in the South, where the socio-economic context is very different and regulatory frameworks are generally weaker. “These workers face chronic job insecurity. They are unprotected by labor laws, and at the same time, they are at the front lines of economic risks,” Vu observed. “They have no protection for their ears, may be wearing no shoes, and no hats in the heat.” These workers can also be fearful of strangers, which meant the research team Vu led had to make repeated field visits to build trust with them and their communities. Anh Vu shows the tree (middle right) planted by outdoor workers in Vietnam to rest under in the heat. The research team found that most workers were over the age of 40, had been working in the informal market for over a decade, and could rarely afford to seek formal health care. They also found workers adapting and innovating with simple solutions, including self-care and traditional home remedies, getting health information from social media, and creating very modest green spaces. “You see the tree here,” she said, pointing to a slide on her screen, “These outdoor workers, motorbike taxi riders, street vendors, get together and plant trees so that they can have some shared space to rest, to recover. So these are examples of vernacular innovation. They are very non-technical, but embedded and grounded.” The challenge, of course, is to translate acceptable community innovations into broader policies. But that process, she believes, must still begin from the street up. “Climate adaptation must begin where the risks are most real,” she concluded. “Informal workers are on the front line of climate risks, but they also are at the front line of innovation, and their knowledge and agency must be at the center of the adaptation thinking.” Adaptation, mitigation and painted rooftops Workers applying reflective paint to a roof in South Africa as part of the University of Cape Town-led study. Painting roofs was another simple adaptation initiative showcased at the summit, which can impact on climate mitigation, air pollution and health. The innovation is being tested in two African countries, Ghana and South Africa, by the new Wellcome-funded project, Heat Adaptation Benefits for Vulnerable groups in Africa (HABVIA), said Lara Dugas, one of the leaders of the study, from the University of Cape Town. The project is part of a Wellcome-supported consortium of heat adaptation research projects known as HeatNexus, developed following a major new strategic investment by the philanthropy into climate and health. The first stage of research at the South African site of Khayelitsha, a low-income area of Cape Town, has already showed an average 4 °C decline in indoor temperatures over the hottest part of summer days in houses whose roofs were painted with the heat-reflective paint, says Dugas. A next stage of research aims to test if the reduction in indoor temperatures translates into health gains. Reflective white paint on roofs can reduce heat by as much as 4°C. “The Wellcome Trust’s initial call was for the evaluation of existing solutions [in low-income countries],” related Dugas, “which very early on revealed that in fact, there were little to no existing solutions in these settings. “HABVIA was thus conceived to co-design and implement a low-cost, socially acceptable heat adaptation solution in two settings (urban and rural) in both Ghana (Ga’Mashie and Nkwantakese) and South Africa (Khayelitsha and Mphego).” The collaboration includes government and civil society, from Slum Dwellers International to the Ghana Metereological Agency and South African Weather services, she said. In addition, the team is collaborating with researchers in Africa, India and the South Pacific Island country of Niue, who are exploring similar solutions. Habvia team (left to right): Vida Asah-Ayeh of the University of Ghana, project coordinator Michaela Delgon of the University of Cape Town (UCT), Ritah Nakanjako from the University of Bristol, and Lara Dugas of UCT. In the next stage of research, the HABVIA team will assess the health benefits of lower temperatures, looking at parameters such as sleep behaviour, mental health, and NCD risk factors such as blood pressure and fasting blood glucose. Reflective paints are already widely available in developed countries and some developing economies although they cost more than standard paint products. In addition, there are differences in whether they can be applied to asbestos, as compared to zinc or tin roofs, which are typical of low-income countries. While labelled as adaptation, the solution can also reduce climate and air pollution emissions as households move up the energy ladder, Dugas notes. “In our research settings, there is very little access to electricity, as most of these vulnerable low-income settings do not have electricity. But certainly, yes, in settings with greater energy demands, this may have significant synergistic effects.” The team is also exploring pathways for introducing such innovations into broader policies – whether through new building regulations, subsidized production or pricing, or a combination of those. Policy is still the missing link WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at the International Court of Justice in December 2024, giving evidence of climate change’s impacts on health. But policy remains the missing link – worldwide. Despite the strong statements last week by the International Court of Justice on states’ “duty to prevent significant harm from climate change”, most countries are nowhere near their potential in clean energy investments, according to a report also released last week by UN Secretary General António Guterres. The US is missing “the greatest economic opportunity of the century” by shifting away from renewables, Guterres declared at the launch. The US Environmental Protection Agency is reportedly set to cancel its own 2009 rule that gave it scientific authority to regulate on climate issues – another example of the government’s denial that climate impacts on peoples’ environmental health are real. In mid-July, along with rescinding financial incentives for renewables, the US Department of the Interior set up a a major new regulatory hurdle for solar and wind power. It now requires tge review of all “leases, rights-of- way, construction and operations plans, grants, consultations and biological opinions” for new projects at the level of the Office of the Secretary in Washington DC, a lengthy process previously delegated to regional and field offices. This, and the loss of subsidies, is prompting international investors to cancel plans for new solar and wind production in the US at a time when the country is also loosening restrictions on new oil and gas project exploration on public lands in an effort to ramp up fossil fuel production. Meanwhile, Shell and other leading fossil fuel producers have walked away from a plan to develop a net zero emissions strategy because it would force them to cease exploitation of new oil and gas fields. The BR-319 road through the Amazon: a new law would ease the way for completing its paving and critics say it would strike an arrow into the lungs of the world. Concurrent with the UK summit, Brazil’s Senate approved an historic rollback of government rules on environmental impact assessment of new urban and rural development projects. The new law would allow high-impact industries, like agribusiness and mining, to “self-license” projects, potentially leading to increased deforestation, habitat destruction, and harm to indigenous communities. It also eases the way for the renewed construction of a major highway, BR-319, which traverses a sensitive part of the Amazon rain forest – which Brazil’s leftist President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva himself has supported. The new law comes amidst a growing political crisis between Lula and an increasingly assertive Congress, where his party has a fragile hold. Da Silva has until 1 August to veto the new law, although the Congress is likely to overturn a veto, leaving it to the Supreme Court to decide. Adaptation should no longer be a sideshow Julia King, chair of the UK government’s Adaptation Committee. Against that background, it was encouraging to see a strong UK government presence at the summit, including the UK’s Undersecretary for Climate (Minister for Climate), Kerry McCarthy, and Dame Julia King, Baroness Brown of Cambridge, a House of Lords member and chair of the Adaptation Committee of the Government’s Independent Advisory Committee on Climate Change. What they offered was not just polemics but studied, critical presentations of the statistics by leaders who seem to have a firm grasp on the evidence as well as a vision of a way forward – even if their views collided at times. “Let’s just remind ourselves of how much of a problem it is today,” said King, an engineer by training. “Half of our top grade agricultural land is already at risk of flooding… If we don’t do more, one in four properties will be at risk. “We see something on the order of 3,000 excess deaths [annually], which are heat-related. The predictions are that we will be seeing over 10,000 heat related excess deaths by mid-century, unless we take some significant action. All of the [increased] morbidity is having an increasing impact on the ability of our health system to cope with that. “We’re now starting to see more and more predictions of what kind of impact on GDP there will be,” said King, adding that robust research suggests a 7-8% reduction in GDP growth by 2050. “I think it’s probably more than COVID. This is a huge impact, and I would absolutely put money on the fact that it is an underestimate,” she added. Urgent to address heat impacts on health The summit followed publication of the UK’s 2025 State of the Climate report, which found that, within the last decade the number of days 10°C above the 1961-1990 average, have quadrupled. “We had record temperatures of 40.3°C back in 2022 but the Met Office has now said that there’s a 50-50 chance that we exceed 40°C degrees again in the next 12 years,” said King. “This is not modeling. This is empirical data that shows that, in the southeast of England, they’re already going up about 1°C per decade. So it wouldn’t be surprising if by mid-century, we were hitting temperatures from time to time of 45°C in the southeast. That’s something we really need to be prepared for.” King added that data to monitor climate change indicators, such as deaths from heat, flooding, diet, and climate-resilient health services delivery, remain sparse. “Are we seeing improvements in terms of protecting population health and the accessibility of health care delivery as the climate changes? No, not yet.,” she added. “We’re starting to see some improvements in planning. So we’ve got a health service high temperature plan. I don’t think it’s enough planning. We’re not seeing any benefits yet. We’re still seeing heat-related deaths with morbidity increasing.” Adaptation and mitigation need to be recognized as a cross-government issue, she added: “Government needs clear adaptation objectives supported by measurable targets. We absolutely need to know what the government is aiming for.” High-gain, low-risk adaptation actions; Julia King, Baroness Brown. The UK Adaptation Committee recently commissioned a major review of potential adaptation actions, efficacy, costs and benefits. A subsequent modeling exercise, still under review, has since identified some potential “very easy, quick wins” such as “ensuring that the public knows what to do when it’s hot, making sure they are prepared, they know what they need to do to keep hydrated, that kind of thing. “This is the kind of process we’re trying to go through. And then when we do our reporting, when we assess progress, we will be able to say, well, here’s the target, here’s what’s been done, and here’s the gap.” Make British Energy Great Again UK MP Kerry McCarthy, Undersecretary for Climate. Despite the gaps, it was encouraging to see how the UK Government is moving full-steam ahead on mitigation, filling a vacuum in international leadership left by the withdrawal of the US from the Paris Climate Agreement. “We don’t want to take the easy option of pretending that climate change isn’t happening or that all its effects can be mitigated. We want to act, and that’s exactly what we’re doing,” said Climate Undersecretary McCarthy at the start of the two-day event. “And it’s not just the direct impact [of heat] on our health, it’s also the indirect impacts. UK wheat production declined by over 20% last year, due to devastating rainfall.” Shortly after his election, UK Prime Minister Keir Starmer’s new Labour government established a Clean Power by 2030 action plan, with the vision of becoming a clean energy “superpower”. In May, the Great British Energy Corporation, backed by the UK’s National Wealth Fund, the Monarchy’s Crown Estate and the Scottish Government, was created by Parliament. It is turbocharging investments in offshore wind projects, solar, nuclear, carbon capture and hydrogen storage, McCarthy said. Major UK investments in offshore wind through Great British Energy. In the country that was the cradle of coal-powered industrialization a century ago, clean energy industries are now growing at three times the rate of the rest of the economy, McCarthy said: “We’ve seen £40 billion of investment into clean energy announced since last July.” The decarbonisation effort extends across all economic sectors, from transport and urban settings to rural environments, agriculture and buildings – including a £13.2 billion investment to retrofit the country’s ageing housing stock to better protect people from extremes of heat and cold. Investing £13.2 billion in the UK’s housing. Internationally, the UK is stepping into some of the leadership gap left by the US retreat from clean energy. At last year’s COP29 in Azerbaijan, for instance, Starmer announced an ambitious goal of reducing domestic climate emissions by 81% by 2035. “That was very much a signal that we wanted to lead those international efforts,” said McCarthy. “We set up a global clean power alliance. We’ve signed new climate agreements with India and China. Its obviously, incredibly important to bring them on board. We’re championing UK investors to invest in emerging and developing economies.” Follow the money The Azerbaijan Presidency of COP29 hailed a breakthrough in recruiting more global finance – but will it materialize? The government is working on making good on past COP commitments, such as the Powering Past Coal Alliance, which it co-chairs with Canada; the Forest and Climate Leaders Partnership and the Climate and Clean Air Coalition, which is addressing super pollutants, like methane and black carbon, and clean cooking. At COP29, developed countries committed to providing at least $300 billion annually by 2035 to support developing countries in mitigating and adapting to climate change. The commitment tripled the previous goal of $100 billion per year – but even that goal was never met. Additionally, the “Baku Finance Goal” aimed to raise $1.3 trillion per year by 2035 from public and private sources, to tackle climate change effectively, noted McCarthy, pledging that the UK would be doing its part to advance those commitments. She sees the core funding as supporting adaptation in LMICs, but adds that, “the outer core of funding will be more on the mitigation side, because if you’re decarbonizing industry, setting up a clean alternative, there’s a need to make the return easier to get the private sector to invest in that.” Powering past coal with a ‘message of hope’ At the Future Fabrics Expo at London Climate Action Week, Lakshmi Poti, head of fashion at Laudes Foundation, talks about sustainable fashion supply chains. At last month’s London Climate Action Week, the UK government also unveiled a new initiative to develop high integrity carbon markets. “There’s been a lot of concerns about greenwashing. But we think that if we can establish high integrity markets, we can channel huge amounts of finance to them, .. and because of our role as a leading financial centre, we can be at the forefront of financial innovation,” McCarthy said. Along with the all-important financial and tech sectors, new initiatives in fashion, sports and the creative industries were showcased at the recent London Climate Action Week events. “We want a science-led approach to the crisis,” McCarthy added. “We believe that the government has a duty to be honest with people about the scale of the crisis… but we also want to deliver a message of hope – because that’s the only way we will be able to bring people with us to deliver the change we need.” Dearth of renewables investments in least developed countries The UK is not the only leading player amongst developed countries. The European Union has set a target of reducing its net emissions by 55% by 2030, with a proposed 90% reduction by 2040, attaining net zero emissions by 2050. Last Thursday (24 July), the EU and China also signed a precedent-setting agreement to drive a “global just transition” on climate change. While it didn’t introduce any new commitments, it has been welcomed as a “timely stabilising signal” by groups such as 350.org in the turbulent landscape of US retreat. Fiona Walker (moderator); Sean Maguire of the Clean Air Fund, Sophia Lenzos (UK-NIHCR), and Alan Dangour of Wellcome. Marcin Golec of the European Investment Bank is on the screen behind the panel. But no significant climate and clean air investments have been made in the least developed economies, which are too indebted already to invest domestically and viewed as too high-risk for international investors, Sean Maguire of the Clean Air Fund told the simmit. By2024, only 1% of overseas development aid (ODA) has been invested in air quality projects, which reduce the global burden of seven million air pollution-related deaths annually and cut climate emissions, slowing global warming. “We do an annual report on levels of investments in air quality projects, and the numbers are pretty dismal,” Maguire said. “Roughly 1% of all ODA is spent on investments in air quality. It’s 6% when you add in projects that have air quality co-benefits. Investments in fossil fuel development as compared to projects that improve air quality over the past four years. “We spend a lot of time and energy lobbying multilateral development agencies to increase that amount. There are some signs of them beginning to shift. But obviously you’ve got the countervailing cuts [in aid] that’s going on in the bilateral development space.” Money “tends to flow to middle income countries that can afford to take on more debt and have capability and capacity to take on loans,” he added. “And a lot of this is coming in the form of lending rather than grants. “I do worry that, particularly in Africa, where you’re seeing mega cities developing, rising levels of air pollution and chronic levels of state indebtedness, that model of lending for improvement is just not going to work.” Since the beginning of the year, the Green Climate Fund (GCF), has only approved six renewable energy projects including Africa, over the past five years. Only five specifically African renewable energy projects had been approved since 2019, a Health Policy Watch assessment last year revealed. The Green Climate Fund has approved or implemented only six renewable energy projects that include Africa over the past five years. This month, a new GCF investment was made into the revised Global Green Bond platform, investing €200 million in equity funding to support the development of low-carbon energy systems for electricity production and stimulate reduced emissions for transport and other development areas. Along with Brazil and Bangladesh, eight African countries are part of this new 10-nation initiative – Angola, Cameroon, Côte d’Ivoire, Egypt, Kenya, Namibia, Senegal and Uganda. Air pollution deaths projected to grow – but mitigation returns are large Unless and until major new investments in clean energy are made, exposure to air pollution that already kills some seven million people a year, will only get worse, Maguire pointed out. “The World Bank predicts a 21% increase in the number of people who will be breathing air with pollutants (of PM 2.5) worse than 25 micrograms per cubic meter (µg/m³) in the next 15 years. So if it’s bad already, it can get a lot worse. “We are going to have a much worse pollution crisis in many African cities and countries in the years to come,” added Maguire, referring to a World Bank report, which also showed that increasing investments in clean air strategies from $8.5 billion to nearly $14 billion annually could also halve the number of people exposed to excessive PM2.5 by 204o. Global map of national population-weighted annual average PM2.5 concentrations in 2020. Without more action, those exposed to PM 2.5 levels of 25 µg/m³ could increase by 21%. “So not only do we need to invest for a return, we need to invest to avert a worse crisis,” Maquire said. “But if economies plan rationally, they would see the returns on clean air investments are very large,” Maguire underlined. “The World Bank recently said an investment in clean air in cities like Delhi would give you a two to 3.5 times, rate of return. “And in the same report, they said that there’s $2 trillion worth of economic gains to be had by 2040 if we managed to get the amount of air pollution halved. So the message is simple and clear: invest in clean air. It makes sense for health. It makes sense for the planet. It’s a fabulous rate of return.” Putting health at the center of climate negotiations: Belém and beyond? There is no health negotiating track in the UN climate framework, and health is not even among the 19 topics mentioned on the UNFCCC website. One way to unlock more investments in renewable energy and other projects that yield health co-benefits, would be to establish health as a formal parameter of climate negotiations and commitments. So far it is not. COP’s formal negotiation tracks include mitigation, adaptation, finance, technology, capacity building. Other issues, such a loss and damage; just transition, indigenous peoples, youth, agriculture and oceans have also played prominent roles in recent years. On the official UNFCC website, amongst the 19 topics mentioned, health does not even have its own section. While health has played a more prominent role in adaptation talks, it is still a minor feature in mitigation agendas, with little or no technical attention to health co-benefits of certain actions. Quantifiable health co-benefits of mitigation actions still don’t play a significant role as a quantifiable metric for prioritizing mitigation actions or reporting on outcomes. This means that health impacts or outcomes from climate actions remains outliers in Nationally Determined Commitments by countries, and consequently as investment priorities. As a result, in COP outcome documents, health is typically only mentioned in passing. While CO 28 in Dubai featured a glitzy, first-ever official Health Day, including figures like Bill Gates and then-US Climate Envoy John Kerry, the health declaration adopted at the conference made no mention of fossil fuel’s health harms. The following year, even the hoopla was missing at COP29 in Azerbaijan, where a handful of officials and online ministers addressed an audience of a few dozen people. Health Day at COP 29 in Azerbaijan – a room with a few dozen people, in comparison to the hoopla at COP28 in Dubai. Oil-producing states led by Saudi Arabia, held up the closure of the World Health Assembly in May for hours in an effort to scuttle a vote on a new WHO Climate Change and Health Action Plan, which didn’t even mention the word fossil fuels as a driver of climate and health impacts. Can Brazil lead at COP30, while it rolls back environmental measures? President of Brazil Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva (centre), Minister of Health Nísia Trindade (right) and WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (left) at the G20 Leaders’ Summit, November 2024. Brazil has promised to make health a more prominent part of its COP30 agenda in Belém (10-21 November). A pre-COP Global Conference on Climate and Health, begins tomorrow (29-31 July) in Brasilia, hosted by the Brazilian government and co-sponsored by WHO via its regional office, the Pan American Health Organization (PAHO). The Brasilia conference is supposed to review and revise a draft Belém Health Action Plan, set to be adopted at the November COP. The plan’s main focus remains adaptation, and particularly adaptation of health systems to climate change – a critical area of work but hardly the only one. The plan also does call for more “intersectoral policies that maximize health and climate co-benefits,” including “actions that reduce air pollution, prevent fires and dust storms, ensure access to healthy and sustainable diets, water availability, promote quality public transport, [and] climate-resilient housing,” But as in the previous rounds of climate talks, COP28 and COP29, fossil fuels, are entirely missing from the draft health text with only one reference to “renewable energy”. Brazil, itself is facing a crisis over development policies in the Amazon and elsewhere, leaving question marks about how firmly it can lead other partners in bold action. Health is part of the COP ‘circus’ but not the inner chamber Health is part of the COP ‘circus’, but not the inner chamber of negotiations, critics say. Portrayed here: WHO’s Pavilion at COP27 in Sharm el-Sheikh addressed by WHO’s Director of Climate, Environment and Health, Dr Maria Neria. In global climate negotiations, health still remains a sideshow, admitted Alan Dangour, head of Wellcome’s new strategic focus on Climate and Health, in the closing session of the London Summit. “For those of you who have not been to a COP, basically, there’s a circus with entertainment, and then in the middle, there’s a room where the negotiations happen,” said Dangour. “The Health Day was part of the circus,” he added, referring to the first big health event at COP28. “We got the [COP] President speaking, we got all sorts of people to speak, and we were very pleased with ourselves, and the community was very pleased with itself that we had managed to achieve that, but we achieved absolutely zero in that little [negotiating] room. “Since COP28, our entire focus has been on the negotiating group and we now support the African group of negotiators to make sure that health evidence is part of what they negotiate. “That was a very big learning for us. We needed the health base so that health was prominent, and then we needed to invest separately in the negotiating rooms and who says what, when, where in those rooms. And that’s now our clear focus: on how to influence what happens.” Image Credits: Yoda Adaman/ Unsplash, Flickr/Russi Allison Loar , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Imperial College-Connecting Climate Minds , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watcy, HABVIA , HABVIA , Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, Great British Energy , @WeDontHaveTime, Clean Air Fund, Green Climate Fund , UNFCCC.int , PAHO/WHO/Karina Zambrana, Megha Kaveri/HPW. Smoke Signals from the Plastics Treaty: Why Geneva Negotiations Can’t Ignore Health Governance 25/07/2025 Deborah Sy Cigarette filters, made from a plastic called cellulose acetate, are world’s most littered plastic item. As negotiators prepare to meet in Geneva, 5-14 August in yet another attempt to finalize the United Nations Global Plastics Treaty addressing a pollution crisis affecting oceans and ecosystems worldwide – a critical linkage between health and environment governance seems to be largely missing from the draft text. After nearly three years of negotiations, the world may be on the verge of finalizing its first legally-binding global instrument to tackle plastic pollution – providing that treaty negotiators overcome massive pressures from the fossil fuel industry to further stall an agreement or weaken provisions aiming to limit plastics production. But as negotiators prepare for the resumed fifth session (INC-5.2), another fundamental flaw threatens the future treaty’s health objectives: the failure to integrate environmental and health governance. This is particularly apparent with regards to cigarette filters – the world’s most littered plastic item – although it extends to cross-sector cooperation on other issues regarding the health harms of other plastics as well. The current draft text makes with only one reference to ‘plastic’ cigarette filters (in draft Annex X) and makes no reference at all to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control – which could, in fact, be an important nexus for health-environment cooperation on the treaty – once it is approved. The treatment of cigarette filters – largely made of a plastic called cellulose acetate – sends smoke signals about more systematic problems with the treaty text in terms of its approach to environment and health. Health rhetoric vs reality gap Cigarette filters are the world’s most prevalent forms of plastic litter, marring beaches and from there, infiltrating to oceans and fresh water ways. The Chair’s text, the working document guiding final negotiations, acknowledges health extensively in its rhetoric, although much of it remains in brackets, indicating areas where countries have not yet reached agreement. The preamble recognizes plastic pollution as “a serious environmental and human health problem,” while the treaty’s stated objective is “to protect human health and the environment from plastic pollution.” But while the preamble recognizes mutual support with “other international agreements in the field of the environment,” it limits that framework to environmental treaties. Any reference to health instruments, including the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC), which has been ratified by 183 countries, are absent from this structure. Draft Plastics Treaty negotiating text – much of language on health remains in brackets. The Chair’s preambular text affirms that the plastics treaty will “not affect… existing treaty obligations,” but this is a non-binding statement that merely avoids direct legal contradictions without promoting substantive policy coherence. In practice, it enables siloed implementation, weakens the ability of health ministries to regulate tobacco product components, and gives the tobacco industry new opportunities to exploit regulatory gaps through the environment ministries. Most tellingly, a standalone health article remains uncertain, reduced to scattered references or a placeholder “pending informal drafting work.” Despite the draft’s stated health objectives, the institutional bridge to health governance is still missing. The ‘safe alternatives’ problem This gap matters because “safe substitutes,” “safe alternatives,” or “safe recycling” are at the heart of solutions throughout the draft treaty. But how can environmental authorities evaluate safety and health impacts without connecting to international or national health standards? The tobacco industry is already exploiting this governance gap by promoting “eco-filters” and “biodegradable” alternatives to plastic cigarette filters. While these products may appear to address plastic pollution, they remain harmful to both health and the environment. Worse, they risk misleading consumers and this kind of product feature substitution is typically assessed by health authorities, not environmental ministries, which may lack the mandate or expertise to evaluate such claims. The cigarette filter test case Cigarette filters are the most littered plastic in the world. Used cigarette filters represent the world’s most littered plastic item, with trillions discarded annually. Each cigarette butt contains toxic lead, cadmium, phthalates, and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons that leach into waterways. A single cigarette butt can contaminate 1,000 liters of water, causing $26 billion in annual marine ecosystem damage. The FCTC provides clear guidance on these filters: Parties should prohibit ingredients in tobacco products that may create the impression that they have a health benefit. The WHO study group’s recommendations early this year included that filters should be banned to reduce the palatability and appeal of cigarettes. This would remove consumer misconceptions that filters reduce health harms, and it would also reduce a major source of toxic tobacco waste, including the microplastics deposited by cellulose acetate in filters. Annex X: plastics items recommended for limitations, but not ban or phaseout. Annex Y: proposed ban or phaseout list. Yet the draft plastics treaty only lists “cigarette filters made with plastic” in a priority list for mandatory or voluntary restriction or banning (Annex X), rather than on the ban or phaseout list (Annex Y). The “made with plastic” language for cigarette filters also creates a dangerous loophole that permits biofilters/ eco-filters, contradicting established health guidance. In contrast, Annex Y, the ban/ phase out list, itemizes toys and food containers containing lead, cadmium, and phthalates – the same toxicants found in cigarette filters. Broader governance architecture problem The cigarette filter case reveals systemic weaknesses in the treaty draft’s language around health. Article 2.2 of the FCTC requires Parties to ensure that subsequent international agreements should be compatible with FCTC obligations. However, the negotiating states have yet to provide a mechanism for ensuring this compatibility. When environmental ministries approve product redesigns without health authority input, both agendas suffer. When industries exploit policy gaps to rehabilitate their image while maintaining harmful products, both environmental integrity and health objectives are compromised. Extended Producer Responsibility schemes promoted throughout the draft treaty could also legitimize tobacco industry participation in environmental policy and its greenwashing, directly contradicting FCTC Article 5.3’s requirement to “protect tobacco-related environment policies” from industry interference. The problem extends far beyond tobacco. Plastic substitution decisions made in isolation from health expertise risk creating new health hazards while solving environmental concerns—essentially trading one set of risks for another. Environmental authorities may inadvertently approve alternatives that address plastic pollution while creating health risks. Infrastructure already exists Plastics health impacts in brief. The solution isn’t to build new health systems from scratch, as many countries already have relevant capacity, and global infrastructure exists, including for chemical safety, food standards, and medical devices. For tobacco, global networks like TobLabNet and TobReg provide evidence-based guidance. The real challenge is not global coordination, but national-level inter-agency cooperation. The future plastics treaty can help by explicitly obligating this, ensuring health and environment agencies work together. Without giving due regard to existing health treaties, such coordination will inevitably run up against the different standards these agencies follow on industry engagement. No credible health authority engages with the tobacco industry, which is prohibited globally under the WHO’s Framework of Engagement with Non-State Actors (FENSA) and nationally through Article 5.3 of the FCTC, which covers over 90% of the world’s population. The commitment to binding norms on conflict of interest in the FCTC is essential. It creates space for the broader safeguards called for by civil society, scientists, and the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR). Failing to respect existing obligations—especially in the clearest and extreme case of tobacco— effectively precludes any meaningful prevention of conflicts of interest. Integration not isolation The solution lies in strengthening the draft’s health foundation by explicitly recognizing existing health agreements, including the WHO’s FCTC, which was already referenced in previous drafts to promote “cooperation, coordination, and complementarity.” A global coalition focusing on this issue recommends a simple safeguard clause – “Measures taken under this instrument shall be without prejudice to, and aligned with, existing international public health treaties and obligations, (including the WHO FCTC)” – would help prevent regulatory conflicts while provide supportive infrastructures to bolster the authority of environmental ministries to implement the future treaty. For cigarette filters, the recommendation is to eliminate material qualifiers “made of plastic” and move filters to a list for immediate bans. More broadly, the future instrument needs formal mechanisms for health expertise integration—not transferring authority from the environment to health ministries, but creating coordination mechanisms ensuring both objectives are met. The Geneva opportunity The Global Plastics Treaty could model integrated governance for 21st-century planetary health challenges, or represent another missed opportunity for coherent global health governance. Tobacco control shows how weak coordination between health and environmental sectors can backfire. When environmental agencies promote so-called “eco-filters” without health input, they risk legitimizing harmful products. But the reverse is also true. During COVID-19, health-led responses drove a surge in plastic consumption, worsening pollution. Both cases expose the same flaw: without coordination, one sector’s solution can become another’s crisis. The Plastics Treaty offers a rare chance to correct this. The infrastructure exists. The evidence is clear. What’s missing is the political will to connect them through binding legal frameworks. Geneva may be the last, best opportunity, not only to curb plastic pollution, but to safeguard the future of global health governance. Integrating international health agreements into the treaty does more than align with existing obligations. It helps define the treaty’s direction and lays the foundation for a strong, legally binding instrument with robust regulatory measures and comprehensive protections for people and the planet. Deborah Sy is head of Strategy and Global Public Policy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control (GGTC) at Thammasat University in Thailand, the convener of Global Youth Voices and the Stop Tobacco Pollution Alliance (STPA). She is the founder and senior advisor of Health Justice Philippines, an observer to the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations. Image Credits: Dennis Skley, University of Bath , UNEP , Chairs Text, draft UN Plastics Treaty, December 2024, Chairs Text, UN Plastics Treaty, Draft 2024, Ciel.org. US Drafts Plan to Change PEPFAR’s Focus From HIV to Diseases that Could Threaten Americans 24/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan A woman with HIV takes her antiretrovial (ARV) medicine. Until earlier this year, over 20 million people with HIV received ARVs funded by PEPFAR. US State Department officials are developing a plan to transform the President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) from an entity that tackles HIV to one that is broadly focused on protecting and promoting American interests. This is according to a report in the New York Times on Thursday, based on leaked planning documents that map out their vision for PEPFAR’s transition in in the next few years. “It would be replaced by ‘bilateral relationships’ with low-income countries focused on the detection of outbreaks that could threaten the United States and the creation of new markets for American drugs and technologies,” the newspaper reports. This is in keeping with the focus of the Trump administration’s first meeting with African health leaders after the US paused all foreign aid for 90 days in January. During the meeting between leaders of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and their counterparts in Africa CDC in March, the US officials indicated that they were interested in African business opportunities for American companies. Africa CDC official Dr Ngashi Ngongo told journalists after the meeting that the Trump administration “would like to see health more as a business, rather than something that functions on grants,” and is interested in “exploring how can we go into a partnership that translates into health as a business”. Aggressive transition planning Dr Jirair Ratevosian, a global health expert at Duke and previous PEPFAR chief of staff, said that the Trump administration has “made it very clear that they want to carry on with aggressive transition planning” for PEPFAR. “Transition planning is not a bad idea, but it must be done right, with timetables, developing indicators, matching government buy-in, getting community input etc,” Ratevosian said. While he has not seen the documents referred to by the New York Times, Ratevosian is concerned that the transition plan is being written in Washington rather than in and with the African countries most affected by PEPFAR’s transition. “There needs to be realistic timetables, careful planning and resources to successfully make the transition of HIV programming [from PEPFAR] to national control,” said Ratevosian. “Congress has made clear it rejects the administration’s rushed approach to PEPFAR’s transition, signalling bipartisan concern about protecting the program’s legacy and impact.” He added that the US State Department should also develop plans for US companies to sell their antiretroviral drugs to African countries, the largest market for these products. Brief defunding reprieve Luyengo Clinic in Eswatini. PEPFAR funded 80% of the clinic’s cost, and the HIV treatment of 3,000 people is in jeopardy. Last week, there was a brief moment of hope for PEPFAR recipients after the US Senate agreed to exempt the programme from a planned $400 million reduction, which had been included in a $9.4 billion rescission package put forward by President Donald Trump. The rescission package seeks to claw back federal funds from various programs, including approximately $900 million in global health allocations. Disruptions to US aid for global health including for PEPFAR programmes, have placed millions of lives at risk, particularly in countries heavily dependent on US-supported HIV infrastructure. Carolyn Amole, Clinton Health Access Initiative vice-president for HIV, hepatitis and TB, said PEPFAR’s funding cuts had disrupted commodities procurement, essential systems such as human resources, supply chains, and data infrastructure. Millions more AIDS deaths, infections projected An additional six million new HIV infections and four million AIDS-related deaths could occur between 2025 and 2029 if US-supported HIV treatment and prevention services collapse, according to UNAIDS. “This is not just a funding gap. It’s a ticking time bomb,” said UNAIDS Executive Director Winnie Byanyima at the launch of the organisation’s 2025 global AIDS update earlier this month. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” “Key populations” refer to people most vulnerable to HIV infection, including sex workers, men to have sex with men, people who inject drugs and young women. Some of the immediate effects of the US withdrawal of funds since Donald Trump assumed the presidency in January include the closure of health facilities, healthworker job losses, and disrupted treatment, testing and prevention services. Image Credits: The Global Fund/ Saiba Sehmi, UNAIDS. ‘Mass Starvation in Gaza’, WHO Concurs With Aid Agencies 23/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Six-month-old Salam is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza City. “There is mass starvation in Gaza,” World Health Organization (WHO) Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus asserted on Wednesday, aligning with a statement by 110 aid organisations released earlier that day. “A large proportion of the population of Gaza is starving. I don’t know what you would call it other than mass starvation, and it’s man-made,” Tedros told a media briefing on Wednesday, referring to aid blockage since the controversial private organisation, the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF) assumed control over aid distribution. “Rates of acute malnutrition exceed 10%, and over 20% of pregnant and breastfeeding women that have been screened are malnourished, often severely,” said Tedros. “The hunger crisis is being accelerated by the collapse of aid pipelines and restrictions on access [with] 95% of households in Gaza facing severe water shortages.” In their statement, the aid organisations including Medecins sans Frontieres (MSF), CARE, Christian Aid, Save the Children and Oxfam, urged governments to ensure that Israel ends “the siege of Gaza” and allows “the full flow of food, clean water, medical supplies, shelter items, and fuel through a principled, UN-led mechanism”. For the past two months, aid has not been channelled through UN agencies but rather via the GHF, which is supported by the governments of Israel and the United States. Since the GHF assumed control over aid distribution on 27 May, over 1,000 people have been killed by Israeli forces while trying to get food at the GHF distribution centres, according to the United Nations human rights office on Tuesday. “Doctors report record rates of acute malnutrition, especially among children and older people,” according to the aid organisations. “Illnesses like acute watery diarrhoea are spreading, markets are empty, waste is piling up, and adults are collapsing on the streets from hunger and dehydration. Distributions in Gaza average just 28 trucks a day, far from enough for over two million people, many of whom have gone weeks without assistance.” ‘Tip of the iceberg’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses a media briefing on Wednesday. “I don’t know why we’re even splitting hairs,” said Tedros, in reference to debate about whether Gazans were starving. “Not only were 1,026 people killed while trying to feed themselves or find food for their family, but thousands were also wounded.” “We demand that there is full access [for humanitarian aid], and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages, as we have always said,” Tedros concluded. On Monday, the UN World Food Programme (WFP) said that a quarter of Gaza’s population faces famine-like conditions. Dr Rik Peeperkorn, WHO representative for Palestine, said that malnutrition in Gaza had been negligible before Israel attacked Gaza in retaliation for Hamas’s attack on Israel on 7 October 2023. The malnutrition rate in children under the age of five was 0.6% then, while it did not exist in pregnant women or the elderly. But this year, around 30,000 children are reported to be malnourished and 21 have died of hunger, said Peeperkorn, describing these statistics as “the tip of the iceberg”. “In July alone, 5,100 children have been admitted to the malnutrition programme, including 880 children with severe malnutrition,” said Peeperkorn. Several hospitals in the territory do not have the staff or supplies to function and have become malnutrition treatment centres, but two months ago, they lacked nutritional supplements for patients, he said. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city (July 2025) Aid staff also face starvation. Peeperkorn added that UN staff members were facing the same conditions of lack of water and food, and there was widespread “absolute lethargy” in Gaza as people lacked the energy to do basic tasks. The aid organisations similarly reported that their staff are hungry and don’t have access to clean water. “Aid workers are now joining the same food lines, risking being shot just to feed their families. With supplies now totally depleted, humanitarian organisations are witnessing their own colleagues and partners waste away before their eyes,” they said. “Doctors, nurses, journalists, humanitarians, among them UNRWA staff, are hungry… fainting due to hunger and exhaustion while performing their duties,” Juliette Touma, director of communications for the UN agency for Palestine refugees (UNRWA), said in a media statement on Tuesday. Touma described “the so-called GHF distribution scheme” as “a sadistic death-trap”, adding that “snipers open fire randomly on crowds as if they’re given a license to kill”. She also told of massive food prices, recounting that a colleague paid almost $200 for a bag of lentils and some flour, after walking for hours to buy it. The GHF claimed on Monday that, “Since launching operations on May 27, we’ve distributed nearly 85 million meals via more than 1.4 million boxes—directly to the people of Gaza”. However, Israeli media outlet Haaretz said that GHF should have distributed several times this amount to ensure sufficient food. “If roughly 2.1 million people live in the Gaza Strip today, it’s preferable for them to eat three meals a day, and GHF had been in operation for 56 days as of Monday, how many meals should it have distributed? A simple calculation produces the answer – 353 million,” reported the news outlet. The GHF has also been criticised for distributing dry food when people are unable to cook, setting up too few food distribution centres and locating them in isolated areas, forcing thousands of people to walk long distances while exposed to IDF attacks and stampedes. Over 90% of Gaza is under Israeli evacuation orders, and nowhere is safe for residents. Earlier this week, the GHF offered to distribute the UN’s aid but the UN responded on Wednesday, saying that it would not work with any groups that put civilians’ lives in danger. WHO staff detention and warehouse destruction WHO warehouse in Deir al Balah lies in ruins after it it was attacked by Israeli military forces on Sunday and Monday. Meanwhile, one WHO staff member remains in Israeli detention following an Israeli Defence Force attack on the WHO’s staff residence and its biggest warehouse in Deir al Balah. Declining to name the staff member, Tedros said he had written to Israel’s Foreign Minister to demand his release and would take this up “at the highest level” if he remained in custody. The IDF attack on the warehouse caused severe damage, destroying “a substantial amount of medical supplies in all areas: trauma, antibiotics and anaesthesia”, said Peeperkorn. However, while this was a setback for the global organisation, it had identified other potential premises and would continue to support health facilities in Gaza, he added. “We demand that there is full access, and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages,” said Tedros. Tougher EU stance against Israel? The European Union (EU) seems to be toughening its stance against Israel in the face of the growing outcry over the starvation of the population. On Tuesday, the EU High Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy Kaja Kallas posted on X that “all options remain on the table if Israel doesn’t deliver on its pledges” to increase the number of aid trucks, crossing points and routes to distribution points. “The killing of civilians seeking aid in Gaza is indefensible. I spoke again with [Israeli Minister of Foreign Affairs Gideon Saar] to recall our understanding on aid flow and made clear that IDF must stop killing people at distribution points,” said Kallas. Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable. The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long.… https://t.co/VhaKxUXka0 — Ursula von der Leyen (@vonderleyen) July 22, 2025 EU Commission President Ursula von der Leyen also posted on X on Tuesday, declaring that “Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable.” Von der Leyen added: “The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long. It must stop now. Israel must deliver on its pledges.” Image Credits: UNRWA. States Have a Duty to Prevent Significant Harm from Climate Change, ICJ Rules 23/07/2025 Disha Shetty The International Court of Justice (ICJ) headquarters in The Hague, The Netherlands The International Court of Justice (ICJ) ruled on Wednesday that states have a duty to prevent significant harm to the environment from climate change in a landmark advisory opinion. The court also ruled that the states have a duty to cooperate internationally and called on them to set national climate targets that are of the “highest possible ambition.” “The court concludes that the duty of states to prevent significant environmental harm applies in the context of climate change, and that this duty forms part of the most directly relevant applicable law concerning the duty to cooperate,” said ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, who read out the advisory. The court addressed the issue of human rights and said they cannot be enjoyed without environmental protection. It has asked countries to bear in mind the Paris Agreement target to limit global warming to 1.5° C. READ HERE: The summary of the #ICJ Advisory Opinion on the Obligations of States in respect of Climate Change. https://t.co/7TWc7ifwfX pic.twitter.com/vVxxwpZpbX — CIJ_ICJ (@CIJ_ICJ) July 23, 2025 The ICJ’s ruling comes in response to a United Nations (UN) General Assembly resolution led by the small island nation of Vanuatu in the Pacific Ocean, which sought ICJ’s advisory opinion on the obligations of states on climate change, and the legal consequences of these. This is the first opinion on climate change by the ICJ, and it is seen as a landmark in international law as all UN members are automatic signatories of the ICJ. The ICJ, UN’s principal judicial organ of the UN, has a twofold role: to settle disputes between states and to give advisory opinions on legal questions. Climate crisis is a health crisis WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus speaking at the ICJ in December 2024. While the ICJ did not explicitly refer to health, Iwasawa made it clear that countries have to ensure that their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) or the climate targets they set for themselves are ambitious. “This means that each party has to do its utmost to ensure that the NDCs it puts forward represent its highest possible ambition,” Iwasawa said. While few countries have included health targets in their NDCs, there is an increasing global push to do so. The ICJ took the testimonials of a range of stakeholders into account in the run-up to the verdict. In 2024, World Health Organization’s Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus spoke at the ICJ giving his testimonial on how the climate crisis is a health crisis. In his testimonial, Tedros highlighted how climate change’s health impacts disproportionately affect small island nations like Tuvalu, also in the Pacific Ocean. “Climate change and extreme weather are wreaking havoc on humans and their health, disrupting societies, economies and development,” Tedros said. “Without immediate action, climate-related increases in disease prevalence, destruction of health infrastructure and growing societal burdens could overwhelm already overburdened health systems around the world,” he added. ICJ opens the door for reparations ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, Japan, delivering the advisory opinion Iwasawa, while acknowledging that the effect of climate change is “severe and far-reaching,” noted that the ICJ was not asked to rule specifically on the issue of compensation or climate damages. “The court considers that it has been requested to address legal consequences in a general manner, and that it is not called upon to identify the legal responsibility of any particular state or group of states,” he said. He added that any such request must be looked at on a case by case basis. “Concerning the duty to make reparation, the appropriate nature and quantum of reparations cannot be assessed in the abstract, and depends on the circumstances of a particular case,” he said. Reparations could take the form of ecological restoration or reconstruction of damaged infrastructure, the ICJ suggested. Climate-related drought in the Horn of Africa has impacted approximately 4.5 million Somalis, and around 700,000 individuals have been forced to leave their homes. “From deadly heat and toxic air to disease and displacement, the Court’s message is clear – human health is not collateral damage,” said Dr Jeni Miller, executive director at the Global Climate and Health Alliance. “Health workers and advocates now have powerful legal backing to demand bold, science-based climate action rooted in justice, including a just transition away from fossil fuels, for health and the duty to protect life across all ages and borders,” she added. Harjeet Singh, climate activist and founding director of Satat Sampada Climate Foundation, described the ruling as offering the potential for “a historic level of protection” for communities on the frontlines of climate change. “It means the suffering, the loss of homes and livelihoods, and the terrifying storms and rising seas that have become our reality can now be met with demands for justice, restitution, and repair. The message is clear: the polluters must pay,” said Singh. The ICJ advisory comes at a time when the US government is planning to repeal the scientific finding that established greenhouse gases endanger human life by pushing up global temperatures. This finding, established in 2009, gives governments the ability to push for climate action. However, the Trump administration is on its way to repeal the finding, which now means the US will be at odds with ICJ’s latest advisory. “Cooperation between states is the very foundation of meaningful international efforts with respect to climate change,” Iwasawa said. Image Credits: ICJ, Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, UN Photo/ICJ-CIJ/Frank van Beek. Courtesy of the ICJ., UN-Water/Twitter . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Hunger Declines Globally, but Rises in Africa 28/07/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Healthy diets, including micronutrient rich seeds, legumes and vegetables as well as protein, are out of reach for one-third of the world’s population or more. The proportion of the world’s population suffering acute hunger declined globally in 2024 to about 673 million people, but continued to rise in most African regions as well as western Asia, according to the new UN State of Food Security and Nutrition (SOFI) report, launched Monday in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. Global hunger levels have remained stubbornly high ever since the 2019 COVID pandemic; before that, failing to decline to pre-pandemic levels which hovered between 552-584 million in the years 2014-2019, said officials at the launch of this year’s report, during the Second UN Food Systems Summit Stocktake (UNFSS+4) in Addis Ababa. “We are far off track,” declared UN Deputy Secretary General Amina Mohammed at the launch. “Despite the fact that hunger has declined, it’s only slightly. Tonight, more than 670 million people will go hungry, and in regions like Africa, the situation continues to worsen; 307 million people are hungry on that continent – nearly one in five and mostly exacerbated by conflicts and the climate crisis. Deputy UN Secretary General Amina Mohammed at the launch of the 2025 State of Food Security and Nutrition report. “Hunger is also deepening the inequality faced across the world. Women’s nutrition continues to deteriorate. Anemia among women aged 15 to 49 has risen over the past decade,” she added, noting that two thirds of women in that age group do not meet minimum dietary diversity requirements. “Meanwhile, children are suffering consequences that will last a lifetime. One-third of children between six and 23 months are not getting the nutrients that they need during the most critical window of brain development and growth,” Mohammed said. “Ultimately, affordability is at the heart of all of this,” Mohammed added. ” Since 2020, global food price inflation has consistently outpaced general inflation in low income countries. This means skipping meals, selling assets, or pulling children out of school just so families can afford to eat in every region. These overlapping crises, conflict, climate shocks, inflation, displacement, are all exposing the deep fragility of our food systems.” And if current trends continue, there will still be 512 million people going hungry, on average, by 2030, with 60% of those in Africa – falling far short of UN Sustainable Development Goal 2, Zero Hunger. Inflation a key driver of food insecurity and undernutrition Food prices rising faster than the consumer price index (CPI). The report takes an in-depth look at one of the biggest threats of food security and nutrition today, inflationary food prices. Since the pandemic, food prices have risen faster than overall inflation, hitting consumers in poorer countries particularly hard. Behind this lies what some described as “a perfect storm,” including supply disruptions from the war in Ukraine, extreme weather events and a strong US dollar that made food imports more expensive last year. “For many countries, food prices have risen faster than inflation overall, exposing the fragility of our global agri-food systems,” said Alvaro Lario, President of the International Fund for Agriculture Development (IFAD), which collaborated in the joint report led by the Food and Agriculture Organization and also including UNICEF, the World Food Program, and the World Health Organization. “Our food systems and our food prices are increasingly vulnerable to environmental shocks,” he added, “Many of you can see in developing supermarkets in your hometown, olive oil prices increased 50% in January 2024 after droughts in Spain and Italy. Global cocoa prices increased almost 300% after heat waves in Ghana and Ivory Coast; maize 36% in South Africa; rice prices in Japan; potato prices in the UK after a wet winter; coffee prices in Brazil after a 2023 drought. So the message is clear, we must invest in adaptation before it is too late.” Healthy diets even more out of reach Number of people unable to afford a healthy diet. While nearly 2.3 billion people lack regular access to food, over 2.6 billion people cannot afford a healthy diet, added Maximo Torero, Chief Economist of Food and Agriculture Organization. “While there has been some progress in child nutrition, the world remains off track to meet any of the seven global nutrition targets by 2030 this year; Nutrient rich foods like fruits, vegetables and animal products remain out of reach for many. Even basic staples cheaper have seen sharper price increases, adding pressure on the poorest households,” Torero said. On average, basic starchy staples and oils and fats remain the least expensive sources of dietary energy across all countries. In contrast, more nutritious food groups, such as animal source foods, fruits and vegetables, consistently rank as the most expensive, the report found. Between 1975 and 2016, southern Africa saw the world’s highest proportional increase in child and adolescent obesity – 400% per decade. Ultra-processed foods and sugary drinks were a key driver – but they are now cheaper than fresh foods in many or most parts of the world. Ultra-processed foods are consistently cheaper than foods at any other stage of processing. Despite growing evidence of their adverse health impacts, these products typically contain few or no whole foods and are often high in saturated fats, trans fats and salt. Conversely, they lack adequate fibre, micronutrients and other bioactive compounds. By 2021, ultra-processed foods were, on average, 47% less expensive than unprocessed or minimally processed foods, and 50% less expensive than processed foods, the report found. Only one out of three children globally are meeting the indicator of minimum dietary diversity, which is linked to healthy growth, said WHO’s Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, in a pre-recorded message to the launch. “We need action in three key areas, first, to ensure unimpeded access to deliver life saving treatment to those facing active malnutrition, especially in combat zones; second, to strengthen social protection systems to reach vulnerable populations with nutritious foods; and third, to inform food price policies to make healthy diets accessible, especially in low income communities,” Tedros added. Conflict exacerbates hunger – ‘famine’ in Gaza Conflict also exacerbates hunger. On Sunday, WHO issued yet another appeal on the Gaza hunger crisis, saying that humanitarian aid corridors recently re-opened by Israel, need to remain sustainably accessible to aid convoys to confront the mounting malnutrition crisis there. Nearly one in five children under five in Gaza City is now acutely malnourished, WHO reported, and malnutrition has reportedly claimed the lives of 74 children in 2025, peaking at 63 deaths in July. The worst-case scenario of ”Famine” is currently playing out in the Gaza Strip, declared the Integrated Food Security Classification (IPC), on Tuesday morning. “Latest data indicates that Famine thresholds have been reached for food consumption in most of the Gaza Strip and for acute malnutrition in Gaza City,” the IPC stated in a new release. Famine is declared when 20% or more of households face an extreme lack of food and 30% of children are suffering from acute malnutrition. “Over 20,000 children have been admitted for treatment for acute malnutrition between April and mid-July, with more than 3,000 severely malnourished. Hospitals have reported a rapid increase in hunger-related deaths of children under five years of age, with at least 16 reported deaths since 17 July,” the IPC report stated. Gaza food deliveries, reported by IPC from Israel’s COGAT. In a briefing to the Geneva press corps, the World Food Programme said that while food deliveries have ramped up in recent days, they are still not nearly enough. “We are getting about 50% of what we are requesting into Gaza,” said World Food Programme spokesperson Ross Smith, noting that WFP, alone, has been asking t0 bring in 100 trucks a day – comparable to the January-March ceasefire. Pre-conflict a total of about 500 supply trucks a day were brought into Gaza, he said, adding, “We welcome the humanitarian pauses and we would like to see the full spirit of them implemented.” According to the Israeli military aid coordinating body, COGAT, international organizations moved over 200 trucks of aid into Gaza, with another 260 inside Gaza waiting for pickup Tuesday morning. Food relief unable to reach hungry people in Afghanistan, Sudan, and beyond In Sudan, Afghanistan and elsewhere, humanitarian agencies are unable to reach hungry children and families – due to both a lack of access and a shortage of funding, said Cindy McCain, Executive Director of the World Food Programme (WFP) at Monday’s launch event. “This year, funding cuts up to 40% meaning that 10s of millions of people will lose the life saving food aid the WFP provides,” she said. “The impacts are severe and wide ranging. In Afghanistan, we’ve scaled back to a very, a very narrowly targeted feeding program aiming to cover a maximum of only 1 million people, but we’re turning away 8.5 million needy people,” she said. “In South Sudan, where 7.7 million people are acutely hungry, and over 80,000 people face catastrophic hunger, we will be forced to end lifesaving assistance to 2.3 million people next month. “We’ve had to end our assistance to 1 million million refugees in Uganda, while in Kenya, we halted all cash assistance. And rations to [primarily Somalian and Sudanese] refugees are now less than 1/3 the full amount. These are just a few examples. Sadly, the list of impending cuts coming down the line is much, much longer. If they’re implemented, the small gains in food security highlighted in this year’s SOFI report will soon be wiped out, and the result will be further instability in volatile regions around the globe.” Investing in more resilient food systems and small scale producers Kibet Ngetich Stephen, a smallholder in Narok County, Uganda, receives a visit from a community veterinarian assistant to check on the health of his cattle. When food prices rise, Torero added, “there’s a direct impact on nutrition, particularly in poorer or more vulnerable economies.” For instance, a 10% increase in food prices implies a 3.5% in overall increase in moderate food insecurity and severe food insecurity; a 4% increase for women, as well as a 5.5% increase in the prevalence of severe wasting among children under 5 years of age. Yet, amid such challenges, there is a silver lining compared to two past food crises, he said, referring to the economic crash of 2007-2008: “The global response today has been more coordinated, more measured and more informed. Progress is happening, but not fast enough.” Torero and other officials called for investing in food systems and small scale producers to stimulate more local production of healthy and diverse food items. “To unlock these benefits, we must fully leverage concessional finance institutions like IFAD have a key role to play, but we cannot do it alone. We also need to crowd private sector investments to rural areas through strong partnerships, bankable investments and also constructing the right ecosystem,” Lario said. Added Torero, “one of the main messages of the 2025 edition of the report is that while food price inflation remains a pressing concern, it is not undefeatable. Compared to the food prices spikes in 2007 and 2008 the global response to the sources of 2021 and 2023 inflationary pressures was more coordinated, informed and restrained. Trade and market levers Trade transparency at global level; smallholder farms, and in cities, fresh food markets are all ways governments can use market levers to support healthy, affordable foods. “One of the clearest examples is in the area of trade policies,” Torero said. “While earlier crises were marked by widespread export bans and restricted measures that amplify global uncertainties and food price volatility, the recent episodes saw fewer such interventions, and when they occurred, they were generally short term and less disruptive. “Similarly, the importance of market transparency and time information has been reaffirmed. Initiatives such as the Agricultural Market Information System (AMIS) established by the Gg20 in response to 2007-2008 helped make a significant impact, because they played a key role in enhancing transparency of global food markets. The global response to the high food inflationary period also demonstrated the value of robust institutions. Countries with sound response structures as well established social protection systems were able to protect the most vulnerable populations more effectively. Time for Africa to act Hunger trends over time: the number of people going hungry in 2024 declined, but was still more than in 2019 or the five previous years. “Sustainable investments, external policy coordination, greater transparency and continuous institutional innovations will be vital in building resilience to future shocks,” he concluded. “These policy lessons offer a roadmap to addressing both the immediate impact of food price inflation on food security and nutrition and the urgent goal of getting back on track to achieve SDG 2, and affordable, healthy diets for all. Improvement has happened, but it’s important that we transfer improvement in certain regions of the world to the other regions of the world,” he said, adding: “This is the time for Africa. This is your moment. You are leading the way. So it is time to act and to leads on the transformation of agri food systems so that the continent of Africa soon turns the trend… less hunger, more equity, and, of course, a better life.” Updated Tuesday 29.7.2025 Image Credits: FAO/State of Food Security and Nutrition (2025) , FAO/State of Food Security and Nutrition, 2025, FAO/State of Food Security and Nutrition , Dr Alexey Kulikov/Twitter, International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies / The Kenya Red Cross Society, World Bank Tanzania/Twitter . The Accelerating Health Impacts of Heat: UK Climate and Health Summit Highlights Trends Ahead of COP30 28/07/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The aftermath of Southern California’s Altadena fire, which raged for three weeks in January 2025, is only one recent example of the burgeoning damage wreaked by global warming, drought and extreme weather. LONDON – Summit it was not as there were no heads of state or even Bill Gates, although the UK’s Minister for Climate Change made a compelling presentation showing the kind of policy leadership starkly absent in the United States. Even so, the recent Climate and Health Summit, hosted by the UK Physiological Society, the nearly 150 year-old institution whose earliest members included Charles Darwin, offered a rich array of examples of what is going on in the climate and health research space. And that includes policy lessons that could and should be applied much more broadly as countries prepare their national commitments for the next UN Climate Conference (COP30) in Brazil, and health actors meet this week in Brasilia to review a draft Climate and Health Action Plan for the upcoming COP30. UK Physiological Society president Mike Tipton. “Physiology is the science of life, and there is no greater systematic threat to life across the world than climate change,” declared Mike Tipton, the society’s president. “Physiology includes the study of the body’s responses to external challenges such as heat, cold, flooding, fire, pollution, starvation and dehydration, climate-driven examples of which are sadly, all too easy to find at this time. “Physiology defines our survival…and let’s make no mistake, this subject is about survival.” From shadows to vogue Former US Climate Envoy John Kerry (center) at COP28 Health Day in Dubai in 2023. Even so, health remains in the ghetto of mainstream climate negotiations. It is not part of the formal UN climate negotiating framework. If mentioned in countries’ national-level commitments, there are usually few concrete, measurable metrics for reference. Similarly, it is ignored in most global climate financial instruments. It’s not on the priority list of investments for finance ministries, and it’s not even very high on the priority list of most health ministries that are increasingly faced with the effects of climate change, from extreme heat to flooding, drought, and nutrition challenges. The UK, along with many European nations, is finally investing heavily in climate mitigation and adaptation. But other countries, notably, the US, are backpedalling, with global climate commitments far short of what is really needed to keep average temperature rise at or below the 1.5°C threshold set out in the Paris Agreement. Most recently, Brazil, host of the upcoming UN Climate Conference, COP 30, saw its Congress pass a bill dismantling most environmental licensing requirements for new development projects. The “Devastation Bill”, as its critics call it, will allow agro-business and forestry and real estate interests to “self-license”, leading to what some have described as “the greatest legislative setback since the military dictatorship (1964-85)”. Although politicians lag behind, the science on climate change has evolved and matured. Patterns of rising heat and their impacts, have come out of the shadows of climate research to take center stage. But it remains to be seen if better estimates of the economic costs to health and productivity of global warming will lead to better policy decisions. Turning up the heat on heat Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, lead of WHO’s Climate and Health team. “When I started working on this issue about 25 years ago, scientists would hem and haw and say ‘we can’t attribute any one specific event to climate change.’ That’s all gone now,” noted Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, who heads up the World Health Organization’s (WHO) climate work. “They are now very clear when there is an extreme weather event that climate change is having an influence. “And if, when I started on this issue, most of what we were talking about was future projections, that’s not the case any more either. …Wherever you look in the world, across almost any dimension of human wellbeing, we’re already seeing negative impacts.” A 167% increase in heat-related mortality Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Climate Change and Health countdown. The impact of heat on health has particularly come into its own, driven by weather trends that no one can ignore. “We have seen a 167% increase in global heat-related mortality since the 1990s, and 2023 was a record hot year,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown on Climate Change and Health. Recently, 2023 data has been superseded by 2024, which was even hotter, she later told Health Policy Watch – and that trend is likely to continue for the next five years. “If we look at heat-related mortality, that is just the tip of the iceberg,” added Romanello. “Underneath this tip, there’s a huge iceberg that has to do with the effects of heat comorbidity. “Heat is increasingly undermining sleep quality, also deteriorating labor capacity, labor productivity, and putting workers at risk,” Romanello said. Heat is also causing the expansion of certain infectious diseases, while the increased frequency of heat waves, resulting in both droughts and flooding, are impacting food insecurity – with 151 million more people experiencing more climate-related food insecurity in 2022. Food production is also a major driver of warming trends, said Romanello: “Cumulative deforestation has led to about half a billion hectares of global tree cover since 2001. Forestry is the main source, but the second one is agriculture.” While forests remove CO2 from the atmosphere, agriculture contributes to 21% to 37% of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. The biggest single contributor to agricultural emissions is livestock. Ruminant rearing contributes to over half of agricultural GHGs, and high meat consumption is a major driver of noncommunicable diseases (NCDs). “By transitioning to healthy, planetary-compatible diets, we could save about 11.2 million lives every year through healthier diets,” Romanello said. “Excess red meat intake, disproportionately in industrialized, very high human development-index countries, is not only the main contributor to agricultural greenhouse gas emissions and deforestation, but also to 14 to 16 [premature] deaths per 100,000 population – a high rate of mortality.” Mental health risks Climate change and mental health linkages. The mental health risks of increased heat are also becoming ever more evident, with increased suicides and suicide risk during heat waves, and a higher incidence of hospitalization, said Emma Lawrence of Imperial College, who leads the Connecting Climate Minds initiative, a Wellcome-funded data hub at the intersection of climate and mental health. Neurological disorders such as dementia and schizophrenia, as well as epileptic seizures, are also more likely to be associated with heat waves, said Sanjay Sisodiya, professor of neurology at University College, London (UCL). Sanjay Sisodiya, UCL professor of neurology “I’m seeing people with complex epilepsies who, either themselves or their families, are reporting that during heat waves in particular, having more trouble; having more seizures, more intense seizures, and more lethargy and all sorts of other complications,” he said. The brain is attuned to function at a certain temperature, and when that temperature is increased, cellular functions and neurological functions become distorted, he explained. “When that happens, then different bits of the brain, of course, don’t work together in the way they were set up to do, and that can then cause secondary problems.” Medication for neurological disorders can also be compromised by extreme heat, putting those vulnerable at further risk. Effects on worker productivity Larry Kenny of Penn State University explains the correlation between heat rise and the number of people forced to survive in “unliveable zones” of the earth. New research showcased included studies that looking at what levels of heat are tolerable, as well as where and in what conditions, based on thresholds of human heat and humidity tolerance. Even for desk workers, heat safety thresholds may be lower than previously thought, said Larry Kenny of Penn State University. Temperatures higher than 34°C at 66% relative humidity cross the safety threshold for young men and women doing light desk work, with red lines even lower for outdoor workers and older and younger groups. Improved mapping of temperatures in different scenarios has found that, if temperatures rise by 3° to 4°C by 2050, up to three billion people would be in “unliveable” zones of heat and humidity for at least one week out of the year. For 1.5 billion people, for up to a month and half a million for three months, said Kenny. “With estimates in the 3° to 4°C global warming target range, we’re talking about somewhere on the order of 1.5 to almost three billion people living under those conditions for long periods,” Kenny said. Josh Foster, global non-linear effects of temperature rise on worker productivity. Global losses in worker productivity due to climate change have been underestimated significantly, added Josh Foster of King’s College, one of the lead investigators in the European Union-sponsored Heat Shield project, which has recalibrated economic losses from heat stress from the bottom up. The project involved lab-based studies on healthy volunteers in controlled “environmental chambers” to yield better estimates of reduced labor output at high temperatures – which turned out to be much more significant than previously assumed, Foster said. The new models are already being incorporated into new economic modeling about climate impacts on labor and productivity. The findings can also help inform adaptation decisions, he added. For instance, the studies found that fans can be useful as a cooling technique, but after a certain point, they can become harmful. When temperatures rose to 37°C and above, higher than the body temperature of 36.8°C, a fan is going to merely push more heat onto the body. So there are certainly some very hot conditions where we need to rethink how we keep workers safe,” Foster said. The green shaded area shows temperature and humidity levels at which fans can be beneficial, but after certain thresholds, they become harmful, explains Josh Foster. “This is not projection data. This is from 2017. This is real climate data, and not a fictitious scenario. Physiology work isn’t perfect. We completely acknowledge that it almost entirely ignores adaptation,” said Foster. “The take-home message is that physiology can play a critical role in unexpected areas, in this case, economic modelling of climate change.” ‘Co-creating’ resilience Anh Vu, ”co-creating resilience” with outdoor workers in Viet Nam. The data can also feed into advocacy by organizations such as the ACGIH, a US-based charitable science organization advancing occupational and environmental health, Foster notes. But government guidelines for workers’ heat exposure are often badly out of line with reality. In the US, some states have even moved backwards. In 2023, Texas removed rules mandating water and rest breaks for outdoor workers, a move later followed by Florida. At the same time, there are encouraging stories about field research “co-creation” that yields small, but significant solutions. In Vietnam, a group of informal outdoor workers including scrap collectors, motorbike taxi drivers, construction workers and street vendors, simply planted a tree to provide shade for them to rest under, noted Anh Vu of the UK’s National Center for Social Research. “We know that climate change and health are deeply connected in people’s everyday lives, but in policy terms, they are quite disconnected and fragmented,” she observed. “Climate policy tends to focus on infrastructure and engineering, and health policy tends to be clinical, focusing on hospitals, disease surveillance and labor policies, which tend to assume formal contracts. “But informal outdoor workers in a country like Vietnam, are falling through the cracks of all three.” Most research on heat and workers’ health takes place in the global North, with limited applications to workers in the South, where the socio-economic context is very different and regulatory frameworks are generally weaker. “These workers face chronic job insecurity. They are unprotected by labor laws, and at the same time, they are at the front lines of economic risks,” Vu observed. “They have no protection for their ears, may be wearing no shoes, and no hats in the heat.” These workers can also be fearful of strangers, which meant the research team Vu led had to make repeated field visits to build trust with them and their communities. Anh Vu shows the tree (middle right) planted by outdoor workers in Vietnam to rest under in the heat. The research team found that most workers were over the age of 40, had been working in the informal market for over a decade, and could rarely afford to seek formal health care. They also found workers adapting and innovating with simple solutions, including self-care and traditional home remedies, getting health information from social media, and creating very modest green spaces. “You see the tree here,” she said, pointing to a slide on her screen, “These outdoor workers, motorbike taxi riders, street vendors, get together and plant trees so that they can have some shared space to rest, to recover. So these are examples of vernacular innovation. They are very non-technical, but embedded and grounded.” The challenge, of course, is to translate acceptable community innovations into broader policies. But that process, she believes, must still begin from the street up. “Climate adaptation must begin where the risks are most real,” she concluded. “Informal workers are on the front line of climate risks, but they also are at the front line of innovation, and their knowledge and agency must be at the center of the adaptation thinking.” Adaptation, mitigation and painted rooftops Workers applying reflective paint to a roof in South Africa as part of the University of Cape Town-led study. Painting roofs was another simple adaptation initiative showcased at the summit, which can impact on climate mitigation, air pollution and health. The innovation is being tested in two African countries, Ghana and South Africa, by the new Wellcome-funded project, Heat Adaptation Benefits for Vulnerable groups in Africa (HABVIA), said Lara Dugas, one of the leaders of the study, from the University of Cape Town. The project is part of a Wellcome-supported consortium of heat adaptation research projects known as HeatNexus, developed following a major new strategic investment by the philanthropy into climate and health. The first stage of research at the South African site of Khayelitsha, a low-income area of Cape Town, has already showed an average 4 °C decline in indoor temperatures over the hottest part of summer days in houses whose roofs were painted with the heat-reflective paint, says Dugas. A next stage of research aims to test if the reduction in indoor temperatures translates into health gains. Reflective white paint on roofs can reduce heat by as much as 4°C. “The Wellcome Trust’s initial call was for the evaluation of existing solutions [in low-income countries],” related Dugas, “which very early on revealed that in fact, there were little to no existing solutions in these settings. “HABVIA was thus conceived to co-design and implement a low-cost, socially acceptable heat adaptation solution in two settings (urban and rural) in both Ghana (Ga’Mashie and Nkwantakese) and South Africa (Khayelitsha and Mphego).” The collaboration includes government and civil society, from Slum Dwellers International to the Ghana Metereological Agency and South African Weather services, she said. In addition, the team is collaborating with researchers in Africa, India and the South Pacific Island country of Niue, who are exploring similar solutions. Habvia team (left to right): Vida Asah-Ayeh of the University of Ghana, project coordinator Michaela Delgon of the University of Cape Town (UCT), Ritah Nakanjako from the University of Bristol, and Lara Dugas of UCT. In the next stage of research, the HABVIA team will assess the health benefits of lower temperatures, looking at parameters such as sleep behaviour, mental health, and NCD risk factors such as blood pressure and fasting blood glucose. Reflective paints are already widely available in developed countries and some developing economies although they cost more than standard paint products. In addition, there are differences in whether they can be applied to asbestos, as compared to zinc or tin roofs, which are typical of low-income countries. While labelled as adaptation, the solution can also reduce climate and air pollution emissions as households move up the energy ladder, Dugas notes. “In our research settings, there is very little access to electricity, as most of these vulnerable low-income settings do not have electricity. But certainly, yes, in settings with greater energy demands, this may have significant synergistic effects.” The team is also exploring pathways for introducing such innovations into broader policies – whether through new building regulations, subsidized production or pricing, or a combination of those. Policy is still the missing link WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at the International Court of Justice in December 2024, giving evidence of climate change’s impacts on health. But policy remains the missing link – worldwide. Despite the strong statements last week by the International Court of Justice on states’ “duty to prevent significant harm from climate change”, most countries are nowhere near their potential in clean energy investments, according to a report also released last week by UN Secretary General António Guterres. The US is missing “the greatest economic opportunity of the century” by shifting away from renewables, Guterres declared at the launch. The US Environmental Protection Agency is reportedly set to cancel its own 2009 rule that gave it scientific authority to regulate on climate issues – another example of the government’s denial that climate impacts on peoples’ environmental health are real. In mid-July, along with rescinding financial incentives for renewables, the US Department of the Interior set up a a major new regulatory hurdle for solar and wind power. It now requires tge review of all “leases, rights-of- way, construction and operations plans, grants, consultations and biological opinions” for new projects at the level of the Office of the Secretary in Washington DC, a lengthy process previously delegated to regional and field offices. This, and the loss of subsidies, is prompting international investors to cancel plans for new solar and wind production in the US at a time when the country is also loosening restrictions on new oil and gas project exploration on public lands in an effort to ramp up fossil fuel production. Meanwhile, Shell and other leading fossil fuel producers have walked away from a plan to develop a net zero emissions strategy because it would force them to cease exploitation of new oil and gas fields. The BR-319 road through the Amazon: a new law would ease the way for completing its paving and critics say it would strike an arrow into the lungs of the world. Concurrent with the UK summit, Brazil’s Senate approved an historic rollback of government rules on environmental impact assessment of new urban and rural development projects. The new law would allow high-impact industries, like agribusiness and mining, to “self-license” projects, potentially leading to increased deforestation, habitat destruction, and harm to indigenous communities. It also eases the way for the renewed construction of a major highway, BR-319, which traverses a sensitive part of the Amazon rain forest – which Brazil’s leftist President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva himself has supported. The new law comes amidst a growing political crisis between Lula and an increasingly assertive Congress, where his party has a fragile hold. Da Silva has until 1 August to veto the new law, although the Congress is likely to overturn a veto, leaving it to the Supreme Court to decide. Adaptation should no longer be a sideshow Julia King, chair of the UK government’s Adaptation Committee. Against that background, it was encouraging to see a strong UK government presence at the summit, including the UK’s Undersecretary for Climate (Minister for Climate), Kerry McCarthy, and Dame Julia King, Baroness Brown of Cambridge, a House of Lords member and chair of the Adaptation Committee of the Government’s Independent Advisory Committee on Climate Change. What they offered was not just polemics but studied, critical presentations of the statistics by leaders who seem to have a firm grasp on the evidence as well as a vision of a way forward – even if their views collided at times. “Let’s just remind ourselves of how much of a problem it is today,” said King, an engineer by training. “Half of our top grade agricultural land is already at risk of flooding… If we don’t do more, one in four properties will be at risk. “We see something on the order of 3,000 excess deaths [annually], which are heat-related. The predictions are that we will be seeing over 10,000 heat related excess deaths by mid-century, unless we take some significant action. All of the [increased] morbidity is having an increasing impact on the ability of our health system to cope with that. “We’re now starting to see more and more predictions of what kind of impact on GDP there will be,” said King, adding that robust research suggests a 7-8% reduction in GDP growth by 2050. “I think it’s probably more than COVID. This is a huge impact, and I would absolutely put money on the fact that it is an underestimate,” she added. Urgent to address heat impacts on health The summit followed publication of the UK’s 2025 State of the Climate report, which found that, within the last decade the number of days 10°C above the 1961-1990 average, have quadrupled. “We had record temperatures of 40.3°C back in 2022 but the Met Office has now said that there’s a 50-50 chance that we exceed 40°C degrees again in the next 12 years,” said King. “This is not modeling. This is empirical data that shows that, in the southeast of England, they’re already going up about 1°C per decade. So it wouldn’t be surprising if by mid-century, we were hitting temperatures from time to time of 45°C in the southeast. That’s something we really need to be prepared for.” King added that data to monitor climate change indicators, such as deaths from heat, flooding, diet, and climate-resilient health services delivery, remain sparse. “Are we seeing improvements in terms of protecting population health and the accessibility of health care delivery as the climate changes? No, not yet.,” she added. “We’re starting to see some improvements in planning. So we’ve got a health service high temperature plan. I don’t think it’s enough planning. We’re not seeing any benefits yet. We’re still seeing heat-related deaths with morbidity increasing.” Adaptation and mitigation need to be recognized as a cross-government issue, she added: “Government needs clear adaptation objectives supported by measurable targets. We absolutely need to know what the government is aiming for.” High-gain, low-risk adaptation actions; Julia King, Baroness Brown. The UK Adaptation Committee recently commissioned a major review of potential adaptation actions, efficacy, costs and benefits. A subsequent modeling exercise, still under review, has since identified some potential “very easy, quick wins” such as “ensuring that the public knows what to do when it’s hot, making sure they are prepared, they know what they need to do to keep hydrated, that kind of thing. “This is the kind of process we’re trying to go through. And then when we do our reporting, when we assess progress, we will be able to say, well, here’s the target, here’s what’s been done, and here’s the gap.” Make British Energy Great Again UK MP Kerry McCarthy, Undersecretary for Climate. Despite the gaps, it was encouraging to see how the UK Government is moving full-steam ahead on mitigation, filling a vacuum in international leadership left by the withdrawal of the US from the Paris Climate Agreement. “We don’t want to take the easy option of pretending that climate change isn’t happening or that all its effects can be mitigated. We want to act, and that’s exactly what we’re doing,” said Climate Undersecretary McCarthy at the start of the two-day event. “And it’s not just the direct impact [of heat] on our health, it’s also the indirect impacts. UK wheat production declined by over 20% last year, due to devastating rainfall.” Shortly after his election, UK Prime Minister Keir Starmer’s new Labour government established a Clean Power by 2030 action plan, with the vision of becoming a clean energy “superpower”. In May, the Great British Energy Corporation, backed by the UK’s National Wealth Fund, the Monarchy’s Crown Estate and the Scottish Government, was created by Parliament. It is turbocharging investments in offshore wind projects, solar, nuclear, carbon capture and hydrogen storage, McCarthy said. Major UK investments in offshore wind through Great British Energy. In the country that was the cradle of coal-powered industrialization a century ago, clean energy industries are now growing at three times the rate of the rest of the economy, McCarthy said: “We’ve seen £40 billion of investment into clean energy announced since last July.” The decarbonisation effort extends across all economic sectors, from transport and urban settings to rural environments, agriculture and buildings – including a £13.2 billion investment to retrofit the country’s ageing housing stock to better protect people from extremes of heat and cold. Investing £13.2 billion in the UK’s housing. Internationally, the UK is stepping into some of the leadership gap left by the US retreat from clean energy. At last year’s COP29 in Azerbaijan, for instance, Starmer announced an ambitious goal of reducing domestic climate emissions by 81% by 2035. “That was very much a signal that we wanted to lead those international efforts,” said McCarthy. “We set up a global clean power alliance. We’ve signed new climate agreements with India and China. Its obviously, incredibly important to bring them on board. We’re championing UK investors to invest in emerging and developing economies.” Follow the money The Azerbaijan Presidency of COP29 hailed a breakthrough in recruiting more global finance – but will it materialize? The government is working on making good on past COP commitments, such as the Powering Past Coal Alliance, which it co-chairs with Canada; the Forest and Climate Leaders Partnership and the Climate and Clean Air Coalition, which is addressing super pollutants, like methane and black carbon, and clean cooking. At COP29, developed countries committed to providing at least $300 billion annually by 2035 to support developing countries in mitigating and adapting to climate change. The commitment tripled the previous goal of $100 billion per year – but even that goal was never met. Additionally, the “Baku Finance Goal” aimed to raise $1.3 trillion per year by 2035 from public and private sources, to tackle climate change effectively, noted McCarthy, pledging that the UK would be doing its part to advance those commitments. She sees the core funding as supporting adaptation in LMICs, but adds that, “the outer core of funding will be more on the mitigation side, because if you’re decarbonizing industry, setting up a clean alternative, there’s a need to make the return easier to get the private sector to invest in that.” Powering past coal with a ‘message of hope’ At the Future Fabrics Expo at London Climate Action Week, Lakshmi Poti, head of fashion at Laudes Foundation, talks about sustainable fashion supply chains. At last month’s London Climate Action Week, the UK government also unveiled a new initiative to develop high integrity carbon markets. “There’s been a lot of concerns about greenwashing. But we think that if we can establish high integrity markets, we can channel huge amounts of finance to them, .. and because of our role as a leading financial centre, we can be at the forefront of financial innovation,” McCarthy said. Along with the all-important financial and tech sectors, new initiatives in fashion, sports and the creative industries were showcased at the recent London Climate Action Week events. “We want a science-led approach to the crisis,” McCarthy added. “We believe that the government has a duty to be honest with people about the scale of the crisis… but we also want to deliver a message of hope – because that’s the only way we will be able to bring people with us to deliver the change we need.” Dearth of renewables investments in least developed countries The UK is not the only leading player amongst developed countries. The European Union has set a target of reducing its net emissions by 55% by 2030, with a proposed 90% reduction by 2040, attaining net zero emissions by 2050. Last Thursday (24 July), the EU and China also signed a precedent-setting agreement to drive a “global just transition” on climate change. While it didn’t introduce any new commitments, it has been welcomed as a “timely stabilising signal” by groups such as 350.org in the turbulent landscape of US retreat. Fiona Walker (moderator); Sean Maguire of the Clean Air Fund, Sophia Lenzos (UK-NIHCR), and Alan Dangour of Wellcome. Marcin Golec of the European Investment Bank is on the screen behind the panel. But no significant climate and clean air investments have been made in the least developed economies, which are too indebted already to invest domestically and viewed as too high-risk for international investors, Sean Maguire of the Clean Air Fund told the simmit. By2024, only 1% of overseas development aid (ODA) has been invested in air quality projects, which reduce the global burden of seven million air pollution-related deaths annually and cut climate emissions, slowing global warming. “We do an annual report on levels of investments in air quality projects, and the numbers are pretty dismal,” Maguire said. “Roughly 1% of all ODA is spent on investments in air quality. It’s 6% when you add in projects that have air quality co-benefits. Investments in fossil fuel development as compared to projects that improve air quality over the past four years. “We spend a lot of time and energy lobbying multilateral development agencies to increase that amount. There are some signs of them beginning to shift. But obviously you’ve got the countervailing cuts [in aid] that’s going on in the bilateral development space.” Money “tends to flow to middle income countries that can afford to take on more debt and have capability and capacity to take on loans,” he added. “And a lot of this is coming in the form of lending rather than grants. “I do worry that, particularly in Africa, where you’re seeing mega cities developing, rising levels of air pollution and chronic levels of state indebtedness, that model of lending for improvement is just not going to work.” Since the beginning of the year, the Green Climate Fund (GCF), has only approved six renewable energy projects including Africa, over the past five years. Only five specifically African renewable energy projects had been approved since 2019, a Health Policy Watch assessment last year revealed. The Green Climate Fund has approved or implemented only six renewable energy projects that include Africa over the past five years. This month, a new GCF investment was made into the revised Global Green Bond platform, investing €200 million in equity funding to support the development of low-carbon energy systems for electricity production and stimulate reduced emissions for transport and other development areas. Along with Brazil and Bangladesh, eight African countries are part of this new 10-nation initiative – Angola, Cameroon, Côte d’Ivoire, Egypt, Kenya, Namibia, Senegal and Uganda. Air pollution deaths projected to grow – but mitigation returns are large Unless and until major new investments in clean energy are made, exposure to air pollution that already kills some seven million people a year, will only get worse, Maguire pointed out. “The World Bank predicts a 21% increase in the number of people who will be breathing air with pollutants (of PM 2.5) worse than 25 micrograms per cubic meter (µg/m³) in the next 15 years. So if it’s bad already, it can get a lot worse. “We are going to have a much worse pollution crisis in many African cities and countries in the years to come,” added Maguire, referring to a World Bank report, which also showed that increasing investments in clean air strategies from $8.5 billion to nearly $14 billion annually could also halve the number of people exposed to excessive PM2.5 by 204o. Global map of national population-weighted annual average PM2.5 concentrations in 2020. Without more action, those exposed to PM 2.5 levels of 25 µg/m³ could increase by 21%. “So not only do we need to invest for a return, we need to invest to avert a worse crisis,” Maquire said. “But if economies plan rationally, they would see the returns on clean air investments are very large,” Maguire underlined. “The World Bank recently said an investment in clean air in cities like Delhi would give you a two to 3.5 times, rate of return. “And in the same report, they said that there’s $2 trillion worth of economic gains to be had by 2040 if we managed to get the amount of air pollution halved. So the message is simple and clear: invest in clean air. It makes sense for health. It makes sense for the planet. It’s a fabulous rate of return.” Putting health at the center of climate negotiations: Belém and beyond? There is no health negotiating track in the UN climate framework, and health is not even among the 19 topics mentioned on the UNFCCC website. One way to unlock more investments in renewable energy and other projects that yield health co-benefits, would be to establish health as a formal parameter of climate negotiations and commitments. So far it is not. COP’s formal negotiation tracks include mitigation, adaptation, finance, technology, capacity building. Other issues, such a loss and damage; just transition, indigenous peoples, youth, agriculture and oceans have also played prominent roles in recent years. On the official UNFCC website, amongst the 19 topics mentioned, health does not even have its own section. While health has played a more prominent role in adaptation talks, it is still a minor feature in mitigation agendas, with little or no technical attention to health co-benefits of certain actions. Quantifiable health co-benefits of mitigation actions still don’t play a significant role as a quantifiable metric for prioritizing mitigation actions or reporting on outcomes. This means that health impacts or outcomes from climate actions remains outliers in Nationally Determined Commitments by countries, and consequently as investment priorities. As a result, in COP outcome documents, health is typically only mentioned in passing. While CO 28 in Dubai featured a glitzy, first-ever official Health Day, including figures like Bill Gates and then-US Climate Envoy John Kerry, the health declaration adopted at the conference made no mention of fossil fuel’s health harms. The following year, even the hoopla was missing at COP29 in Azerbaijan, where a handful of officials and online ministers addressed an audience of a few dozen people. Health Day at COP 29 in Azerbaijan – a room with a few dozen people, in comparison to the hoopla at COP28 in Dubai. Oil-producing states led by Saudi Arabia, held up the closure of the World Health Assembly in May for hours in an effort to scuttle a vote on a new WHO Climate Change and Health Action Plan, which didn’t even mention the word fossil fuels as a driver of climate and health impacts. Can Brazil lead at COP30, while it rolls back environmental measures? President of Brazil Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva (centre), Minister of Health Nísia Trindade (right) and WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (left) at the G20 Leaders’ Summit, November 2024. Brazil has promised to make health a more prominent part of its COP30 agenda in Belém (10-21 November). A pre-COP Global Conference on Climate and Health, begins tomorrow (29-31 July) in Brasilia, hosted by the Brazilian government and co-sponsored by WHO via its regional office, the Pan American Health Organization (PAHO). The Brasilia conference is supposed to review and revise a draft Belém Health Action Plan, set to be adopted at the November COP. The plan’s main focus remains adaptation, and particularly adaptation of health systems to climate change – a critical area of work but hardly the only one. The plan also does call for more “intersectoral policies that maximize health and climate co-benefits,” including “actions that reduce air pollution, prevent fires and dust storms, ensure access to healthy and sustainable diets, water availability, promote quality public transport, [and] climate-resilient housing,” But as in the previous rounds of climate talks, COP28 and COP29, fossil fuels, are entirely missing from the draft health text with only one reference to “renewable energy”. Brazil, itself is facing a crisis over development policies in the Amazon and elsewhere, leaving question marks about how firmly it can lead other partners in bold action. Health is part of the COP ‘circus’ but not the inner chamber Health is part of the COP ‘circus’, but not the inner chamber of negotiations, critics say. Portrayed here: WHO’s Pavilion at COP27 in Sharm el-Sheikh addressed by WHO’s Director of Climate, Environment and Health, Dr Maria Neria. In global climate negotiations, health still remains a sideshow, admitted Alan Dangour, head of Wellcome’s new strategic focus on Climate and Health, in the closing session of the London Summit. “For those of you who have not been to a COP, basically, there’s a circus with entertainment, and then in the middle, there’s a room where the negotiations happen,” said Dangour. “The Health Day was part of the circus,” he added, referring to the first big health event at COP28. “We got the [COP] President speaking, we got all sorts of people to speak, and we were very pleased with ourselves, and the community was very pleased with itself that we had managed to achieve that, but we achieved absolutely zero in that little [negotiating] room. “Since COP28, our entire focus has been on the negotiating group and we now support the African group of negotiators to make sure that health evidence is part of what they negotiate. “That was a very big learning for us. We needed the health base so that health was prominent, and then we needed to invest separately in the negotiating rooms and who says what, when, where in those rooms. And that’s now our clear focus: on how to influence what happens.” Image Credits: Yoda Adaman/ Unsplash, Flickr/Russi Allison Loar , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Imperial College-Connecting Climate Minds , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watcy, HABVIA , HABVIA , Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, Great British Energy , @WeDontHaveTime, Clean Air Fund, Green Climate Fund , UNFCCC.int , PAHO/WHO/Karina Zambrana, Megha Kaveri/HPW. Smoke Signals from the Plastics Treaty: Why Geneva Negotiations Can’t Ignore Health Governance 25/07/2025 Deborah Sy Cigarette filters, made from a plastic called cellulose acetate, are world’s most littered plastic item. As negotiators prepare to meet in Geneva, 5-14 August in yet another attempt to finalize the United Nations Global Plastics Treaty addressing a pollution crisis affecting oceans and ecosystems worldwide – a critical linkage between health and environment governance seems to be largely missing from the draft text. After nearly three years of negotiations, the world may be on the verge of finalizing its first legally-binding global instrument to tackle plastic pollution – providing that treaty negotiators overcome massive pressures from the fossil fuel industry to further stall an agreement or weaken provisions aiming to limit plastics production. But as negotiators prepare for the resumed fifth session (INC-5.2), another fundamental flaw threatens the future treaty’s health objectives: the failure to integrate environmental and health governance. This is particularly apparent with regards to cigarette filters – the world’s most littered plastic item – although it extends to cross-sector cooperation on other issues regarding the health harms of other plastics as well. The current draft text makes with only one reference to ‘plastic’ cigarette filters (in draft Annex X) and makes no reference at all to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control – which could, in fact, be an important nexus for health-environment cooperation on the treaty – once it is approved. The treatment of cigarette filters – largely made of a plastic called cellulose acetate – sends smoke signals about more systematic problems with the treaty text in terms of its approach to environment and health. Health rhetoric vs reality gap Cigarette filters are the world’s most prevalent forms of plastic litter, marring beaches and from there, infiltrating to oceans and fresh water ways. The Chair’s text, the working document guiding final negotiations, acknowledges health extensively in its rhetoric, although much of it remains in brackets, indicating areas where countries have not yet reached agreement. The preamble recognizes plastic pollution as “a serious environmental and human health problem,” while the treaty’s stated objective is “to protect human health and the environment from plastic pollution.” But while the preamble recognizes mutual support with “other international agreements in the field of the environment,” it limits that framework to environmental treaties. Any reference to health instruments, including the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC), which has been ratified by 183 countries, are absent from this structure. Draft Plastics Treaty negotiating text – much of language on health remains in brackets. The Chair’s preambular text affirms that the plastics treaty will “not affect… existing treaty obligations,” but this is a non-binding statement that merely avoids direct legal contradictions without promoting substantive policy coherence. In practice, it enables siloed implementation, weakens the ability of health ministries to regulate tobacco product components, and gives the tobacco industry new opportunities to exploit regulatory gaps through the environment ministries. Most tellingly, a standalone health article remains uncertain, reduced to scattered references or a placeholder “pending informal drafting work.” Despite the draft’s stated health objectives, the institutional bridge to health governance is still missing. The ‘safe alternatives’ problem This gap matters because “safe substitutes,” “safe alternatives,” or “safe recycling” are at the heart of solutions throughout the draft treaty. But how can environmental authorities evaluate safety and health impacts without connecting to international or national health standards? The tobacco industry is already exploiting this governance gap by promoting “eco-filters” and “biodegradable” alternatives to plastic cigarette filters. While these products may appear to address plastic pollution, they remain harmful to both health and the environment. Worse, they risk misleading consumers and this kind of product feature substitution is typically assessed by health authorities, not environmental ministries, which may lack the mandate or expertise to evaluate such claims. The cigarette filter test case Cigarette filters are the most littered plastic in the world. Used cigarette filters represent the world’s most littered plastic item, with trillions discarded annually. Each cigarette butt contains toxic lead, cadmium, phthalates, and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons that leach into waterways. A single cigarette butt can contaminate 1,000 liters of water, causing $26 billion in annual marine ecosystem damage. The FCTC provides clear guidance on these filters: Parties should prohibit ingredients in tobacco products that may create the impression that they have a health benefit. The WHO study group’s recommendations early this year included that filters should be banned to reduce the palatability and appeal of cigarettes. This would remove consumer misconceptions that filters reduce health harms, and it would also reduce a major source of toxic tobacco waste, including the microplastics deposited by cellulose acetate in filters. Annex X: plastics items recommended for limitations, but not ban or phaseout. Annex Y: proposed ban or phaseout list. Yet the draft plastics treaty only lists “cigarette filters made with plastic” in a priority list for mandatory or voluntary restriction or banning (Annex X), rather than on the ban or phaseout list (Annex Y). The “made with plastic” language for cigarette filters also creates a dangerous loophole that permits biofilters/ eco-filters, contradicting established health guidance. In contrast, Annex Y, the ban/ phase out list, itemizes toys and food containers containing lead, cadmium, and phthalates – the same toxicants found in cigarette filters. Broader governance architecture problem The cigarette filter case reveals systemic weaknesses in the treaty draft’s language around health. Article 2.2 of the FCTC requires Parties to ensure that subsequent international agreements should be compatible with FCTC obligations. However, the negotiating states have yet to provide a mechanism for ensuring this compatibility. When environmental ministries approve product redesigns without health authority input, both agendas suffer. When industries exploit policy gaps to rehabilitate their image while maintaining harmful products, both environmental integrity and health objectives are compromised. Extended Producer Responsibility schemes promoted throughout the draft treaty could also legitimize tobacco industry participation in environmental policy and its greenwashing, directly contradicting FCTC Article 5.3’s requirement to “protect tobacco-related environment policies” from industry interference. The problem extends far beyond tobacco. Plastic substitution decisions made in isolation from health expertise risk creating new health hazards while solving environmental concerns—essentially trading one set of risks for another. Environmental authorities may inadvertently approve alternatives that address plastic pollution while creating health risks. Infrastructure already exists Plastics health impacts in brief. The solution isn’t to build new health systems from scratch, as many countries already have relevant capacity, and global infrastructure exists, including for chemical safety, food standards, and medical devices. For tobacco, global networks like TobLabNet and TobReg provide evidence-based guidance. The real challenge is not global coordination, but national-level inter-agency cooperation. The future plastics treaty can help by explicitly obligating this, ensuring health and environment agencies work together. Without giving due regard to existing health treaties, such coordination will inevitably run up against the different standards these agencies follow on industry engagement. No credible health authority engages with the tobacco industry, which is prohibited globally under the WHO’s Framework of Engagement with Non-State Actors (FENSA) and nationally through Article 5.3 of the FCTC, which covers over 90% of the world’s population. The commitment to binding norms on conflict of interest in the FCTC is essential. It creates space for the broader safeguards called for by civil society, scientists, and the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR). Failing to respect existing obligations—especially in the clearest and extreme case of tobacco— effectively precludes any meaningful prevention of conflicts of interest. Integration not isolation The solution lies in strengthening the draft’s health foundation by explicitly recognizing existing health agreements, including the WHO’s FCTC, which was already referenced in previous drafts to promote “cooperation, coordination, and complementarity.” A global coalition focusing on this issue recommends a simple safeguard clause – “Measures taken under this instrument shall be without prejudice to, and aligned with, existing international public health treaties and obligations, (including the WHO FCTC)” – would help prevent regulatory conflicts while provide supportive infrastructures to bolster the authority of environmental ministries to implement the future treaty. For cigarette filters, the recommendation is to eliminate material qualifiers “made of plastic” and move filters to a list for immediate bans. More broadly, the future instrument needs formal mechanisms for health expertise integration—not transferring authority from the environment to health ministries, but creating coordination mechanisms ensuring both objectives are met. The Geneva opportunity The Global Plastics Treaty could model integrated governance for 21st-century planetary health challenges, or represent another missed opportunity for coherent global health governance. Tobacco control shows how weak coordination between health and environmental sectors can backfire. When environmental agencies promote so-called “eco-filters” without health input, they risk legitimizing harmful products. But the reverse is also true. During COVID-19, health-led responses drove a surge in plastic consumption, worsening pollution. Both cases expose the same flaw: without coordination, one sector’s solution can become another’s crisis. The Plastics Treaty offers a rare chance to correct this. The infrastructure exists. The evidence is clear. What’s missing is the political will to connect them through binding legal frameworks. Geneva may be the last, best opportunity, not only to curb plastic pollution, but to safeguard the future of global health governance. Integrating international health agreements into the treaty does more than align with existing obligations. It helps define the treaty’s direction and lays the foundation for a strong, legally binding instrument with robust regulatory measures and comprehensive protections for people and the planet. Deborah Sy is head of Strategy and Global Public Policy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control (GGTC) at Thammasat University in Thailand, the convener of Global Youth Voices and the Stop Tobacco Pollution Alliance (STPA). She is the founder and senior advisor of Health Justice Philippines, an observer to the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations. Image Credits: Dennis Skley, University of Bath , UNEP , Chairs Text, draft UN Plastics Treaty, December 2024, Chairs Text, UN Plastics Treaty, Draft 2024, Ciel.org. US Drafts Plan to Change PEPFAR’s Focus From HIV to Diseases that Could Threaten Americans 24/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan A woman with HIV takes her antiretrovial (ARV) medicine. Until earlier this year, over 20 million people with HIV received ARVs funded by PEPFAR. US State Department officials are developing a plan to transform the President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) from an entity that tackles HIV to one that is broadly focused on protecting and promoting American interests. This is according to a report in the New York Times on Thursday, based on leaked planning documents that map out their vision for PEPFAR’s transition in in the next few years. “It would be replaced by ‘bilateral relationships’ with low-income countries focused on the detection of outbreaks that could threaten the United States and the creation of new markets for American drugs and technologies,” the newspaper reports. This is in keeping with the focus of the Trump administration’s first meeting with African health leaders after the US paused all foreign aid for 90 days in January. During the meeting between leaders of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and their counterparts in Africa CDC in March, the US officials indicated that they were interested in African business opportunities for American companies. Africa CDC official Dr Ngashi Ngongo told journalists after the meeting that the Trump administration “would like to see health more as a business, rather than something that functions on grants,” and is interested in “exploring how can we go into a partnership that translates into health as a business”. Aggressive transition planning Dr Jirair Ratevosian, a global health expert at Duke and previous PEPFAR chief of staff, said that the Trump administration has “made it very clear that they want to carry on with aggressive transition planning” for PEPFAR. “Transition planning is not a bad idea, but it must be done right, with timetables, developing indicators, matching government buy-in, getting community input etc,” Ratevosian said. While he has not seen the documents referred to by the New York Times, Ratevosian is concerned that the transition plan is being written in Washington rather than in and with the African countries most affected by PEPFAR’s transition. “There needs to be realistic timetables, careful planning and resources to successfully make the transition of HIV programming [from PEPFAR] to national control,” said Ratevosian. “Congress has made clear it rejects the administration’s rushed approach to PEPFAR’s transition, signalling bipartisan concern about protecting the program’s legacy and impact.” He added that the US State Department should also develop plans for US companies to sell their antiretroviral drugs to African countries, the largest market for these products. Brief defunding reprieve Luyengo Clinic in Eswatini. PEPFAR funded 80% of the clinic’s cost, and the HIV treatment of 3,000 people is in jeopardy. Last week, there was a brief moment of hope for PEPFAR recipients after the US Senate agreed to exempt the programme from a planned $400 million reduction, which had been included in a $9.4 billion rescission package put forward by President Donald Trump. The rescission package seeks to claw back federal funds from various programs, including approximately $900 million in global health allocations. Disruptions to US aid for global health including for PEPFAR programmes, have placed millions of lives at risk, particularly in countries heavily dependent on US-supported HIV infrastructure. Carolyn Amole, Clinton Health Access Initiative vice-president for HIV, hepatitis and TB, said PEPFAR’s funding cuts had disrupted commodities procurement, essential systems such as human resources, supply chains, and data infrastructure. Millions more AIDS deaths, infections projected An additional six million new HIV infections and four million AIDS-related deaths could occur between 2025 and 2029 if US-supported HIV treatment and prevention services collapse, according to UNAIDS. “This is not just a funding gap. It’s a ticking time bomb,” said UNAIDS Executive Director Winnie Byanyima at the launch of the organisation’s 2025 global AIDS update earlier this month. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” “Key populations” refer to people most vulnerable to HIV infection, including sex workers, men to have sex with men, people who inject drugs and young women. Some of the immediate effects of the US withdrawal of funds since Donald Trump assumed the presidency in January include the closure of health facilities, healthworker job losses, and disrupted treatment, testing and prevention services. Image Credits: The Global Fund/ Saiba Sehmi, UNAIDS. ‘Mass Starvation in Gaza’, WHO Concurs With Aid Agencies 23/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Six-month-old Salam is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza City. “There is mass starvation in Gaza,” World Health Organization (WHO) Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus asserted on Wednesday, aligning with a statement by 110 aid organisations released earlier that day. “A large proportion of the population of Gaza is starving. I don’t know what you would call it other than mass starvation, and it’s man-made,” Tedros told a media briefing on Wednesday, referring to aid blockage since the controversial private organisation, the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF) assumed control over aid distribution. “Rates of acute malnutrition exceed 10%, and over 20% of pregnant and breastfeeding women that have been screened are malnourished, often severely,” said Tedros. “The hunger crisis is being accelerated by the collapse of aid pipelines and restrictions on access [with] 95% of households in Gaza facing severe water shortages.” In their statement, the aid organisations including Medecins sans Frontieres (MSF), CARE, Christian Aid, Save the Children and Oxfam, urged governments to ensure that Israel ends “the siege of Gaza” and allows “the full flow of food, clean water, medical supplies, shelter items, and fuel through a principled, UN-led mechanism”. For the past two months, aid has not been channelled through UN agencies but rather via the GHF, which is supported by the governments of Israel and the United States. Since the GHF assumed control over aid distribution on 27 May, over 1,000 people have been killed by Israeli forces while trying to get food at the GHF distribution centres, according to the United Nations human rights office on Tuesday. “Doctors report record rates of acute malnutrition, especially among children and older people,” according to the aid organisations. “Illnesses like acute watery diarrhoea are spreading, markets are empty, waste is piling up, and adults are collapsing on the streets from hunger and dehydration. Distributions in Gaza average just 28 trucks a day, far from enough for over two million people, many of whom have gone weeks without assistance.” ‘Tip of the iceberg’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses a media briefing on Wednesday. “I don’t know why we’re even splitting hairs,” said Tedros, in reference to debate about whether Gazans were starving. “Not only were 1,026 people killed while trying to feed themselves or find food for their family, but thousands were also wounded.” “We demand that there is full access [for humanitarian aid], and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages, as we have always said,” Tedros concluded. On Monday, the UN World Food Programme (WFP) said that a quarter of Gaza’s population faces famine-like conditions. Dr Rik Peeperkorn, WHO representative for Palestine, said that malnutrition in Gaza had been negligible before Israel attacked Gaza in retaliation for Hamas’s attack on Israel on 7 October 2023. The malnutrition rate in children under the age of five was 0.6% then, while it did not exist in pregnant women or the elderly. But this year, around 30,000 children are reported to be malnourished and 21 have died of hunger, said Peeperkorn, describing these statistics as “the tip of the iceberg”. “In July alone, 5,100 children have been admitted to the malnutrition programme, including 880 children with severe malnutrition,” said Peeperkorn. Several hospitals in the territory do not have the staff or supplies to function and have become malnutrition treatment centres, but two months ago, they lacked nutritional supplements for patients, he said. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city (July 2025) Aid staff also face starvation. Peeperkorn added that UN staff members were facing the same conditions of lack of water and food, and there was widespread “absolute lethargy” in Gaza as people lacked the energy to do basic tasks. The aid organisations similarly reported that their staff are hungry and don’t have access to clean water. “Aid workers are now joining the same food lines, risking being shot just to feed their families. With supplies now totally depleted, humanitarian organisations are witnessing their own colleagues and partners waste away before their eyes,” they said. “Doctors, nurses, journalists, humanitarians, among them UNRWA staff, are hungry… fainting due to hunger and exhaustion while performing their duties,” Juliette Touma, director of communications for the UN agency for Palestine refugees (UNRWA), said in a media statement on Tuesday. Touma described “the so-called GHF distribution scheme” as “a sadistic death-trap”, adding that “snipers open fire randomly on crowds as if they’re given a license to kill”. She also told of massive food prices, recounting that a colleague paid almost $200 for a bag of lentils and some flour, after walking for hours to buy it. The GHF claimed on Monday that, “Since launching operations on May 27, we’ve distributed nearly 85 million meals via more than 1.4 million boxes—directly to the people of Gaza”. However, Israeli media outlet Haaretz said that GHF should have distributed several times this amount to ensure sufficient food. “If roughly 2.1 million people live in the Gaza Strip today, it’s preferable for them to eat three meals a day, and GHF had been in operation for 56 days as of Monday, how many meals should it have distributed? A simple calculation produces the answer – 353 million,” reported the news outlet. The GHF has also been criticised for distributing dry food when people are unable to cook, setting up too few food distribution centres and locating them in isolated areas, forcing thousands of people to walk long distances while exposed to IDF attacks and stampedes. Over 90% of Gaza is under Israeli evacuation orders, and nowhere is safe for residents. Earlier this week, the GHF offered to distribute the UN’s aid but the UN responded on Wednesday, saying that it would not work with any groups that put civilians’ lives in danger. WHO staff detention and warehouse destruction WHO warehouse in Deir al Balah lies in ruins after it it was attacked by Israeli military forces on Sunday and Monday. Meanwhile, one WHO staff member remains in Israeli detention following an Israeli Defence Force attack on the WHO’s staff residence and its biggest warehouse in Deir al Balah. Declining to name the staff member, Tedros said he had written to Israel’s Foreign Minister to demand his release and would take this up “at the highest level” if he remained in custody. The IDF attack on the warehouse caused severe damage, destroying “a substantial amount of medical supplies in all areas: trauma, antibiotics and anaesthesia”, said Peeperkorn. However, while this was a setback for the global organisation, it had identified other potential premises and would continue to support health facilities in Gaza, he added. “We demand that there is full access, and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages,” said Tedros. Tougher EU stance against Israel? The European Union (EU) seems to be toughening its stance against Israel in the face of the growing outcry over the starvation of the population. On Tuesday, the EU High Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy Kaja Kallas posted on X that “all options remain on the table if Israel doesn’t deliver on its pledges” to increase the number of aid trucks, crossing points and routes to distribution points. “The killing of civilians seeking aid in Gaza is indefensible. I spoke again with [Israeli Minister of Foreign Affairs Gideon Saar] to recall our understanding on aid flow and made clear that IDF must stop killing people at distribution points,” said Kallas. Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable. The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long.… https://t.co/VhaKxUXka0 — Ursula von der Leyen (@vonderleyen) July 22, 2025 EU Commission President Ursula von der Leyen also posted on X on Tuesday, declaring that “Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable.” Von der Leyen added: “The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long. It must stop now. Israel must deliver on its pledges.” Image Credits: UNRWA. States Have a Duty to Prevent Significant Harm from Climate Change, ICJ Rules 23/07/2025 Disha Shetty The International Court of Justice (ICJ) headquarters in The Hague, The Netherlands The International Court of Justice (ICJ) ruled on Wednesday that states have a duty to prevent significant harm to the environment from climate change in a landmark advisory opinion. The court also ruled that the states have a duty to cooperate internationally and called on them to set national climate targets that are of the “highest possible ambition.” “The court concludes that the duty of states to prevent significant environmental harm applies in the context of climate change, and that this duty forms part of the most directly relevant applicable law concerning the duty to cooperate,” said ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, who read out the advisory. The court addressed the issue of human rights and said they cannot be enjoyed without environmental protection. It has asked countries to bear in mind the Paris Agreement target to limit global warming to 1.5° C. READ HERE: The summary of the #ICJ Advisory Opinion on the Obligations of States in respect of Climate Change. https://t.co/7TWc7ifwfX pic.twitter.com/vVxxwpZpbX — CIJ_ICJ (@CIJ_ICJ) July 23, 2025 The ICJ’s ruling comes in response to a United Nations (UN) General Assembly resolution led by the small island nation of Vanuatu in the Pacific Ocean, which sought ICJ’s advisory opinion on the obligations of states on climate change, and the legal consequences of these. This is the first opinion on climate change by the ICJ, and it is seen as a landmark in international law as all UN members are automatic signatories of the ICJ. The ICJ, UN’s principal judicial organ of the UN, has a twofold role: to settle disputes between states and to give advisory opinions on legal questions. Climate crisis is a health crisis WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus speaking at the ICJ in December 2024. While the ICJ did not explicitly refer to health, Iwasawa made it clear that countries have to ensure that their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) or the climate targets they set for themselves are ambitious. “This means that each party has to do its utmost to ensure that the NDCs it puts forward represent its highest possible ambition,” Iwasawa said. While few countries have included health targets in their NDCs, there is an increasing global push to do so. The ICJ took the testimonials of a range of stakeholders into account in the run-up to the verdict. In 2024, World Health Organization’s Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus spoke at the ICJ giving his testimonial on how the climate crisis is a health crisis. In his testimonial, Tedros highlighted how climate change’s health impacts disproportionately affect small island nations like Tuvalu, also in the Pacific Ocean. “Climate change and extreme weather are wreaking havoc on humans and their health, disrupting societies, economies and development,” Tedros said. “Without immediate action, climate-related increases in disease prevalence, destruction of health infrastructure and growing societal burdens could overwhelm already overburdened health systems around the world,” he added. ICJ opens the door for reparations ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, Japan, delivering the advisory opinion Iwasawa, while acknowledging that the effect of climate change is “severe and far-reaching,” noted that the ICJ was not asked to rule specifically on the issue of compensation or climate damages. “The court considers that it has been requested to address legal consequences in a general manner, and that it is not called upon to identify the legal responsibility of any particular state or group of states,” he said. He added that any such request must be looked at on a case by case basis. “Concerning the duty to make reparation, the appropriate nature and quantum of reparations cannot be assessed in the abstract, and depends on the circumstances of a particular case,” he said. Reparations could take the form of ecological restoration or reconstruction of damaged infrastructure, the ICJ suggested. Climate-related drought in the Horn of Africa has impacted approximately 4.5 million Somalis, and around 700,000 individuals have been forced to leave their homes. “From deadly heat and toxic air to disease and displacement, the Court’s message is clear – human health is not collateral damage,” said Dr Jeni Miller, executive director at the Global Climate and Health Alliance. “Health workers and advocates now have powerful legal backing to demand bold, science-based climate action rooted in justice, including a just transition away from fossil fuels, for health and the duty to protect life across all ages and borders,” she added. Harjeet Singh, climate activist and founding director of Satat Sampada Climate Foundation, described the ruling as offering the potential for “a historic level of protection” for communities on the frontlines of climate change. “It means the suffering, the loss of homes and livelihoods, and the terrifying storms and rising seas that have become our reality can now be met with demands for justice, restitution, and repair. The message is clear: the polluters must pay,” said Singh. The ICJ advisory comes at a time when the US government is planning to repeal the scientific finding that established greenhouse gases endanger human life by pushing up global temperatures. This finding, established in 2009, gives governments the ability to push for climate action. However, the Trump administration is on its way to repeal the finding, which now means the US will be at odds with ICJ’s latest advisory. “Cooperation between states is the very foundation of meaningful international efforts with respect to climate change,” Iwasawa said. Image Credits: ICJ, Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, UN Photo/ICJ-CIJ/Frank van Beek. Courtesy of the ICJ., UN-Water/Twitter . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
The Accelerating Health Impacts of Heat: UK Climate and Health Summit Highlights Trends Ahead of COP30 28/07/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The aftermath of Southern California’s Altadena fire, which raged for three weeks in January 2025, is only one recent example of the burgeoning damage wreaked by global warming, drought and extreme weather. LONDON – Summit it was not as there were no heads of state or even Bill Gates, although the UK’s Minister for Climate Change made a compelling presentation showing the kind of policy leadership starkly absent in the United States. Even so, the recent Climate and Health Summit, hosted by the UK Physiological Society, the nearly 150 year-old institution whose earliest members included Charles Darwin, offered a rich array of examples of what is going on in the climate and health research space. And that includes policy lessons that could and should be applied much more broadly as countries prepare their national commitments for the next UN Climate Conference (COP30) in Brazil, and health actors meet this week in Brasilia to review a draft Climate and Health Action Plan for the upcoming COP30. UK Physiological Society president Mike Tipton. “Physiology is the science of life, and there is no greater systematic threat to life across the world than climate change,” declared Mike Tipton, the society’s president. “Physiology includes the study of the body’s responses to external challenges such as heat, cold, flooding, fire, pollution, starvation and dehydration, climate-driven examples of which are sadly, all too easy to find at this time. “Physiology defines our survival…and let’s make no mistake, this subject is about survival.” From shadows to vogue Former US Climate Envoy John Kerry (center) at COP28 Health Day in Dubai in 2023. Even so, health remains in the ghetto of mainstream climate negotiations. It is not part of the formal UN climate negotiating framework. If mentioned in countries’ national-level commitments, there are usually few concrete, measurable metrics for reference. Similarly, it is ignored in most global climate financial instruments. It’s not on the priority list of investments for finance ministries, and it’s not even very high on the priority list of most health ministries that are increasingly faced with the effects of climate change, from extreme heat to flooding, drought, and nutrition challenges. The UK, along with many European nations, is finally investing heavily in climate mitigation and adaptation. But other countries, notably, the US, are backpedalling, with global climate commitments far short of what is really needed to keep average temperature rise at or below the 1.5°C threshold set out in the Paris Agreement. Most recently, Brazil, host of the upcoming UN Climate Conference, COP 30, saw its Congress pass a bill dismantling most environmental licensing requirements for new development projects. The “Devastation Bill”, as its critics call it, will allow agro-business and forestry and real estate interests to “self-license”, leading to what some have described as “the greatest legislative setback since the military dictatorship (1964-85)”. Although politicians lag behind, the science on climate change has evolved and matured. Patterns of rising heat and their impacts, have come out of the shadows of climate research to take center stage. But it remains to be seen if better estimates of the economic costs to health and productivity of global warming will lead to better policy decisions. Turning up the heat on heat Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, lead of WHO’s Climate and Health team. “When I started working on this issue about 25 years ago, scientists would hem and haw and say ‘we can’t attribute any one specific event to climate change.’ That’s all gone now,” noted Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum, who heads up the World Health Organization’s (WHO) climate work. “They are now very clear when there is an extreme weather event that climate change is having an influence. “And if, when I started on this issue, most of what we were talking about was future projections, that’s not the case any more either. …Wherever you look in the world, across almost any dimension of human wellbeing, we’re already seeing negative impacts.” A 167% increase in heat-related mortality Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Climate Change and Health countdown. The impact of heat on health has particularly come into its own, driven by weather trends that no one can ignore. “We have seen a 167% increase in global heat-related mortality since the 1990s, and 2023 was a record hot year,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown on Climate Change and Health. Recently, 2023 data has been superseded by 2024, which was even hotter, she later told Health Policy Watch – and that trend is likely to continue for the next five years. “If we look at heat-related mortality, that is just the tip of the iceberg,” added Romanello. “Underneath this tip, there’s a huge iceberg that has to do with the effects of heat comorbidity. “Heat is increasingly undermining sleep quality, also deteriorating labor capacity, labor productivity, and putting workers at risk,” Romanello said. Heat is also causing the expansion of certain infectious diseases, while the increased frequency of heat waves, resulting in both droughts and flooding, are impacting food insecurity – with 151 million more people experiencing more climate-related food insecurity in 2022. Food production is also a major driver of warming trends, said Romanello: “Cumulative deforestation has led to about half a billion hectares of global tree cover since 2001. Forestry is the main source, but the second one is agriculture.” While forests remove CO2 from the atmosphere, agriculture contributes to 21% to 37% of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. The biggest single contributor to agricultural emissions is livestock. Ruminant rearing contributes to over half of agricultural GHGs, and high meat consumption is a major driver of noncommunicable diseases (NCDs). “By transitioning to healthy, planetary-compatible diets, we could save about 11.2 million lives every year through healthier diets,” Romanello said. “Excess red meat intake, disproportionately in industrialized, very high human development-index countries, is not only the main contributor to agricultural greenhouse gas emissions and deforestation, but also to 14 to 16 [premature] deaths per 100,000 population – a high rate of mortality.” Mental health risks Climate change and mental health linkages. The mental health risks of increased heat are also becoming ever more evident, with increased suicides and suicide risk during heat waves, and a higher incidence of hospitalization, said Emma Lawrence of Imperial College, who leads the Connecting Climate Minds initiative, a Wellcome-funded data hub at the intersection of climate and mental health. Neurological disorders such as dementia and schizophrenia, as well as epileptic seizures, are also more likely to be associated with heat waves, said Sanjay Sisodiya, professor of neurology at University College, London (UCL). Sanjay Sisodiya, UCL professor of neurology “I’m seeing people with complex epilepsies who, either themselves or their families, are reporting that during heat waves in particular, having more trouble; having more seizures, more intense seizures, and more lethargy and all sorts of other complications,” he said. The brain is attuned to function at a certain temperature, and when that temperature is increased, cellular functions and neurological functions become distorted, he explained. “When that happens, then different bits of the brain, of course, don’t work together in the way they were set up to do, and that can then cause secondary problems.” Medication for neurological disorders can also be compromised by extreme heat, putting those vulnerable at further risk. Effects on worker productivity Larry Kenny of Penn State University explains the correlation between heat rise and the number of people forced to survive in “unliveable zones” of the earth. New research showcased included studies that looking at what levels of heat are tolerable, as well as where and in what conditions, based on thresholds of human heat and humidity tolerance. Even for desk workers, heat safety thresholds may be lower than previously thought, said Larry Kenny of Penn State University. Temperatures higher than 34°C at 66% relative humidity cross the safety threshold for young men and women doing light desk work, with red lines even lower for outdoor workers and older and younger groups. Improved mapping of temperatures in different scenarios has found that, if temperatures rise by 3° to 4°C by 2050, up to three billion people would be in “unliveable” zones of heat and humidity for at least one week out of the year. For 1.5 billion people, for up to a month and half a million for three months, said Kenny. “With estimates in the 3° to 4°C global warming target range, we’re talking about somewhere on the order of 1.5 to almost three billion people living under those conditions for long periods,” Kenny said. Josh Foster, global non-linear effects of temperature rise on worker productivity. Global losses in worker productivity due to climate change have been underestimated significantly, added Josh Foster of King’s College, one of the lead investigators in the European Union-sponsored Heat Shield project, which has recalibrated economic losses from heat stress from the bottom up. The project involved lab-based studies on healthy volunteers in controlled “environmental chambers” to yield better estimates of reduced labor output at high temperatures – which turned out to be much more significant than previously assumed, Foster said. The new models are already being incorporated into new economic modeling about climate impacts on labor and productivity. The findings can also help inform adaptation decisions, he added. For instance, the studies found that fans can be useful as a cooling technique, but after a certain point, they can become harmful. When temperatures rose to 37°C and above, higher than the body temperature of 36.8°C, a fan is going to merely push more heat onto the body. So there are certainly some very hot conditions where we need to rethink how we keep workers safe,” Foster said. The green shaded area shows temperature and humidity levels at which fans can be beneficial, but after certain thresholds, they become harmful, explains Josh Foster. “This is not projection data. This is from 2017. This is real climate data, and not a fictitious scenario. Physiology work isn’t perfect. We completely acknowledge that it almost entirely ignores adaptation,” said Foster. “The take-home message is that physiology can play a critical role in unexpected areas, in this case, economic modelling of climate change.” ‘Co-creating’ resilience Anh Vu, ”co-creating resilience” with outdoor workers in Viet Nam. The data can also feed into advocacy by organizations such as the ACGIH, a US-based charitable science organization advancing occupational and environmental health, Foster notes. But government guidelines for workers’ heat exposure are often badly out of line with reality. In the US, some states have even moved backwards. In 2023, Texas removed rules mandating water and rest breaks for outdoor workers, a move later followed by Florida. At the same time, there are encouraging stories about field research “co-creation” that yields small, but significant solutions. In Vietnam, a group of informal outdoor workers including scrap collectors, motorbike taxi drivers, construction workers and street vendors, simply planted a tree to provide shade for them to rest under, noted Anh Vu of the UK’s National Center for Social Research. “We know that climate change and health are deeply connected in people’s everyday lives, but in policy terms, they are quite disconnected and fragmented,” she observed. “Climate policy tends to focus on infrastructure and engineering, and health policy tends to be clinical, focusing on hospitals, disease surveillance and labor policies, which tend to assume formal contracts. “But informal outdoor workers in a country like Vietnam, are falling through the cracks of all three.” Most research on heat and workers’ health takes place in the global North, with limited applications to workers in the South, where the socio-economic context is very different and regulatory frameworks are generally weaker. “These workers face chronic job insecurity. They are unprotected by labor laws, and at the same time, they are at the front lines of economic risks,” Vu observed. “They have no protection for their ears, may be wearing no shoes, and no hats in the heat.” These workers can also be fearful of strangers, which meant the research team Vu led had to make repeated field visits to build trust with them and their communities. Anh Vu shows the tree (middle right) planted by outdoor workers in Vietnam to rest under in the heat. The research team found that most workers were over the age of 40, had been working in the informal market for over a decade, and could rarely afford to seek formal health care. They also found workers adapting and innovating with simple solutions, including self-care and traditional home remedies, getting health information from social media, and creating very modest green spaces. “You see the tree here,” she said, pointing to a slide on her screen, “These outdoor workers, motorbike taxi riders, street vendors, get together and plant trees so that they can have some shared space to rest, to recover. So these are examples of vernacular innovation. They are very non-technical, but embedded and grounded.” The challenge, of course, is to translate acceptable community innovations into broader policies. But that process, she believes, must still begin from the street up. “Climate adaptation must begin where the risks are most real,” she concluded. “Informal workers are on the front line of climate risks, but they also are at the front line of innovation, and their knowledge and agency must be at the center of the adaptation thinking.” Adaptation, mitigation and painted rooftops Workers applying reflective paint to a roof in South Africa as part of the University of Cape Town-led study. Painting roofs was another simple adaptation initiative showcased at the summit, which can impact on climate mitigation, air pollution and health. The innovation is being tested in two African countries, Ghana and South Africa, by the new Wellcome-funded project, Heat Adaptation Benefits for Vulnerable groups in Africa (HABVIA), said Lara Dugas, one of the leaders of the study, from the University of Cape Town. The project is part of a Wellcome-supported consortium of heat adaptation research projects known as HeatNexus, developed following a major new strategic investment by the philanthropy into climate and health. The first stage of research at the South African site of Khayelitsha, a low-income area of Cape Town, has already showed an average 4 °C decline in indoor temperatures over the hottest part of summer days in houses whose roofs were painted with the heat-reflective paint, says Dugas. A next stage of research aims to test if the reduction in indoor temperatures translates into health gains. Reflective white paint on roofs can reduce heat by as much as 4°C. “The Wellcome Trust’s initial call was for the evaluation of existing solutions [in low-income countries],” related Dugas, “which very early on revealed that in fact, there were little to no existing solutions in these settings. “HABVIA was thus conceived to co-design and implement a low-cost, socially acceptable heat adaptation solution in two settings (urban and rural) in both Ghana (Ga’Mashie and Nkwantakese) and South Africa (Khayelitsha and Mphego).” The collaboration includes government and civil society, from Slum Dwellers International to the Ghana Metereological Agency and South African Weather services, she said. In addition, the team is collaborating with researchers in Africa, India and the South Pacific Island country of Niue, who are exploring similar solutions. Habvia team (left to right): Vida Asah-Ayeh of the University of Ghana, project coordinator Michaela Delgon of the University of Cape Town (UCT), Ritah Nakanjako from the University of Bristol, and Lara Dugas of UCT. In the next stage of research, the HABVIA team will assess the health benefits of lower temperatures, looking at parameters such as sleep behaviour, mental health, and NCD risk factors such as blood pressure and fasting blood glucose. Reflective paints are already widely available in developed countries and some developing economies although they cost more than standard paint products. In addition, there are differences in whether they can be applied to asbestos, as compared to zinc or tin roofs, which are typical of low-income countries. While labelled as adaptation, the solution can also reduce climate and air pollution emissions as households move up the energy ladder, Dugas notes. “In our research settings, there is very little access to electricity, as most of these vulnerable low-income settings do not have electricity. But certainly, yes, in settings with greater energy demands, this may have significant synergistic effects.” The team is also exploring pathways for introducing such innovations into broader policies – whether through new building regulations, subsidized production or pricing, or a combination of those. Policy is still the missing link WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at the International Court of Justice in December 2024, giving evidence of climate change’s impacts on health. But policy remains the missing link – worldwide. Despite the strong statements last week by the International Court of Justice on states’ “duty to prevent significant harm from climate change”, most countries are nowhere near their potential in clean energy investments, according to a report also released last week by UN Secretary General António Guterres. The US is missing “the greatest economic opportunity of the century” by shifting away from renewables, Guterres declared at the launch. The US Environmental Protection Agency is reportedly set to cancel its own 2009 rule that gave it scientific authority to regulate on climate issues – another example of the government’s denial that climate impacts on peoples’ environmental health are real. In mid-July, along with rescinding financial incentives for renewables, the US Department of the Interior set up a a major new regulatory hurdle for solar and wind power. It now requires tge review of all “leases, rights-of- way, construction and operations plans, grants, consultations and biological opinions” for new projects at the level of the Office of the Secretary in Washington DC, a lengthy process previously delegated to regional and field offices. This, and the loss of subsidies, is prompting international investors to cancel plans for new solar and wind production in the US at a time when the country is also loosening restrictions on new oil and gas project exploration on public lands in an effort to ramp up fossil fuel production. Meanwhile, Shell and other leading fossil fuel producers have walked away from a plan to develop a net zero emissions strategy because it would force them to cease exploitation of new oil and gas fields. The BR-319 road through the Amazon: a new law would ease the way for completing its paving and critics say it would strike an arrow into the lungs of the world. Concurrent with the UK summit, Brazil’s Senate approved an historic rollback of government rules on environmental impact assessment of new urban and rural development projects. The new law would allow high-impact industries, like agribusiness and mining, to “self-license” projects, potentially leading to increased deforestation, habitat destruction, and harm to indigenous communities. It also eases the way for the renewed construction of a major highway, BR-319, which traverses a sensitive part of the Amazon rain forest – which Brazil’s leftist President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva himself has supported. The new law comes amidst a growing political crisis between Lula and an increasingly assertive Congress, where his party has a fragile hold. Da Silva has until 1 August to veto the new law, although the Congress is likely to overturn a veto, leaving it to the Supreme Court to decide. Adaptation should no longer be a sideshow Julia King, chair of the UK government’s Adaptation Committee. Against that background, it was encouraging to see a strong UK government presence at the summit, including the UK’s Undersecretary for Climate (Minister for Climate), Kerry McCarthy, and Dame Julia King, Baroness Brown of Cambridge, a House of Lords member and chair of the Adaptation Committee of the Government’s Independent Advisory Committee on Climate Change. What they offered was not just polemics but studied, critical presentations of the statistics by leaders who seem to have a firm grasp on the evidence as well as a vision of a way forward – even if their views collided at times. “Let’s just remind ourselves of how much of a problem it is today,” said King, an engineer by training. “Half of our top grade agricultural land is already at risk of flooding… If we don’t do more, one in four properties will be at risk. “We see something on the order of 3,000 excess deaths [annually], which are heat-related. The predictions are that we will be seeing over 10,000 heat related excess deaths by mid-century, unless we take some significant action. All of the [increased] morbidity is having an increasing impact on the ability of our health system to cope with that. “We’re now starting to see more and more predictions of what kind of impact on GDP there will be,” said King, adding that robust research suggests a 7-8% reduction in GDP growth by 2050. “I think it’s probably more than COVID. This is a huge impact, and I would absolutely put money on the fact that it is an underestimate,” she added. Urgent to address heat impacts on health The summit followed publication of the UK’s 2025 State of the Climate report, which found that, within the last decade the number of days 10°C above the 1961-1990 average, have quadrupled. “We had record temperatures of 40.3°C back in 2022 but the Met Office has now said that there’s a 50-50 chance that we exceed 40°C degrees again in the next 12 years,” said King. “This is not modeling. This is empirical data that shows that, in the southeast of England, they’re already going up about 1°C per decade. So it wouldn’t be surprising if by mid-century, we were hitting temperatures from time to time of 45°C in the southeast. That’s something we really need to be prepared for.” King added that data to monitor climate change indicators, such as deaths from heat, flooding, diet, and climate-resilient health services delivery, remain sparse. “Are we seeing improvements in terms of protecting population health and the accessibility of health care delivery as the climate changes? No, not yet.,” she added. “We’re starting to see some improvements in planning. So we’ve got a health service high temperature plan. I don’t think it’s enough planning. We’re not seeing any benefits yet. We’re still seeing heat-related deaths with morbidity increasing.” Adaptation and mitigation need to be recognized as a cross-government issue, she added: “Government needs clear adaptation objectives supported by measurable targets. We absolutely need to know what the government is aiming for.” High-gain, low-risk adaptation actions; Julia King, Baroness Brown. The UK Adaptation Committee recently commissioned a major review of potential adaptation actions, efficacy, costs and benefits. A subsequent modeling exercise, still under review, has since identified some potential “very easy, quick wins” such as “ensuring that the public knows what to do when it’s hot, making sure they are prepared, they know what they need to do to keep hydrated, that kind of thing. “This is the kind of process we’re trying to go through. And then when we do our reporting, when we assess progress, we will be able to say, well, here’s the target, here’s what’s been done, and here’s the gap.” Make British Energy Great Again UK MP Kerry McCarthy, Undersecretary for Climate. Despite the gaps, it was encouraging to see how the UK Government is moving full-steam ahead on mitigation, filling a vacuum in international leadership left by the withdrawal of the US from the Paris Climate Agreement. “We don’t want to take the easy option of pretending that climate change isn’t happening or that all its effects can be mitigated. We want to act, and that’s exactly what we’re doing,” said Climate Undersecretary McCarthy at the start of the two-day event. “And it’s not just the direct impact [of heat] on our health, it’s also the indirect impacts. UK wheat production declined by over 20% last year, due to devastating rainfall.” Shortly after his election, UK Prime Minister Keir Starmer’s new Labour government established a Clean Power by 2030 action plan, with the vision of becoming a clean energy “superpower”. In May, the Great British Energy Corporation, backed by the UK’s National Wealth Fund, the Monarchy’s Crown Estate and the Scottish Government, was created by Parliament. It is turbocharging investments in offshore wind projects, solar, nuclear, carbon capture and hydrogen storage, McCarthy said. Major UK investments in offshore wind through Great British Energy. In the country that was the cradle of coal-powered industrialization a century ago, clean energy industries are now growing at three times the rate of the rest of the economy, McCarthy said: “We’ve seen £40 billion of investment into clean energy announced since last July.” The decarbonisation effort extends across all economic sectors, from transport and urban settings to rural environments, agriculture and buildings – including a £13.2 billion investment to retrofit the country’s ageing housing stock to better protect people from extremes of heat and cold. Investing £13.2 billion in the UK’s housing. Internationally, the UK is stepping into some of the leadership gap left by the US retreat from clean energy. At last year’s COP29 in Azerbaijan, for instance, Starmer announced an ambitious goal of reducing domestic climate emissions by 81% by 2035. “That was very much a signal that we wanted to lead those international efforts,” said McCarthy. “We set up a global clean power alliance. We’ve signed new climate agreements with India and China. Its obviously, incredibly important to bring them on board. We’re championing UK investors to invest in emerging and developing economies.” Follow the money The Azerbaijan Presidency of COP29 hailed a breakthrough in recruiting more global finance – but will it materialize? The government is working on making good on past COP commitments, such as the Powering Past Coal Alliance, which it co-chairs with Canada; the Forest and Climate Leaders Partnership and the Climate and Clean Air Coalition, which is addressing super pollutants, like methane and black carbon, and clean cooking. At COP29, developed countries committed to providing at least $300 billion annually by 2035 to support developing countries in mitigating and adapting to climate change. The commitment tripled the previous goal of $100 billion per year – but even that goal was never met. Additionally, the “Baku Finance Goal” aimed to raise $1.3 trillion per year by 2035 from public and private sources, to tackle climate change effectively, noted McCarthy, pledging that the UK would be doing its part to advance those commitments. She sees the core funding as supporting adaptation in LMICs, but adds that, “the outer core of funding will be more on the mitigation side, because if you’re decarbonizing industry, setting up a clean alternative, there’s a need to make the return easier to get the private sector to invest in that.” Powering past coal with a ‘message of hope’ At the Future Fabrics Expo at London Climate Action Week, Lakshmi Poti, head of fashion at Laudes Foundation, talks about sustainable fashion supply chains. At last month’s London Climate Action Week, the UK government also unveiled a new initiative to develop high integrity carbon markets. “There’s been a lot of concerns about greenwashing. But we think that if we can establish high integrity markets, we can channel huge amounts of finance to them, .. and because of our role as a leading financial centre, we can be at the forefront of financial innovation,” McCarthy said. Along with the all-important financial and tech sectors, new initiatives in fashion, sports and the creative industries were showcased at the recent London Climate Action Week events. “We want a science-led approach to the crisis,” McCarthy added. “We believe that the government has a duty to be honest with people about the scale of the crisis… but we also want to deliver a message of hope – because that’s the only way we will be able to bring people with us to deliver the change we need.” Dearth of renewables investments in least developed countries The UK is not the only leading player amongst developed countries. The European Union has set a target of reducing its net emissions by 55% by 2030, with a proposed 90% reduction by 2040, attaining net zero emissions by 2050. Last Thursday (24 July), the EU and China also signed a precedent-setting agreement to drive a “global just transition” on climate change. While it didn’t introduce any new commitments, it has been welcomed as a “timely stabilising signal” by groups such as 350.org in the turbulent landscape of US retreat. Fiona Walker (moderator); Sean Maguire of the Clean Air Fund, Sophia Lenzos (UK-NIHCR), and Alan Dangour of Wellcome. Marcin Golec of the European Investment Bank is on the screen behind the panel. But no significant climate and clean air investments have been made in the least developed economies, which are too indebted already to invest domestically and viewed as too high-risk for international investors, Sean Maguire of the Clean Air Fund told the simmit. By2024, only 1% of overseas development aid (ODA) has been invested in air quality projects, which reduce the global burden of seven million air pollution-related deaths annually and cut climate emissions, slowing global warming. “We do an annual report on levels of investments in air quality projects, and the numbers are pretty dismal,” Maguire said. “Roughly 1% of all ODA is spent on investments in air quality. It’s 6% when you add in projects that have air quality co-benefits. Investments in fossil fuel development as compared to projects that improve air quality over the past four years. “We spend a lot of time and energy lobbying multilateral development agencies to increase that amount. There are some signs of them beginning to shift. But obviously you’ve got the countervailing cuts [in aid] that’s going on in the bilateral development space.” Money “tends to flow to middle income countries that can afford to take on more debt and have capability and capacity to take on loans,” he added. “And a lot of this is coming in the form of lending rather than grants. “I do worry that, particularly in Africa, where you’re seeing mega cities developing, rising levels of air pollution and chronic levels of state indebtedness, that model of lending for improvement is just not going to work.” Since the beginning of the year, the Green Climate Fund (GCF), has only approved six renewable energy projects including Africa, over the past five years. Only five specifically African renewable energy projects had been approved since 2019, a Health Policy Watch assessment last year revealed. The Green Climate Fund has approved or implemented only six renewable energy projects that include Africa over the past five years. This month, a new GCF investment was made into the revised Global Green Bond platform, investing €200 million in equity funding to support the development of low-carbon energy systems for electricity production and stimulate reduced emissions for transport and other development areas. Along with Brazil and Bangladesh, eight African countries are part of this new 10-nation initiative – Angola, Cameroon, Côte d’Ivoire, Egypt, Kenya, Namibia, Senegal and Uganda. Air pollution deaths projected to grow – but mitigation returns are large Unless and until major new investments in clean energy are made, exposure to air pollution that already kills some seven million people a year, will only get worse, Maguire pointed out. “The World Bank predicts a 21% increase in the number of people who will be breathing air with pollutants (of PM 2.5) worse than 25 micrograms per cubic meter (µg/m³) in the next 15 years. So if it’s bad already, it can get a lot worse. “We are going to have a much worse pollution crisis in many African cities and countries in the years to come,” added Maguire, referring to a World Bank report, which also showed that increasing investments in clean air strategies from $8.5 billion to nearly $14 billion annually could also halve the number of people exposed to excessive PM2.5 by 204o. Global map of national population-weighted annual average PM2.5 concentrations in 2020. Without more action, those exposed to PM 2.5 levels of 25 µg/m³ could increase by 21%. “So not only do we need to invest for a return, we need to invest to avert a worse crisis,” Maquire said. “But if economies plan rationally, they would see the returns on clean air investments are very large,” Maguire underlined. “The World Bank recently said an investment in clean air in cities like Delhi would give you a two to 3.5 times, rate of return. “And in the same report, they said that there’s $2 trillion worth of economic gains to be had by 2040 if we managed to get the amount of air pollution halved. So the message is simple and clear: invest in clean air. It makes sense for health. It makes sense for the planet. It’s a fabulous rate of return.” Putting health at the center of climate negotiations: Belém and beyond? There is no health negotiating track in the UN climate framework, and health is not even among the 19 topics mentioned on the UNFCCC website. One way to unlock more investments in renewable energy and other projects that yield health co-benefits, would be to establish health as a formal parameter of climate negotiations and commitments. So far it is not. COP’s formal negotiation tracks include mitigation, adaptation, finance, technology, capacity building. Other issues, such a loss and damage; just transition, indigenous peoples, youth, agriculture and oceans have also played prominent roles in recent years. On the official UNFCC website, amongst the 19 topics mentioned, health does not even have its own section. While health has played a more prominent role in adaptation talks, it is still a minor feature in mitigation agendas, with little or no technical attention to health co-benefits of certain actions. Quantifiable health co-benefits of mitigation actions still don’t play a significant role as a quantifiable metric for prioritizing mitigation actions or reporting on outcomes. This means that health impacts or outcomes from climate actions remains outliers in Nationally Determined Commitments by countries, and consequently as investment priorities. As a result, in COP outcome documents, health is typically only mentioned in passing. While CO 28 in Dubai featured a glitzy, first-ever official Health Day, including figures like Bill Gates and then-US Climate Envoy John Kerry, the health declaration adopted at the conference made no mention of fossil fuel’s health harms. The following year, even the hoopla was missing at COP29 in Azerbaijan, where a handful of officials and online ministers addressed an audience of a few dozen people. Health Day at COP 29 in Azerbaijan – a room with a few dozen people, in comparison to the hoopla at COP28 in Dubai. Oil-producing states led by Saudi Arabia, held up the closure of the World Health Assembly in May for hours in an effort to scuttle a vote on a new WHO Climate Change and Health Action Plan, which didn’t even mention the word fossil fuels as a driver of climate and health impacts. Can Brazil lead at COP30, while it rolls back environmental measures? President of Brazil Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva (centre), Minister of Health Nísia Trindade (right) and WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (left) at the G20 Leaders’ Summit, November 2024. Brazil has promised to make health a more prominent part of its COP30 agenda in Belém (10-21 November). A pre-COP Global Conference on Climate and Health, begins tomorrow (29-31 July) in Brasilia, hosted by the Brazilian government and co-sponsored by WHO via its regional office, the Pan American Health Organization (PAHO). The Brasilia conference is supposed to review and revise a draft Belém Health Action Plan, set to be adopted at the November COP. The plan’s main focus remains adaptation, and particularly adaptation of health systems to climate change – a critical area of work but hardly the only one. The plan also does call for more “intersectoral policies that maximize health and climate co-benefits,” including “actions that reduce air pollution, prevent fires and dust storms, ensure access to healthy and sustainable diets, water availability, promote quality public transport, [and] climate-resilient housing,” But as in the previous rounds of climate talks, COP28 and COP29, fossil fuels, are entirely missing from the draft health text with only one reference to “renewable energy”. Brazil, itself is facing a crisis over development policies in the Amazon and elsewhere, leaving question marks about how firmly it can lead other partners in bold action. Health is part of the COP ‘circus’ but not the inner chamber Health is part of the COP ‘circus’, but not the inner chamber of negotiations, critics say. Portrayed here: WHO’s Pavilion at COP27 in Sharm el-Sheikh addressed by WHO’s Director of Climate, Environment and Health, Dr Maria Neria. In global climate negotiations, health still remains a sideshow, admitted Alan Dangour, head of Wellcome’s new strategic focus on Climate and Health, in the closing session of the London Summit. “For those of you who have not been to a COP, basically, there’s a circus with entertainment, and then in the middle, there’s a room where the negotiations happen,” said Dangour. “The Health Day was part of the circus,” he added, referring to the first big health event at COP28. “We got the [COP] President speaking, we got all sorts of people to speak, and we were very pleased with ourselves, and the community was very pleased with itself that we had managed to achieve that, but we achieved absolutely zero in that little [negotiating] room. “Since COP28, our entire focus has been on the negotiating group and we now support the African group of negotiators to make sure that health evidence is part of what they negotiate. “That was a very big learning for us. We needed the health base so that health was prominent, and then we needed to invest separately in the negotiating rooms and who says what, when, where in those rooms. And that’s now our clear focus: on how to influence what happens.” Image Credits: Yoda Adaman/ Unsplash, Flickr/Russi Allison Loar , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, Imperial College-Connecting Climate Minds , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watcy, HABVIA , HABVIA , Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, Great British Energy , @WeDontHaveTime, Clean Air Fund, Green Climate Fund , UNFCCC.int , PAHO/WHO/Karina Zambrana, Megha Kaveri/HPW. Smoke Signals from the Plastics Treaty: Why Geneva Negotiations Can’t Ignore Health Governance 25/07/2025 Deborah Sy Cigarette filters, made from a plastic called cellulose acetate, are world’s most littered plastic item. As negotiators prepare to meet in Geneva, 5-14 August in yet another attempt to finalize the United Nations Global Plastics Treaty addressing a pollution crisis affecting oceans and ecosystems worldwide – a critical linkage between health and environment governance seems to be largely missing from the draft text. After nearly three years of negotiations, the world may be on the verge of finalizing its first legally-binding global instrument to tackle plastic pollution – providing that treaty negotiators overcome massive pressures from the fossil fuel industry to further stall an agreement or weaken provisions aiming to limit plastics production. But as negotiators prepare for the resumed fifth session (INC-5.2), another fundamental flaw threatens the future treaty’s health objectives: the failure to integrate environmental and health governance. This is particularly apparent with regards to cigarette filters – the world’s most littered plastic item – although it extends to cross-sector cooperation on other issues regarding the health harms of other plastics as well. The current draft text makes with only one reference to ‘plastic’ cigarette filters (in draft Annex X) and makes no reference at all to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control – which could, in fact, be an important nexus for health-environment cooperation on the treaty – once it is approved. The treatment of cigarette filters – largely made of a plastic called cellulose acetate – sends smoke signals about more systematic problems with the treaty text in terms of its approach to environment and health. Health rhetoric vs reality gap Cigarette filters are the world’s most prevalent forms of plastic litter, marring beaches and from there, infiltrating to oceans and fresh water ways. The Chair’s text, the working document guiding final negotiations, acknowledges health extensively in its rhetoric, although much of it remains in brackets, indicating areas where countries have not yet reached agreement. The preamble recognizes plastic pollution as “a serious environmental and human health problem,” while the treaty’s stated objective is “to protect human health and the environment from plastic pollution.” But while the preamble recognizes mutual support with “other international agreements in the field of the environment,” it limits that framework to environmental treaties. Any reference to health instruments, including the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC), which has been ratified by 183 countries, are absent from this structure. Draft Plastics Treaty negotiating text – much of language on health remains in brackets. The Chair’s preambular text affirms that the plastics treaty will “not affect… existing treaty obligations,” but this is a non-binding statement that merely avoids direct legal contradictions without promoting substantive policy coherence. In practice, it enables siloed implementation, weakens the ability of health ministries to regulate tobacco product components, and gives the tobacco industry new opportunities to exploit regulatory gaps through the environment ministries. Most tellingly, a standalone health article remains uncertain, reduced to scattered references or a placeholder “pending informal drafting work.” Despite the draft’s stated health objectives, the institutional bridge to health governance is still missing. The ‘safe alternatives’ problem This gap matters because “safe substitutes,” “safe alternatives,” or “safe recycling” are at the heart of solutions throughout the draft treaty. But how can environmental authorities evaluate safety and health impacts without connecting to international or national health standards? The tobacco industry is already exploiting this governance gap by promoting “eco-filters” and “biodegradable” alternatives to plastic cigarette filters. While these products may appear to address plastic pollution, they remain harmful to both health and the environment. Worse, they risk misleading consumers and this kind of product feature substitution is typically assessed by health authorities, not environmental ministries, which may lack the mandate or expertise to evaluate such claims. The cigarette filter test case Cigarette filters are the most littered plastic in the world. Used cigarette filters represent the world’s most littered plastic item, with trillions discarded annually. Each cigarette butt contains toxic lead, cadmium, phthalates, and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons that leach into waterways. A single cigarette butt can contaminate 1,000 liters of water, causing $26 billion in annual marine ecosystem damage. The FCTC provides clear guidance on these filters: Parties should prohibit ingredients in tobacco products that may create the impression that they have a health benefit. The WHO study group’s recommendations early this year included that filters should be banned to reduce the palatability and appeal of cigarettes. This would remove consumer misconceptions that filters reduce health harms, and it would also reduce a major source of toxic tobacco waste, including the microplastics deposited by cellulose acetate in filters. Annex X: plastics items recommended for limitations, but not ban or phaseout. Annex Y: proposed ban or phaseout list. Yet the draft plastics treaty only lists “cigarette filters made with plastic” in a priority list for mandatory or voluntary restriction or banning (Annex X), rather than on the ban or phaseout list (Annex Y). The “made with plastic” language for cigarette filters also creates a dangerous loophole that permits biofilters/ eco-filters, contradicting established health guidance. In contrast, Annex Y, the ban/ phase out list, itemizes toys and food containers containing lead, cadmium, and phthalates – the same toxicants found in cigarette filters. Broader governance architecture problem The cigarette filter case reveals systemic weaknesses in the treaty draft’s language around health. Article 2.2 of the FCTC requires Parties to ensure that subsequent international agreements should be compatible with FCTC obligations. However, the negotiating states have yet to provide a mechanism for ensuring this compatibility. When environmental ministries approve product redesigns without health authority input, both agendas suffer. When industries exploit policy gaps to rehabilitate their image while maintaining harmful products, both environmental integrity and health objectives are compromised. Extended Producer Responsibility schemes promoted throughout the draft treaty could also legitimize tobacco industry participation in environmental policy and its greenwashing, directly contradicting FCTC Article 5.3’s requirement to “protect tobacco-related environment policies” from industry interference. The problem extends far beyond tobacco. Plastic substitution decisions made in isolation from health expertise risk creating new health hazards while solving environmental concerns—essentially trading one set of risks for another. Environmental authorities may inadvertently approve alternatives that address plastic pollution while creating health risks. Infrastructure already exists Plastics health impacts in brief. The solution isn’t to build new health systems from scratch, as many countries already have relevant capacity, and global infrastructure exists, including for chemical safety, food standards, and medical devices. For tobacco, global networks like TobLabNet and TobReg provide evidence-based guidance. The real challenge is not global coordination, but national-level inter-agency cooperation. The future plastics treaty can help by explicitly obligating this, ensuring health and environment agencies work together. Without giving due regard to existing health treaties, such coordination will inevitably run up against the different standards these agencies follow on industry engagement. No credible health authority engages with the tobacco industry, which is prohibited globally under the WHO’s Framework of Engagement with Non-State Actors (FENSA) and nationally through Article 5.3 of the FCTC, which covers over 90% of the world’s population. The commitment to binding norms on conflict of interest in the FCTC is essential. It creates space for the broader safeguards called for by civil society, scientists, and the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR). Failing to respect existing obligations—especially in the clearest and extreme case of tobacco— effectively precludes any meaningful prevention of conflicts of interest. Integration not isolation The solution lies in strengthening the draft’s health foundation by explicitly recognizing existing health agreements, including the WHO’s FCTC, which was already referenced in previous drafts to promote “cooperation, coordination, and complementarity.” A global coalition focusing on this issue recommends a simple safeguard clause – “Measures taken under this instrument shall be without prejudice to, and aligned with, existing international public health treaties and obligations, (including the WHO FCTC)” – would help prevent regulatory conflicts while provide supportive infrastructures to bolster the authority of environmental ministries to implement the future treaty. For cigarette filters, the recommendation is to eliminate material qualifiers “made of plastic” and move filters to a list for immediate bans. More broadly, the future instrument needs formal mechanisms for health expertise integration—not transferring authority from the environment to health ministries, but creating coordination mechanisms ensuring both objectives are met. The Geneva opportunity The Global Plastics Treaty could model integrated governance for 21st-century planetary health challenges, or represent another missed opportunity for coherent global health governance. Tobacco control shows how weak coordination between health and environmental sectors can backfire. When environmental agencies promote so-called “eco-filters” without health input, they risk legitimizing harmful products. But the reverse is also true. During COVID-19, health-led responses drove a surge in plastic consumption, worsening pollution. Both cases expose the same flaw: without coordination, one sector’s solution can become another’s crisis. The Plastics Treaty offers a rare chance to correct this. The infrastructure exists. The evidence is clear. What’s missing is the political will to connect them through binding legal frameworks. Geneva may be the last, best opportunity, not only to curb plastic pollution, but to safeguard the future of global health governance. Integrating international health agreements into the treaty does more than align with existing obligations. It helps define the treaty’s direction and lays the foundation for a strong, legally binding instrument with robust regulatory measures and comprehensive protections for people and the planet. Deborah Sy is head of Strategy and Global Public Policy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control (GGTC) at Thammasat University in Thailand, the convener of Global Youth Voices and the Stop Tobacco Pollution Alliance (STPA). She is the founder and senior advisor of Health Justice Philippines, an observer to the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations. Image Credits: Dennis Skley, University of Bath , UNEP , Chairs Text, draft UN Plastics Treaty, December 2024, Chairs Text, UN Plastics Treaty, Draft 2024, Ciel.org. US Drafts Plan to Change PEPFAR’s Focus From HIV to Diseases that Could Threaten Americans 24/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan A woman with HIV takes her antiretrovial (ARV) medicine. Until earlier this year, over 20 million people with HIV received ARVs funded by PEPFAR. US State Department officials are developing a plan to transform the President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) from an entity that tackles HIV to one that is broadly focused on protecting and promoting American interests. This is according to a report in the New York Times on Thursday, based on leaked planning documents that map out their vision for PEPFAR’s transition in in the next few years. “It would be replaced by ‘bilateral relationships’ with low-income countries focused on the detection of outbreaks that could threaten the United States and the creation of new markets for American drugs and technologies,” the newspaper reports. This is in keeping with the focus of the Trump administration’s first meeting with African health leaders after the US paused all foreign aid for 90 days in January. During the meeting between leaders of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and their counterparts in Africa CDC in March, the US officials indicated that they were interested in African business opportunities for American companies. Africa CDC official Dr Ngashi Ngongo told journalists after the meeting that the Trump administration “would like to see health more as a business, rather than something that functions on grants,” and is interested in “exploring how can we go into a partnership that translates into health as a business”. Aggressive transition planning Dr Jirair Ratevosian, a global health expert at Duke and previous PEPFAR chief of staff, said that the Trump administration has “made it very clear that they want to carry on with aggressive transition planning” for PEPFAR. “Transition planning is not a bad idea, but it must be done right, with timetables, developing indicators, matching government buy-in, getting community input etc,” Ratevosian said. While he has not seen the documents referred to by the New York Times, Ratevosian is concerned that the transition plan is being written in Washington rather than in and with the African countries most affected by PEPFAR’s transition. “There needs to be realistic timetables, careful planning and resources to successfully make the transition of HIV programming [from PEPFAR] to national control,” said Ratevosian. “Congress has made clear it rejects the administration’s rushed approach to PEPFAR’s transition, signalling bipartisan concern about protecting the program’s legacy and impact.” He added that the US State Department should also develop plans for US companies to sell their antiretroviral drugs to African countries, the largest market for these products. Brief defunding reprieve Luyengo Clinic in Eswatini. PEPFAR funded 80% of the clinic’s cost, and the HIV treatment of 3,000 people is in jeopardy. Last week, there was a brief moment of hope for PEPFAR recipients after the US Senate agreed to exempt the programme from a planned $400 million reduction, which had been included in a $9.4 billion rescission package put forward by President Donald Trump. The rescission package seeks to claw back federal funds from various programs, including approximately $900 million in global health allocations. Disruptions to US aid for global health including for PEPFAR programmes, have placed millions of lives at risk, particularly in countries heavily dependent on US-supported HIV infrastructure. Carolyn Amole, Clinton Health Access Initiative vice-president for HIV, hepatitis and TB, said PEPFAR’s funding cuts had disrupted commodities procurement, essential systems such as human resources, supply chains, and data infrastructure. Millions more AIDS deaths, infections projected An additional six million new HIV infections and four million AIDS-related deaths could occur between 2025 and 2029 if US-supported HIV treatment and prevention services collapse, according to UNAIDS. “This is not just a funding gap. It’s a ticking time bomb,” said UNAIDS Executive Director Winnie Byanyima at the launch of the organisation’s 2025 global AIDS update earlier this month. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” “Key populations” refer to people most vulnerable to HIV infection, including sex workers, men to have sex with men, people who inject drugs and young women. Some of the immediate effects of the US withdrawal of funds since Donald Trump assumed the presidency in January include the closure of health facilities, healthworker job losses, and disrupted treatment, testing and prevention services. Image Credits: The Global Fund/ Saiba Sehmi, UNAIDS. ‘Mass Starvation in Gaza’, WHO Concurs With Aid Agencies 23/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Six-month-old Salam is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza City. “There is mass starvation in Gaza,” World Health Organization (WHO) Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus asserted on Wednesday, aligning with a statement by 110 aid organisations released earlier that day. “A large proportion of the population of Gaza is starving. I don’t know what you would call it other than mass starvation, and it’s man-made,” Tedros told a media briefing on Wednesday, referring to aid blockage since the controversial private organisation, the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF) assumed control over aid distribution. “Rates of acute malnutrition exceed 10%, and over 20% of pregnant and breastfeeding women that have been screened are malnourished, often severely,” said Tedros. “The hunger crisis is being accelerated by the collapse of aid pipelines and restrictions on access [with] 95% of households in Gaza facing severe water shortages.” In their statement, the aid organisations including Medecins sans Frontieres (MSF), CARE, Christian Aid, Save the Children and Oxfam, urged governments to ensure that Israel ends “the siege of Gaza” and allows “the full flow of food, clean water, medical supplies, shelter items, and fuel through a principled, UN-led mechanism”. For the past two months, aid has not been channelled through UN agencies but rather via the GHF, which is supported by the governments of Israel and the United States. Since the GHF assumed control over aid distribution on 27 May, over 1,000 people have been killed by Israeli forces while trying to get food at the GHF distribution centres, according to the United Nations human rights office on Tuesday. “Doctors report record rates of acute malnutrition, especially among children and older people,” according to the aid organisations. “Illnesses like acute watery diarrhoea are spreading, markets are empty, waste is piling up, and adults are collapsing on the streets from hunger and dehydration. Distributions in Gaza average just 28 trucks a day, far from enough for over two million people, many of whom have gone weeks without assistance.” ‘Tip of the iceberg’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses a media briefing on Wednesday. “I don’t know why we’re even splitting hairs,” said Tedros, in reference to debate about whether Gazans were starving. “Not only were 1,026 people killed while trying to feed themselves or find food for their family, but thousands were also wounded.” “We demand that there is full access [for humanitarian aid], and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages, as we have always said,” Tedros concluded. On Monday, the UN World Food Programme (WFP) said that a quarter of Gaza’s population faces famine-like conditions. Dr Rik Peeperkorn, WHO representative for Palestine, said that malnutrition in Gaza had been negligible before Israel attacked Gaza in retaliation for Hamas’s attack on Israel on 7 October 2023. The malnutrition rate in children under the age of five was 0.6% then, while it did not exist in pregnant women or the elderly. But this year, around 30,000 children are reported to be malnourished and 21 have died of hunger, said Peeperkorn, describing these statistics as “the tip of the iceberg”. “In July alone, 5,100 children have been admitted to the malnutrition programme, including 880 children with severe malnutrition,” said Peeperkorn. Several hospitals in the territory do not have the staff or supplies to function and have become malnutrition treatment centres, but two months ago, they lacked nutritional supplements for patients, he said. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city (July 2025) Aid staff also face starvation. Peeperkorn added that UN staff members were facing the same conditions of lack of water and food, and there was widespread “absolute lethargy” in Gaza as people lacked the energy to do basic tasks. The aid organisations similarly reported that their staff are hungry and don’t have access to clean water. “Aid workers are now joining the same food lines, risking being shot just to feed their families. With supplies now totally depleted, humanitarian organisations are witnessing their own colleagues and partners waste away before their eyes,” they said. “Doctors, nurses, journalists, humanitarians, among them UNRWA staff, are hungry… fainting due to hunger and exhaustion while performing their duties,” Juliette Touma, director of communications for the UN agency for Palestine refugees (UNRWA), said in a media statement on Tuesday. Touma described “the so-called GHF distribution scheme” as “a sadistic death-trap”, adding that “snipers open fire randomly on crowds as if they’re given a license to kill”. She also told of massive food prices, recounting that a colleague paid almost $200 for a bag of lentils and some flour, after walking for hours to buy it. The GHF claimed on Monday that, “Since launching operations on May 27, we’ve distributed nearly 85 million meals via more than 1.4 million boxes—directly to the people of Gaza”. However, Israeli media outlet Haaretz said that GHF should have distributed several times this amount to ensure sufficient food. “If roughly 2.1 million people live in the Gaza Strip today, it’s preferable for them to eat three meals a day, and GHF had been in operation for 56 days as of Monday, how many meals should it have distributed? A simple calculation produces the answer – 353 million,” reported the news outlet. The GHF has also been criticised for distributing dry food when people are unable to cook, setting up too few food distribution centres and locating them in isolated areas, forcing thousands of people to walk long distances while exposed to IDF attacks and stampedes. Over 90% of Gaza is under Israeli evacuation orders, and nowhere is safe for residents. Earlier this week, the GHF offered to distribute the UN’s aid but the UN responded on Wednesday, saying that it would not work with any groups that put civilians’ lives in danger. WHO staff detention and warehouse destruction WHO warehouse in Deir al Balah lies in ruins after it it was attacked by Israeli military forces on Sunday and Monday. Meanwhile, one WHO staff member remains in Israeli detention following an Israeli Defence Force attack on the WHO’s staff residence and its biggest warehouse in Deir al Balah. Declining to name the staff member, Tedros said he had written to Israel’s Foreign Minister to demand his release and would take this up “at the highest level” if he remained in custody. The IDF attack on the warehouse caused severe damage, destroying “a substantial amount of medical supplies in all areas: trauma, antibiotics and anaesthesia”, said Peeperkorn. However, while this was a setback for the global organisation, it had identified other potential premises and would continue to support health facilities in Gaza, he added. “We demand that there is full access, and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages,” said Tedros. Tougher EU stance against Israel? The European Union (EU) seems to be toughening its stance against Israel in the face of the growing outcry over the starvation of the population. On Tuesday, the EU High Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy Kaja Kallas posted on X that “all options remain on the table if Israel doesn’t deliver on its pledges” to increase the number of aid trucks, crossing points and routes to distribution points. “The killing of civilians seeking aid in Gaza is indefensible. I spoke again with [Israeli Minister of Foreign Affairs Gideon Saar] to recall our understanding on aid flow and made clear that IDF must stop killing people at distribution points,” said Kallas. Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable. The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long.… https://t.co/VhaKxUXka0 — Ursula von der Leyen (@vonderleyen) July 22, 2025 EU Commission President Ursula von der Leyen also posted on X on Tuesday, declaring that “Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable.” Von der Leyen added: “The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long. It must stop now. Israel must deliver on its pledges.” Image Credits: UNRWA. States Have a Duty to Prevent Significant Harm from Climate Change, ICJ Rules 23/07/2025 Disha Shetty The International Court of Justice (ICJ) headquarters in The Hague, The Netherlands The International Court of Justice (ICJ) ruled on Wednesday that states have a duty to prevent significant harm to the environment from climate change in a landmark advisory opinion. The court also ruled that the states have a duty to cooperate internationally and called on them to set national climate targets that are of the “highest possible ambition.” “The court concludes that the duty of states to prevent significant environmental harm applies in the context of climate change, and that this duty forms part of the most directly relevant applicable law concerning the duty to cooperate,” said ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, who read out the advisory. The court addressed the issue of human rights and said they cannot be enjoyed without environmental protection. It has asked countries to bear in mind the Paris Agreement target to limit global warming to 1.5° C. READ HERE: The summary of the #ICJ Advisory Opinion on the Obligations of States in respect of Climate Change. https://t.co/7TWc7ifwfX pic.twitter.com/vVxxwpZpbX — CIJ_ICJ (@CIJ_ICJ) July 23, 2025 The ICJ’s ruling comes in response to a United Nations (UN) General Assembly resolution led by the small island nation of Vanuatu in the Pacific Ocean, which sought ICJ’s advisory opinion on the obligations of states on climate change, and the legal consequences of these. This is the first opinion on climate change by the ICJ, and it is seen as a landmark in international law as all UN members are automatic signatories of the ICJ. The ICJ, UN’s principal judicial organ of the UN, has a twofold role: to settle disputes between states and to give advisory opinions on legal questions. Climate crisis is a health crisis WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus speaking at the ICJ in December 2024. While the ICJ did not explicitly refer to health, Iwasawa made it clear that countries have to ensure that their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) or the climate targets they set for themselves are ambitious. “This means that each party has to do its utmost to ensure that the NDCs it puts forward represent its highest possible ambition,” Iwasawa said. While few countries have included health targets in their NDCs, there is an increasing global push to do so. The ICJ took the testimonials of a range of stakeholders into account in the run-up to the verdict. In 2024, World Health Organization’s Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus spoke at the ICJ giving his testimonial on how the climate crisis is a health crisis. In his testimonial, Tedros highlighted how climate change’s health impacts disproportionately affect small island nations like Tuvalu, also in the Pacific Ocean. “Climate change and extreme weather are wreaking havoc on humans and their health, disrupting societies, economies and development,” Tedros said. “Without immediate action, climate-related increases in disease prevalence, destruction of health infrastructure and growing societal burdens could overwhelm already overburdened health systems around the world,” he added. ICJ opens the door for reparations ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, Japan, delivering the advisory opinion Iwasawa, while acknowledging that the effect of climate change is “severe and far-reaching,” noted that the ICJ was not asked to rule specifically on the issue of compensation or climate damages. “The court considers that it has been requested to address legal consequences in a general manner, and that it is not called upon to identify the legal responsibility of any particular state or group of states,” he said. He added that any such request must be looked at on a case by case basis. “Concerning the duty to make reparation, the appropriate nature and quantum of reparations cannot be assessed in the abstract, and depends on the circumstances of a particular case,” he said. Reparations could take the form of ecological restoration or reconstruction of damaged infrastructure, the ICJ suggested. Climate-related drought in the Horn of Africa has impacted approximately 4.5 million Somalis, and around 700,000 individuals have been forced to leave their homes. “From deadly heat and toxic air to disease and displacement, the Court’s message is clear – human health is not collateral damage,” said Dr Jeni Miller, executive director at the Global Climate and Health Alliance. “Health workers and advocates now have powerful legal backing to demand bold, science-based climate action rooted in justice, including a just transition away from fossil fuels, for health and the duty to protect life across all ages and borders,” she added. Harjeet Singh, climate activist and founding director of Satat Sampada Climate Foundation, described the ruling as offering the potential for “a historic level of protection” for communities on the frontlines of climate change. “It means the suffering, the loss of homes and livelihoods, and the terrifying storms and rising seas that have become our reality can now be met with demands for justice, restitution, and repair. The message is clear: the polluters must pay,” said Singh. The ICJ advisory comes at a time when the US government is planning to repeal the scientific finding that established greenhouse gases endanger human life by pushing up global temperatures. This finding, established in 2009, gives governments the ability to push for climate action. However, the Trump administration is on its way to repeal the finding, which now means the US will be at odds with ICJ’s latest advisory. “Cooperation between states is the very foundation of meaningful international efforts with respect to climate change,” Iwasawa said. Image Credits: ICJ, Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, UN Photo/ICJ-CIJ/Frank van Beek. Courtesy of the ICJ., UN-Water/Twitter . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Smoke Signals from the Plastics Treaty: Why Geneva Negotiations Can’t Ignore Health Governance 25/07/2025 Deborah Sy Cigarette filters, made from a plastic called cellulose acetate, are world’s most littered plastic item. As negotiators prepare to meet in Geneva, 5-14 August in yet another attempt to finalize the United Nations Global Plastics Treaty addressing a pollution crisis affecting oceans and ecosystems worldwide – a critical linkage between health and environment governance seems to be largely missing from the draft text. After nearly three years of negotiations, the world may be on the verge of finalizing its first legally-binding global instrument to tackle plastic pollution – providing that treaty negotiators overcome massive pressures from the fossil fuel industry to further stall an agreement or weaken provisions aiming to limit plastics production. But as negotiators prepare for the resumed fifth session (INC-5.2), another fundamental flaw threatens the future treaty’s health objectives: the failure to integrate environmental and health governance. This is particularly apparent with regards to cigarette filters – the world’s most littered plastic item – although it extends to cross-sector cooperation on other issues regarding the health harms of other plastics as well. The current draft text makes with only one reference to ‘plastic’ cigarette filters (in draft Annex X) and makes no reference at all to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control – which could, in fact, be an important nexus for health-environment cooperation on the treaty – once it is approved. The treatment of cigarette filters – largely made of a plastic called cellulose acetate – sends smoke signals about more systematic problems with the treaty text in terms of its approach to environment and health. Health rhetoric vs reality gap Cigarette filters are the world’s most prevalent forms of plastic litter, marring beaches and from there, infiltrating to oceans and fresh water ways. The Chair’s text, the working document guiding final negotiations, acknowledges health extensively in its rhetoric, although much of it remains in brackets, indicating areas where countries have not yet reached agreement. The preamble recognizes plastic pollution as “a serious environmental and human health problem,” while the treaty’s stated objective is “to protect human health and the environment from plastic pollution.” But while the preamble recognizes mutual support with “other international agreements in the field of the environment,” it limits that framework to environmental treaties. Any reference to health instruments, including the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC), which has been ratified by 183 countries, are absent from this structure. Draft Plastics Treaty negotiating text – much of language on health remains in brackets. The Chair’s preambular text affirms that the plastics treaty will “not affect… existing treaty obligations,” but this is a non-binding statement that merely avoids direct legal contradictions without promoting substantive policy coherence. In practice, it enables siloed implementation, weakens the ability of health ministries to regulate tobacco product components, and gives the tobacco industry new opportunities to exploit regulatory gaps through the environment ministries. Most tellingly, a standalone health article remains uncertain, reduced to scattered references or a placeholder “pending informal drafting work.” Despite the draft’s stated health objectives, the institutional bridge to health governance is still missing. The ‘safe alternatives’ problem This gap matters because “safe substitutes,” “safe alternatives,” or “safe recycling” are at the heart of solutions throughout the draft treaty. But how can environmental authorities evaluate safety and health impacts without connecting to international or national health standards? The tobacco industry is already exploiting this governance gap by promoting “eco-filters” and “biodegradable” alternatives to plastic cigarette filters. While these products may appear to address plastic pollution, they remain harmful to both health and the environment. Worse, they risk misleading consumers and this kind of product feature substitution is typically assessed by health authorities, not environmental ministries, which may lack the mandate or expertise to evaluate such claims. The cigarette filter test case Cigarette filters are the most littered plastic in the world. Used cigarette filters represent the world’s most littered plastic item, with trillions discarded annually. Each cigarette butt contains toxic lead, cadmium, phthalates, and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons that leach into waterways. A single cigarette butt can contaminate 1,000 liters of water, causing $26 billion in annual marine ecosystem damage. The FCTC provides clear guidance on these filters: Parties should prohibit ingredients in tobacco products that may create the impression that they have a health benefit. The WHO study group’s recommendations early this year included that filters should be banned to reduce the palatability and appeal of cigarettes. This would remove consumer misconceptions that filters reduce health harms, and it would also reduce a major source of toxic tobacco waste, including the microplastics deposited by cellulose acetate in filters. Annex X: plastics items recommended for limitations, but not ban or phaseout. Annex Y: proposed ban or phaseout list. Yet the draft plastics treaty only lists “cigarette filters made with plastic” in a priority list for mandatory or voluntary restriction or banning (Annex X), rather than on the ban or phaseout list (Annex Y). The “made with plastic” language for cigarette filters also creates a dangerous loophole that permits biofilters/ eco-filters, contradicting established health guidance. In contrast, Annex Y, the ban/ phase out list, itemizes toys and food containers containing lead, cadmium, and phthalates – the same toxicants found in cigarette filters. Broader governance architecture problem The cigarette filter case reveals systemic weaknesses in the treaty draft’s language around health. Article 2.2 of the FCTC requires Parties to ensure that subsequent international agreements should be compatible with FCTC obligations. However, the negotiating states have yet to provide a mechanism for ensuring this compatibility. When environmental ministries approve product redesigns without health authority input, both agendas suffer. When industries exploit policy gaps to rehabilitate their image while maintaining harmful products, both environmental integrity and health objectives are compromised. Extended Producer Responsibility schemes promoted throughout the draft treaty could also legitimize tobacco industry participation in environmental policy and its greenwashing, directly contradicting FCTC Article 5.3’s requirement to “protect tobacco-related environment policies” from industry interference. The problem extends far beyond tobacco. Plastic substitution decisions made in isolation from health expertise risk creating new health hazards while solving environmental concerns—essentially trading one set of risks for another. Environmental authorities may inadvertently approve alternatives that address plastic pollution while creating health risks. Infrastructure already exists Plastics health impacts in brief. The solution isn’t to build new health systems from scratch, as many countries already have relevant capacity, and global infrastructure exists, including for chemical safety, food standards, and medical devices. For tobacco, global networks like TobLabNet and TobReg provide evidence-based guidance. The real challenge is not global coordination, but national-level inter-agency cooperation. The future plastics treaty can help by explicitly obligating this, ensuring health and environment agencies work together. Without giving due regard to existing health treaties, such coordination will inevitably run up against the different standards these agencies follow on industry engagement. No credible health authority engages with the tobacco industry, which is prohibited globally under the WHO’s Framework of Engagement with Non-State Actors (FENSA) and nationally through Article 5.3 of the FCTC, which covers over 90% of the world’s population. The commitment to binding norms on conflict of interest in the FCTC is essential. It creates space for the broader safeguards called for by civil society, scientists, and the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR). Failing to respect existing obligations—especially in the clearest and extreme case of tobacco— effectively precludes any meaningful prevention of conflicts of interest. Integration not isolation The solution lies in strengthening the draft’s health foundation by explicitly recognizing existing health agreements, including the WHO’s FCTC, which was already referenced in previous drafts to promote “cooperation, coordination, and complementarity.” A global coalition focusing on this issue recommends a simple safeguard clause – “Measures taken under this instrument shall be without prejudice to, and aligned with, existing international public health treaties and obligations, (including the WHO FCTC)” – would help prevent regulatory conflicts while provide supportive infrastructures to bolster the authority of environmental ministries to implement the future treaty. For cigarette filters, the recommendation is to eliminate material qualifiers “made of plastic” and move filters to a list for immediate bans. More broadly, the future instrument needs formal mechanisms for health expertise integration—not transferring authority from the environment to health ministries, but creating coordination mechanisms ensuring both objectives are met. The Geneva opportunity The Global Plastics Treaty could model integrated governance for 21st-century planetary health challenges, or represent another missed opportunity for coherent global health governance. Tobacco control shows how weak coordination between health and environmental sectors can backfire. When environmental agencies promote so-called “eco-filters” without health input, they risk legitimizing harmful products. But the reverse is also true. During COVID-19, health-led responses drove a surge in plastic consumption, worsening pollution. Both cases expose the same flaw: without coordination, one sector’s solution can become another’s crisis. The Plastics Treaty offers a rare chance to correct this. The infrastructure exists. The evidence is clear. What’s missing is the political will to connect them through binding legal frameworks. Geneva may be the last, best opportunity, not only to curb plastic pollution, but to safeguard the future of global health governance. Integrating international health agreements into the treaty does more than align with existing obligations. It helps define the treaty’s direction and lays the foundation for a strong, legally binding instrument with robust regulatory measures and comprehensive protections for people and the planet. Deborah Sy is head of Strategy and Global Public Policy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control (GGTC) at Thammasat University in Thailand, the convener of Global Youth Voices and the Stop Tobacco Pollution Alliance (STPA). She is the founder and senior advisor of Health Justice Philippines, an observer to the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations. Image Credits: Dennis Skley, University of Bath , UNEP , Chairs Text, draft UN Plastics Treaty, December 2024, Chairs Text, UN Plastics Treaty, Draft 2024, Ciel.org. US Drafts Plan to Change PEPFAR’s Focus From HIV to Diseases that Could Threaten Americans 24/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan A woman with HIV takes her antiretrovial (ARV) medicine. Until earlier this year, over 20 million people with HIV received ARVs funded by PEPFAR. US State Department officials are developing a plan to transform the President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) from an entity that tackles HIV to one that is broadly focused on protecting and promoting American interests. This is according to a report in the New York Times on Thursday, based on leaked planning documents that map out their vision for PEPFAR’s transition in in the next few years. “It would be replaced by ‘bilateral relationships’ with low-income countries focused on the detection of outbreaks that could threaten the United States and the creation of new markets for American drugs and technologies,” the newspaper reports. This is in keeping with the focus of the Trump administration’s first meeting with African health leaders after the US paused all foreign aid for 90 days in January. During the meeting between leaders of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and their counterparts in Africa CDC in March, the US officials indicated that they were interested in African business opportunities for American companies. Africa CDC official Dr Ngashi Ngongo told journalists after the meeting that the Trump administration “would like to see health more as a business, rather than something that functions on grants,” and is interested in “exploring how can we go into a partnership that translates into health as a business”. Aggressive transition planning Dr Jirair Ratevosian, a global health expert at Duke and previous PEPFAR chief of staff, said that the Trump administration has “made it very clear that they want to carry on with aggressive transition planning” for PEPFAR. “Transition planning is not a bad idea, but it must be done right, with timetables, developing indicators, matching government buy-in, getting community input etc,” Ratevosian said. While he has not seen the documents referred to by the New York Times, Ratevosian is concerned that the transition plan is being written in Washington rather than in and with the African countries most affected by PEPFAR’s transition. “There needs to be realistic timetables, careful planning and resources to successfully make the transition of HIV programming [from PEPFAR] to national control,” said Ratevosian. “Congress has made clear it rejects the administration’s rushed approach to PEPFAR’s transition, signalling bipartisan concern about protecting the program’s legacy and impact.” He added that the US State Department should also develop plans for US companies to sell their antiretroviral drugs to African countries, the largest market for these products. Brief defunding reprieve Luyengo Clinic in Eswatini. PEPFAR funded 80% of the clinic’s cost, and the HIV treatment of 3,000 people is in jeopardy. Last week, there was a brief moment of hope for PEPFAR recipients after the US Senate agreed to exempt the programme from a planned $400 million reduction, which had been included in a $9.4 billion rescission package put forward by President Donald Trump. The rescission package seeks to claw back federal funds from various programs, including approximately $900 million in global health allocations. Disruptions to US aid for global health including for PEPFAR programmes, have placed millions of lives at risk, particularly in countries heavily dependent on US-supported HIV infrastructure. Carolyn Amole, Clinton Health Access Initiative vice-president for HIV, hepatitis and TB, said PEPFAR’s funding cuts had disrupted commodities procurement, essential systems such as human resources, supply chains, and data infrastructure. Millions more AIDS deaths, infections projected An additional six million new HIV infections and four million AIDS-related deaths could occur between 2025 and 2029 if US-supported HIV treatment and prevention services collapse, according to UNAIDS. “This is not just a funding gap. It’s a ticking time bomb,” said UNAIDS Executive Director Winnie Byanyima at the launch of the organisation’s 2025 global AIDS update earlier this month. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” “Key populations” refer to people most vulnerable to HIV infection, including sex workers, men to have sex with men, people who inject drugs and young women. Some of the immediate effects of the US withdrawal of funds since Donald Trump assumed the presidency in January include the closure of health facilities, healthworker job losses, and disrupted treatment, testing and prevention services. Image Credits: The Global Fund/ Saiba Sehmi, UNAIDS. ‘Mass Starvation in Gaza’, WHO Concurs With Aid Agencies 23/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Six-month-old Salam is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza City. “There is mass starvation in Gaza,” World Health Organization (WHO) Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus asserted on Wednesday, aligning with a statement by 110 aid organisations released earlier that day. “A large proportion of the population of Gaza is starving. I don’t know what you would call it other than mass starvation, and it’s man-made,” Tedros told a media briefing on Wednesday, referring to aid blockage since the controversial private organisation, the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF) assumed control over aid distribution. “Rates of acute malnutrition exceed 10%, and over 20% of pregnant and breastfeeding women that have been screened are malnourished, often severely,” said Tedros. “The hunger crisis is being accelerated by the collapse of aid pipelines and restrictions on access [with] 95% of households in Gaza facing severe water shortages.” In their statement, the aid organisations including Medecins sans Frontieres (MSF), CARE, Christian Aid, Save the Children and Oxfam, urged governments to ensure that Israel ends “the siege of Gaza” and allows “the full flow of food, clean water, medical supplies, shelter items, and fuel through a principled, UN-led mechanism”. For the past two months, aid has not been channelled through UN agencies but rather via the GHF, which is supported by the governments of Israel and the United States. Since the GHF assumed control over aid distribution on 27 May, over 1,000 people have been killed by Israeli forces while trying to get food at the GHF distribution centres, according to the United Nations human rights office on Tuesday. “Doctors report record rates of acute malnutrition, especially among children and older people,” according to the aid organisations. “Illnesses like acute watery diarrhoea are spreading, markets are empty, waste is piling up, and adults are collapsing on the streets from hunger and dehydration. Distributions in Gaza average just 28 trucks a day, far from enough for over two million people, many of whom have gone weeks without assistance.” ‘Tip of the iceberg’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses a media briefing on Wednesday. “I don’t know why we’re even splitting hairs,” said Tedros, in reference to debate about whether Gazans were starving. “Not only were 1,026 people killed while trying to feed themselves or find food for their family, but thousands were also wounded.” “We demand that there is full access [for humanitarian aid], and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages, as we have always said,” Tedros concluded. On Monday, the UN World Food Programme (WFP) said that a quarter of Gaza’s population faces famine-like conditions. Dr Rik Peeperkorn, WHO representative for Palestine, said that malnutrition in Gaza had been negligible before Israel attacked Gaza in retaliation for Hamas’s attack on Israel on 7 October 2023. The malnutrition rate in children under the age of five was 0.6% then, while it did not exist in pregnant women or the elderly. But this year, around 30,000 children are reported to be malnourished and 21 have died of hunger, said Peeperkorn, describing these statistics as “the tip of the iceberg”. “In July alone, 5,100 children have been admitted to the malnutrition programme, including 880 children with severe malnutrition,” said Peeperkorn. Several hospitals in the territory do not have the staff or supplies to function and have become malnutrition treatment centres, but two months ago, they lacked nutritional supplements for patients, he said. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city (July 2025) Aid staff also face starvation. Peeperkorn added that UN staff members were facing the same conditions of lack of water and food, and there was widespread “absolute lethargy” in Gaza as people lacked the energy to do basic tasks. The aid organisations similarly reported that their staff are hungry and don’t have access to clean water. “Aid workers are now joining the same food lines, risking being shot just to feed their families. With supplies now totally depleted, humanitarian organisations are witnessing their own colleagues and partners waste away before their eyes,” they said. “Doctors, nurses, journalists, humanitarians, among them UNRWA staff, are hungry… fainting due to hunger and exhaustion while performing their duties,” Juliette Touma, director of communications for the UN agency for Palestine refugees (UNRWA), said in a media statement on Tuesday. Touma described “the so-called GHF distribution scheme” as “a sadistic death-trap”, adding that “snipers open fire randomly on crowds as if they’re given a license to kill”. She also told of massive food prices, recounting that a colleague paid almost $200 for a bag of lentils and some flour, after walking for hours to buy it. The GHF claimed on Monday that, “Since launching operations on May 27, we’ve distributed nearly 85 million meals via more than 1.4 million boxes—directly to the people of Gaza”. However, Israeli media outlet Haaretz said that GHF should have distributed several times this amount to ensure sufficient food. “If roughly 2.1 million people live in the Gaza Strip today, it’s preferable for them to eat three meals a day, and GHF had been in operation for 56 days as of Monday, how many meals should it have distributed? A simple calculation produces the answer – 353 million,” reported the news outlet. The GHF has also been criticised for distributing dry food when people are unable to cook, setting up too few food distribution centres and locating them in isolated areas, forcing thousands of people to walk long distances while exposed to IDF attacks and stampedes. Over 90% of Gaza is under Israeli evacuation orders, and nowhere is safe for residents. Earlier this week, the GHF offered to distribute the UN’s aid but the UN responded on Wednesday, saying that it would not work with any groups that put civilians’ lives in danger. WHO staff detention and warehouse destruction WHO warehouse in Deir al Balah lies in ruins after it it was attacked by Israeli military forces on Sunday and Monday. Meanwhile, one WHO staff member remains in Israeli detention following an Israeli Defence Force attack on the WHO’s staff residence and its biggest warehouse in Deir al Balah. Declining to name the staff member, Tedros said he had written to Israel’s Foreign Minister to demand his release and would take this up “at the highest level” if he remained in custody. The IDF attack on the warehouse caused severe damage, destroying “a substantial amount of medical supplies in all areas: trauma, antibiotics and anaesthesia”, said Peeperkorn. However, while this was a setback for the global organisation, it had identified other potential premises and would continue to support health facilities in Gaza, he added. “We demand that there is full access, and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages,” said Tedros. Tougher EU stance against Israel? The European Union (EU) seems to be toughening its stance against Israel in the face of the growing outcry over the starvation of the population. On Tuesday, the EU High Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy Kaja Kallas posted on X that “all options remain on the table if Israel doesn’t deliver on its pledges” to increase the number of aid trucks, crossing points and routes to distribution points. “The killing of civilians seeking aid in Gaza is indefensible. I spoke again with [Israeli Minister of Foreign Affairs Gideon Saar] to recall our understanding on aid flow and made clear that IDF must stop killing people at distribution points,” said Kallas. Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable. The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long.… https://t.co/VhaKxUXka0 — Ursula von der Leyen (@vonderleyen) July 22, 2025 EU Commission President Ursula von der Leyen also posted on X on Tuesday, declaring that “Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable.” Von der Leyen added: “The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long. It must stop now. Israel must deliver on its pledges.” Image Credits: UNRWA. States Have a Duty to Prevent Significant Harm from Climate Change, ICJ Rules 23/07/2025 Disha Shetty The International Court of Justice (ICJ) headquarters in The Hague, The Netherlands The International Court of Justice (ICJ) ruled on Wednesday that states have a duty to prevent significant harm to the environment from climate change in a landmark advisory opinion. The court also ruled that the states have a duty to cooperate internationally and called on them to set national climate targets that are of the “highest possible ambition.” “The court concludes that the duty of states to prevent significant environmental harm applies in the context of climate change, and that this duty forms part of the most directly relevant applicable law concerning the duty to cooperate,” said ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, who read out the advisory. The court addressed the issue of human rights and said they cannot be enjoyed without environmental protection. It has asked countries to bear in mind the Paris Agreement target to limit global warming to 1.5° C. READ HERE: The summary of the #ICJ Advisory Opinion on the Obligations of States in respect of Climate Change. https://t.co/7TWc7ifwfX pic.twitter.com/vVxxwpZpbX — CIJ_ICJ (@CIJ_ICJ) July 23, 2025 The ICJ’s ruling comes in response to a United Nations (UN) General Assembly resolution led by the small island nation of Vanuatu in the Pacific Ocean, which sought ICJ’s advisory opinion on the obligations of states on climate change, and the legal consequences of these. This is the first opinion on climate change by the ICJ, and it is seen as a landmark in international law as all UN members are automatic signatories of the ICJ. The ICJ, UN’s principal judicial organ of the UN, has a twofold role: to settle disputes between states and to give advisory opinions on legal questions. Climate crisis is a health crisis WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus speaking at the ICJ in December 2024. While the ICJ did not explicitly refer to health, Iwasawa made it clear that countries have to ensure that their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) or the climate targets they set for themselves are ambitious. “This means that each party has to do its utmost to ensure that the NDCs it puts forward represent its highest possible ambition,” Iwasawa said. While few countries have included health targets in their NDCs, there is an increasing global push to do so. The ICJ took the testimonials of a range of stakeholders into account in the run-up to the verdict. In 2024, World Health Organization’s Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus spoke at the ICJ giving his testimonial on how the climate crisis is a health crisis. In his testimonial, Tedros highlighted how climate change’s health impacts disproportionately affect small island nations like Tuvalu, also in the Pacific Ocean. “Climate change and extreme weather are wreaking havoc on humans and their health, disrupting societies, economies and development,” Tedros said. “Without immediate action, climate-related increases in disease prevalence, destruction of health infrastructure and growing societal burdens could overwhelm already overburdened health systems around the world,” he added. ICJ opens the door for reparations ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, Japan, delivering the advisory opinion Iwasawa, while acknowledging that the effect of climate change is “severe and far-reaching,” noted that the ICJ was not asked to rule specifically on the issue of compensation or climate damages. “The court considers that it has been requested to address legal consequences in a general manner, and that it is not called upon to identify the legal responsibility of any particular state or group of states,” he said. He added that any such request must be looked at on a case by case basis. “Concerning the duty to make reparation, the appropriate nature and quantum of reparations cannot be assessed in the abstract, and depends on the circumstances of a particular case,” he said. Reparations could take the form of ecological restoration or reconstruction of damaged infrastructure, the ICJ suggested. Climate-related drought in the Horn of Africa has impacted approximately 4.5 million Somalis, and around 700,000 individuals have been forced to leave their homes. “From deadly heat and toxic air to disease and displacement, the Court’s message is clear – human health is not collateral damage,” said Dr Jeni Miller, executive director at the Global Climate and Health Alliance. “Health workers and advocates now have powerful legal backing to demand bold, science-based climate action rooted in justice, including a just transition away from fossil fuels, for health and the duty to protect life across all ages and borders,” she added. Harjeet Singh, climate activist and founding director of Satat Sampada Climate Foundation, described the ruling as offering the potential for “a historic level of protection” for communities on the frontlines of climate change. “It means the suffering, the loss of homes and livelihoods, and the terrifying storms and rising seas that have become our reality can now be met with demands for justice, restitution, and repair. The message is clear: the polluters must pay,” said Singh. The ICJ advisory comes at a time when the US government is planning to repeal the scientific finding that established greenhouse gases endanger human life by pushing up global temperatures. This finding, established in 2009, gives governments the ability to push for climate action. However, the Trump administration is on its way to repeal the finding, which now means the US will be at odds with ICJ’s latest advisory. “Cooperation between states is the very foundation of meaningful international efforts with respect to climate change,” Iwasawa said. Image Credits: ICJ, Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, UN Photo/ICJ-CIJ/Frank van Beek. Courtesy of the ICJ., UN-Water/Twitter . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
US Drafts Plan to Change PEPFAR’s Focus From HIV to Diseases that Could Threaten Americans 24/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan A woman with HIV takes her antiretrovial (ARV) medicine. Until earlier this year, over 20 million people with HIV received ARVs funded by PEPFAR. US State Department officials are developing a plan to transform the President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) from an entity that tackles HIV to one that is broadly focused on protecting and promoting American interests. This is according to a report in the New York Times on Thursday, based on leaked planning documents that map out their vision for PEPFAR’s transition in in the next few years. “It would be replaced by ‘bilateral relationships’ with low-income countries focused on the detection of outbreaks that could threaten the United States and the creation of new markets for American drugs and technologies,” the newspaper reports. This is in keeping with the focus of the Trump administration’s first meeting with African health leaders after the US paused all foreign aid for 90 days in January. During the meeting between leaders of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and their counterparts in Africa CDC in March, the US officials indicated that they were interested in African business opportunities for American companies. Africa CDC official Dr Ngashi Ngongo told journalists after the meeting that the Trump administration “would like to see health more as a business, rather than something that functions on grants,” and is interested in “exploring how can we go into a partnership that translates into health as a business”. Aggressive transition planning Dr Jirair Ratevosian, a global health expert at Duke and previous PEPFAR chief of staff, said that the Trump administration has “made it very clear that they want to carry on with aggressive transition planning” for PEPFAR. “Transition planning is not a bad idea, but it must be done right, with timetables, developing indicators, matching government buy-in, getting community input etc,” Ratevosian said. While he has not seen the documents referred to by the New York Times, Ratevosian is concerned that the transition plan is being written in Washington rather than in and with the African countries most affected by PEPFAR’s transition. “There needs to be realistic timetables, careful planning and resources to successfully make the transition of HIV programming [from PEPFAR] to national control,” said Ratevosian. “Congress has made clear it rejects the administration’s rushed approach to PEPFAR’s transition, signalling bipartisan concern about protecting the program’s legacy and impact.” He added that the US State Department should also develop plans for US companies to sell their antiretroviral drugs to African countries, the largest market for these products. Brief defunding reprieve Luyengo Clinic in Eswatini. PEPFAR funded 80% of the clinic’s cost, and the HIV treatment of 3,000 people is in jeopardy. Last week, there was a brief moment of hope for PEPFAR recipients after the US Senate agreed to exempt the programme from a planned $400 million reduction, which had been included in a $9.4 billion rescission package put forward by President Donald Trump. The rescission package seeks to claw back federal funds from various programs, including approximately $900 million in global health allocations. Disruptions to US aid for global health including for PEPFAR programmes, have placed millions of lives at risk, particularly in countries heavily dependent on US-supported HIV infrastructure. Carolyn Amole, Clinton Health Access Initiative vice-president for HIV, hepatitis and TB, said PEPFAR’s funding cuts had disrupted commodities procurement, essential systems such as human resources, supply chains, and data infrastructure. Millions more AIDS deaths, infections projected An additional six million new HIV infections and four million AIDS-related deaths could occur between 2025 and 2029 if US-supported HIV treatment and prevention services collapse, according to UNAIDS. “This is not just a funding gap. It’s a ticking time bomb,” said UNAIDS Executive Director Winnie Byanyima at the launch of the organisation’s 2025 global AIDS update earlier this month. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” “Key populations” refer to people most vulnerable to HIV infection, including sex workers, men to have sex with men, people who inject drugs and young women. Some of the immediate effects of the US withdrawal of funds since Donald Trump assumed the presidency in January include the closure of health facilities, healthworker job losses, and disrupted treatment, testing and prevention services. Image Credits: The Global Fund/ Saiba Sehmi, UNAIDS. ‘Mass Starvation in Gaza’, WHO Concurs With Aid Agencies 23/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Six-month-old Salam is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza City. “There is mass starvation in Gaza,” World Health Organization (WHO) Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus asserted on Wednesday, aligning with a statement by 110 aid organisations released earlier that day. “A large proportion of the population of Gaza is starving. I don’t know what you would call it other than mass starvation, and it’s man-made,” Tedros told a media briefing on Wednesday, referring to aid blockage since the controversial private organisation, the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF) assumed control over aid distribution. “Rates of acute malnutrition exceed 10%, and over 20% of pregnant and breastfeeding women that have been screened are malnourished, often severely,” said Tedros. “The hunger crisis is being accelerated by the collapse of aid pipelines and restrictions on access [with] 95% of households in Gaza facing severe water shortages.” In their statement, the aid organisations including Medecins sans Frontieres (MSF), CARE, Christian Aid, Save the Children and Oxfam, urged governments to ensure that Israel ends “the siege of Gaza” and allows “the full flow of food, clean water, medical supplies, shelter items, and fuel through a principled, UN-led mechanism”. For the past two months, aid has not been channelled through UN agencies but rather via the GHF, which is supported by the governments of Israel and the United States. Since the GHF assumed control over aid distribution on 27 May, over 1,000 people have been killed by Israeli forces while trying to get food at the GHF distribution centres, according to the United Nations human rights office on Tuesday. “Doctors report record rates of acute malnutrition, especially among children and older people,” according to the aid organisations. “Illnesses like acute watery diarrhoea are spreading, markets are empty, waste is piling up, and adults are collapsing on the streets from hunger and dehydration. Distributions in Gaza average just 28 trucks a day, far from enough for over two million people, many of whom have gone weeks without assistance.” ‘Tip of the iceberg’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses a media briefing on Wednesday. “I don’t know why we’re even splitting hairs,” said Tedros, in reference to debate about whether Gazans were starving. “Not only were 1,026 people killed while trying to feed themselves or find food for their family, but thousands were also wounded.” “We demand that there is full access [for humanitarian aid], and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages, as we have always said,” Tedros concluded. On Monday, the UN World Food Programme (WFP) said that a quarter of Gaza’s population faces famine-like conditions. Dr Rik Peeperkorn, WHO representative for Palestine, said that malnutrition in Gaza had been negligible before Israel attacked Gaza in retaliation for Hamas’s attack on Israel on 7 October 2023. The malnutrition rate in children under the age of five was 0.6% then, while it did not exist in pregnant women or the elderly. But this year, around 30,000 children are reported to be malnourished and 21 have died of hunger, said Peeperkorn, describing these statistics as “the tip of the iceberg”. “In July alone, 5,100 children have been admitted to the malnutrition programme, including 880 children with severe malnutrition,” said Peeperkorn. Several hospitals in the territory do not have the staff or supplies to function and have become malnutrition treatment centres, but two months ago, they lacked nutritional supplements for patients, he said. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city (July 2025) Aid staff also face starvation. Peeperkorn added that UN staff members were facing the same conditions of lack of water and food, and there was widespread “absolute lethargy” in Gaza as people lacked the energy to do basic tasks. The aid organisations similarly reported that their staff are hungry and don’t have access to clean water. “Aid workers are now joining the same food lines, risking being shot just to feed their families. With supplies now totally depleted, humanitarian organisations are witnessing their own colleagues and partners waste away before their eyes,” they said. “Doctors, nurses, journalists, humanitarians, among them UNRWA staff, are hungry… fainting due to hunger and exhaustion while performing their duties,” Juliette Touma, director of communications for the UN agency for Palestine refugees (UNRWA), said in a media statement on Tuesday. Touma described “the so-called GHF distribution scheme” as “a sadistic death-trap”, adding that “snipers open fire randomly on crowds as if they’re given a license to kill”. She also told of massive food prices, recounting that a colleague paid almost $200 for a bag of lentils and some flour, after walking for hours to buy it. The GHF claimed on Monday that, “Since launching operations on May 27, we’ve distributed nearly 85 million meals via more than 1.4 million boxes—directly to the people of Gaza”. However, Israeli media outlet Haaretz said that GHF should have distributed several times this amount to ensure sufficient food. “If roughly 2.1 million people live in the Gaza Strip today, it’s preferable for them to eat three meals a day, and GHF had been in operation for 56 days as of Monday, how many meals should it have distributed? A simple calculation produces the answer – 353 million,” reported the news outlet. The GHF has also been criticised for distributing dry food when people are unable to cook, setting up too few food distribution centres and locating them in isolated areas, forcing thousands of people to walk long distances while exposed to IDF attacks and stampedes. Over 90% of Gaza is under Israeli evacuation orders, and nowhere is safe for residents. Earlier this week, the GHF offered to distribute the UN’s aid but the UN responded on Wednesday, saying that it would not work with any groups that put civilians’ lives in danger. WHO staff detention and warehouse destruction WHO warehouse in Deir al Balah lies in ruins after it it was attacked by Israeli military forces on Sunday and Monday. Meanwhile, one WHO staff member remains in Israeli detention following an Israeli Defence Force attack on the WHO’s staff residence and its biggest warehouse in Deir al Balah. Declining to name the staff member, Tedros said he had written to Israel’s Foreign Minister to demand his release and would take this up “at the highest level” if he remained in custody. The IDF attack on the warehouse caused severe damage, destroying “a substantial amount of medical supplies in all areas: trauma, antibiotics and anaesthesia”, said Peeperkorn. However, while this was a setback for the global organisation, it had identified other potential premises and would continue to support health facilities in Gaza, he added. “We demand that there is full access, and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages,” said Tedros. Tougher EU stance against Israel? The European Union (EU) seems to be toughening its stance against Israel in the face of the growing outcry over the starvation of the population. On Tuesday, the EU High Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy Kaja Kallas posted on X that “all options remain on the table if Israel doesn’t deliver on its pledges” to increase the number of aid trucks, crossing points and routes to distribution points. “The killing of civilians seeking aid in Gaza is indefensible. I spoke again with [Israeli Minister of Foreign Affairs Gideon Saar] to recall our understanding on aid flow and made clear that IDF must stop killing people at distribution points,” said Kallas. Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable. The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long.… https://t.co/VhaKxUXka0 — Ursula von der Leyen (@vonderleyen) July 22, 2025 EU Commission President Ursula von der Leyen also posted on X on Tuesday, declaring that “Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable.” Von der Leyen added: “The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long. It must stop now. Israel must deliver on its pledges.” Image Credits: UNRWA. States Have a Duty to Prevent Significant Harm from Climate Change, ICJ Rules 23/07/2025 Disha Shetty The International Court of Justice (ICJ) headquarters in The Hague, The Netherlands The International Court of Justice (ICJ) ruled on Wednesday that states have a duty to prevent significant harm to the environment from climate change in a landmark advisory opinion. The court also ruled that the states have a duty to cooperate internationally and called on them to set national climate targets that are of the “highest possible ambition.” “The court concludes that the duty of states to prevent significant environmental harm applies in the context of climate change, and that this duty forms part of the most directly relevant applicable law concerning the duty to cooperate,” said ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, who read out the advisory. The court addressed the issue of human rights and said they cannot be enjoyed without environmental protection. It has asked countries to bear in mind the Paris Agreement target to limit global warming to 1.5° C. READ HERE: The summary of the #ICJ Advisory Opinion on the Obligations of States in respect of Climate Change. https://t.co/7TWc7ifwfX pic.twitter.com/vVxxwpZpbX — CIJ_ICJ (@CIJ_ICJ) July 23, 2025 The ICJ’s ruling comes in response to a United Nations (UN) General Assembly resolution led by the small island nation of Vanuatu in the Pacific Ocean, which sought ICJ’s advisory opinion on the obligations of states on climate change, and the legal consequences of these. This is the first opinion on climate change by the ICJ, and it is seen as a landmark in international law as all UN members are automatic signatories of the ICJ. The ICJ, UN’s principal judicial organ of the UN, has a twofold role: to settle disputes between states and to give advisory opinions on legal questions. Climate crisis is a health crisis WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus speaking at the ICJ in December 2024. While the ICJ did not explicitly refer to health, Iwasawa made it clear that countries have to ensure that their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) or the climate targets they set for themselves are ambitious. “This means that each party has to do its utmost to ensure that the NDCs it puts forward represent its highest possible ambition,” Iwasawa said. While few countries have included health targets in their NDCs, there is an increasing global push to do so. The ICJ took the testimonials of a range of stakeholders into account in the run-up to the verdict. In 2024, World Health Organization’s Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus spoke at the ICJ giving his testimonial on how the climate crisis is a health crisis. In his testimonial, Tedros highlighted how climate change’s health impacts disproportionately affect small island nations like Tuvalu, also in the Pacific Ocean. “Climate change and extreme weather are wreaking havoc on humans and their health, disrupting societies, economies and development,” Tedros said. “Without immediate action, climate-related increases in disease prevalence, destruction of health infrastructure and growing societal burdens could overwhelm already overburdened health systems around the world,” he added. ICJ opens the door for reparations ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, Japan, delivering the advisory opinion Iwasawa, while acknowledging that the effect of climate change is “severe and far-reaching,” noted that the ICJ was not asked to rule specifically on the issue of compensation or climate damages. “The court considers that it has been requested to address legal consequences in a general manner, and that it is not called upon to identify the legal responsibility of any particular state or group of states,” he said. He added that any such request must be looked at on a case by case basis. “Concerning the duty to make reparation, the appropriate nature and quantum of reparations cannot be assessed in the abstract, and depends on the circumstances of a particular case,” he said. Reparations could take the form of ecological restoration or reconstruction of damaged infrastructure, the ICJ suggested. Climate-related drought in the Horn of Africa has impacted approximately 4.5 million Somalis, and around 700,000 individuals have been forced to leave their homes. “From deadly heat and toxic air to disease and displacement, the Court’s message is clear – human health is not collateral damage,” said Dr Jeni Miller, executive director at the Global Climate and Health Alliance. “Health workers and advocates now have powerful legal backing to demand bold, science-based climate action rooted in justice, including a just transition away from fossil fuels, for health and the duty to protect life across all ages and borders,” she added. Harjeet Singh, climate activist and founding director of Satat Sampada Climate Foundation, described the ruling as offering the potential for “a historic level of protection” for communities on the frontlines of climate change. “It means the suffering, the loss of homes and livelihoods, and the terrifying storms and rising seas that have become our reality can now be met with demands for justice, restitution, and repair. The message is clear: the polluters must pay,” said Singh. The ICJ advisory comes at a time when the US government is planning to repeal the scientific finding that established greenhouse gases endanger human life by pushing up global temperatures. This finding, established in 2009, gives governments the ability to push for climate action. However, the Trump administration is on its way to repeal the finding, which now means the US will be at odds with ICJ’s latest advisory. “Cooperation between states is the very foundation of meaningful international efforts with respect to climate change,” Iwasawa said. Image Credits: ICJ, Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, UN Photo/ICJ-CIJ/Frank van Beek. Courtesy of the ICJ., UN-Water/Twitter . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
‘Mass Starvation in Gaza’, WHO Concurs With Aid Agencies 23/07/2025 Kerry Cullinan Six-month-old Salam is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza City. “There is mass starvation in Gaza,” World Health Organization (WHO) Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus asserted on Wednesday, aligning with a statement by 110 aid organisations released earlier that day. “A large proportion of the population of Gaza is starving. I don’t know what you would call it other than mass starvation, and it’s man-made,” Tedros told a media briefing on Wednesday, referring to aid blockage since the controversial private organisation, the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF) assumed control over aid distribution. “Rates of acute malnutrition exceed 10%, and over 20% of pregnant and breastfeeding women that have been screened are malnourished, often severely,” said Tedros. “The hunger crisis is being accelerated by the collapse of aid pipelines and restrictions on access [with] 95% of households in Gaza facing severe water shortages.” In their statement, the aid organisations including Medecins sans Frontieres (MSF), CARE, Christian Aid, Save the Children and Oxfam, urged governments to ensure that Israel ends “the siege of Gaza” and allows “the full flow of food, clean water, medical supplies, shelter items, and fuel through a principled, UN-led mechanism”. For the past two months, aid has not been channelled through UN agencies but rather via the GHF, which is supported by the governments of Israel and the United States. Since the GHF assumed control over aid distribution on 27 May, over 1,000 people have been killed by Israeli forces while trying to get food at the GHF distribution centres, according to the United Nations human rights office on Tuesday. “Doctors report record rates of acute malnutrition, especially among children and older people,” according to the aid organisations. “Illnesses like acute watery diarrhoea are spreading, markets are empty, waste is piling up, and adults are collapsing on the streets from hunger and dehydration. Distributions in Gaza average just 28 trucks a day, far from enough for over two million people, many of whom have gone weeks without assistance.” ‘Tip of the iceberg’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses a media briefing on Wednesday. “I don’t know why we’re even splitting hairs,” said Tedros, in reference to debate about whether Gazans were starving. “Not only were 1,026 people killed while trying to feed themselves or find food for their family, but thousands were also wounded.” “We demand that there is full access [for humanitarian aid], and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages, as we have always said,” Tedros concluded. On Monday, the UN World Food Programme (WFP) said that a quarter of Gaza’s population faces famine-like conditions. Dr Rik Peeperkorn, WHO representative for Palestine, said that malnutrition in Gaza had been negligible before Israel attacked Gaza in retaliation for Hamas’s attack on Israel on 7 October 2023. The malnutrition rate in children under the age of five was 0.6% then, while it did not exist in pregnant women or the elderly. But this year, around 30,000 children are reported to be malnourished and 21 have died of hunger, said Peeperkorn, describing these statistics as “the tip of the iceberg”. “In July alone, 5,100 children have been admitted to the malnutrition programme, including 880 children with severe malnutrition,” said Peeperkorn. Several hospitals in the territory do not have the staff or supplies to function and have become malnutrition treatment centres, but two months ago, they lacked nutritional supplements for patients, he said. Iman, six months old, is screened for malnutrition at an UNRWA medical point in Gaza city (July 2025) Aid staff also face starvation. Peeperkorn added that UN staff members were facing the same conditions of lack of water and food, and there was widespread “absolute lethargy” in Gaza as people lacked the energy to do basic tasks. The aid organisations similarly reported that their staff are hungry and don’t have access to clean water. “Aid workers are now joining the same food lines, risking being shot just to feed their families. With supplies now totally depleted, humanitarian organisations are witnessing their own colleagues and partners waste away before their eyes,” they said. “Doctors, nurses, journalists, humanitarians, among them UNRWA staff, are hungry… fainting due to hunger and exhaustion while performing their duties,” Juliette Touma, director of communications for the UN agency for Palestine refugees (UNRWA), said in a media statement on Tuesday. Touma described “the so-called GHF distribution scheme” as “a sadistic death-trap”, adding that “snipers open fire randomly on crowds as if they’re given a license to kill”. She also told of massive food prices, recounting that a colleague paid almost $200 for a bag of lentils and some flour, after walking for hours to buy it. The GHF claimed on Monday that, “Since launching operations on May 27, we’ve distributed nearly 85 million meals via more than 1.4 million boxes—directly to the people of Gaza”. However, Israeli media outlet Haaretz said that GHF should have distributed several times this amount to ensure sufficient food. “If roughly 2.1 million people live in the Gaza Strip today, it’s preferable for them to eat three meals a day, and GHF had been in operation for 56 days as of Monday, how many meals should it have distributed? A simple calculation produces the answer – 353 million,” reported the news outlet. The GHF has also been criticised for distributing dry food when people are unable to cook, setting up too few food distribution centres and locating them in isolated areas, forcing thousands of people to walk long distances while exposed to IDF attacks and stampedes. Over 90% of Gaza is under Israeli evacuation orders, and nowhere is safe for residents. Earlier this week, the GHF offered to distribute the UN’s aid but the UN responded on Wednesday, saying that it would not work with any groups that put civilians’ lives in danger. WHO staff detention and warehouse destruction WHO warehouse in Deir al Balah lies in ruins after it it was attacked by Israeli military forces on Sunday and Monday. Meanwhile, one WHO staff member remains in Israeli detention following an Israeli Defence Force attack on the WHO’s staff residence and its biggest warehouse in Deir al Balah. Declining to name the staff member, Tedros said he had written to Israel’s Foreign Minister to demand his release and would take this up “at the highest level” if he remained in custody. The IDF attack on the warehouse caused severe damage, destroying “a substantial amount of medical supplies in all areas: trauma, antibiotics and anaesthesia”, said Peeperkorn. However, while this was a setback for the global organisation, it had identified other potential premises and would continue to support health facilities in Gaza, he added. “We demand that there is full access, and we demand that there is a ceasefire. We demand that there is a political solution to this problem, a lasting solution. And we also demand the release of the hostages,” said Tedros. Tougher EU stance against Israel? The European Union (EU) seems to be toughening its stance against Israel in the face of the growing outcry over the starvation of the population. On Tuesday, the EU High Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy Kaja Kallas posted on X that “all options remain on the table if Israel doesn’t deliver on its pledges” to increase the number of aid trucks, crossing points and routes to distribution points. “The killing of civilians seeking aid in Gaza is indefensible. I spoke again with [Israeli Minister of Foreign Affairs Gideon Saar] to recall our understanding on aid flow and made clear that IDF must stop killing people at distribution points,” said Kallas. Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable. The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long.… https://t.co/VhaKxUXka0 — Ursula von der Leyen (@vonderleyen) July 22, 2025 EU Commission President Ursula von der Leyen also posted on X on Tuesday, declaring that “Civilians cannot be targets. Never. The images from Gaza are unbearable.” Von der Leyen added: “The EU reiterates its call for the free, safe and swift flow of humanitarian aid. And for the full respect of international and humanitarian law. Civilians in Gaza have suffered too much, for too long. It must stop now. Israel must deliver on its pledges.” Image Credits: UNRWA. States Have a Duty to Prevent Significant Harm from Climate Change, ICJ Rules 23/07/2025 Disha Shetty The International Court of Justice (ICJ) headquarters in The Hague, The Netherlands The International Court of Justice (ICJ) ruled on Wednesday that states have a duty to prevent significant harm to the environment from climate change in a landmark advisory opinion. The court also ruled that the states have a duty to cooperate internationally and called on them to set national climate targets that are of the “highest possible ambition.” “The court concludes that the duty of states to prevent significant environmental harm applies in the context of climate change, and that this duty forms part of the most directly relevant applicable law concerning the duty to cooperate,” said ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, who read out the advisory. The court addressed the issue of human rights and said they cannot be enjoyed without environmental protection. It has asked countries to bear in mind the Paris Agreement target to limit global warming to 1.5° C. READ HERE: The summary of the #ICJ Advisory Opinion on the Obligations of States in respect of Climate Change. https://t.co/7TWc7ifwfX pic.twitter.com/vVxxwpZpbX — CIJ_ICJ (@CIJ_ICJ) July 23, 2025 The ICJ’s ruling comes in response to a United Nations (UN) General Assembly resolution led by the small island nation of Vanuatu in the Pacific Ocean, which sought ICJ’s advisory opinion on the obligations of states on climate change, and the legal consequences of these. This is the first opinion on climate change by the ICJ, and it is seen as a landmark in international law as all UN members are automatic signatories of the ICJ. The ICJ, UN’s principal judicial organ of the UN, has a twofold role: to settle disputes between states and to give advisory opinions on legal questions. Climate crisis is a health crisis WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus speaking at the ICJ in December 2024. While the ICJ did not explicitly refer to health, Iwasawa made it clear that countries have to ensure that their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) or the climate targets they set for themselves are ambitious. “This means that each party has to do its utmost to ensure that the NDCs it puts forward represent its highest possible ambition,” Iwasawa said. While few countries have included health targets in their NDCs, there is an increasing global push to do so. The ICJ took the testimonials of a range of stakeholders into account in the run-up to the verdict. In 2024, World Health Organization’s Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus spoke at the ICJ giving his testimonial on how the climate crisis is a health crisis. In his testimonial, Tedros highlighted how climate change’s health impacts disproportionately affect small island nations like Tuvalu, also in the Pacific Ocean. “Climate change and extreme weather are wreaking havoc on humans and their health, disrupting societies, economies and development,” Tedros said. “Without immediate action, climate-related increases in disease prevalence, destruction of health infrastructure and growing societal burdens could overwhelm already overburdened health systems around the world,” he added. ICJ opens the door for reparations ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, Japan, delivering the advisory opinion Iwasawa, while acknowledging that the effect of climate change is “severe and far-reaching,” noted that the ICJ was not asked to rule specifically on the issue of compensation or climate damages. “The court considers that it has been requested to address legal consequences in a general manner, and that it is not called upon to identify the legal responsibility of any particular state or group of states,” he said. He added that any such request must be looked at on a case by case basis. “Concerning the duty to make reparation, the appropriate nature and quantum of reparations cannot be assessed in the abstract, and depends on the circumstances of a particular case,” he said. Reparations could take the form of ecological restoration or reconstruction of damaged infrastructure, the ICJ suggested. Climate-related drought in the Horn of Africa has impacted approximately 4.5 million Somalis, and around 700,000 individuals have been forced to leave their homes. “From deadly heat and toxic air to disease and displacement, the Court’s message is clear – human health is not collateral damage,” said Dr Jeni Miller, executive director at the Global Climate and Health Alliance. “Health workers and advocates now have powerful legal backing to demand bold, science-based climate action rooted in justice, including a just transition away from fossil fuels, for health and the duty to protect life across all ages and borders,” she added. Harjeet Singh, climate activist and founding director of Satat Sampada Climate Foundation, described the ruling as offering the potential for “a historic level of protection” for communities on the frontlines of climate change. “It means the suffering, the loss of homes and livelihoods, and the terrifying storms and rising seas that have become our reality can now be met with demands for justice, restitution, and repair. The message is clear: the polluters must pay,” said Singh. The ICJ advisory comes at a time when the US government is planning to repeal the scientific finding that established greenhouse gases endanger human life by pushing up global temperatures. This finding, established in 2009, gives governments the ability to push for climate action. However, the Trump administration is on its way to repeal the finding, which now means the US will be at odds with ICJ’s latest advisory. “Cooperation between states is the very foundation of meaningful international efforts with respect to climate change,” Iwasawa said. Image Credits: ICJ, Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, UN Photo/ICJ-CIJ/Frank van Beek. Courtesy of the ICJ., UN-Water/Twitter . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy
States Have a Duty to Prevent Significant Harm from Climate Change, ICJ Rules 23/07/2025 Disha Shetty The International Court of Justice (ICJ) headquarters in The Hague, The Netherlands The International Court of Justice (ICJ) ruled on Wednesday that states have a duty to prevent significant harm to the environment from climate change in a landmark advisory opinion. The court also ruled that the states have a duty to cooperate internationally and called on them to set national climate targets that are of the “highest possible ambition.” “The court concludes that the duty of states to prevent significant environmental harm applies in the context of climate change, and that this duty forms part of the most directly relevant applicable law concerning the duty to cooperate,” said ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, who read out the advisory. The court addressed the issue of human rights and said they cannot be enjoyed without environmental protection. It has asked countries to bear in mind the Paris Agreement target to limit global warming to 1.5° C. READ HERE: The summary of the #ICJ Advisory Opinion on the Obligations of States in respect of Climate Change. https://t.co/7TWc7ifwfX pic.twitter.com/vVxxwpZpbX — CIJ_ICJ (@CIJ_ICJ) July 23, 2025 The ICJ’s ruling comes in response to a United Nations (UN) General Assembly resolution led by the small island nation of Vanuatu in the Pacific Ocean, which sought ICJ’s advisory opinion on the obligations of states on climate change, and the legal consequences of these. This is the first opinion on climate change by the ICJ, and it is seen as a landmark in international law as all UN members are automatic signatories of the ICJ. The ICJ, UN’s principal judicial organ of the UN, has a twofold role: to settle disputes between states and to give advisory opinions on legal questions. Climate crisis is a health crisis WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus speaking at the ICJ in December 2024. While the ICJ did not explicitly refer to health, Iwasawa made it clear that countries have to ensure that their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) or the climate targets they set for themselves are ambitious. “This means that each party has to do its utmost to ensure that the NDCs it puts forward represent its highest possible ambition,” Iwasawa said. While few countries have included health targets in their NDCs, there is an increasing global push to do so. The ICJ took the testimonials of a range of stakeholders into account in the run-up to the verdict. In 2024, World Health Organization’s Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus spoke at the ICJ giving his testimonial on how the climate crisis is a health crisis. In his testimonial, Tedros highlighted how climate change’s health impacts disproportionately affect small island nations like Tuvalu, also in the Pacific Ocean. “Climate change and extreme weather are wreaking havoc on humans and their health, disrupting societies, economies and development,” Tedros said. “Without immediate action, climate-related increases in disease prevalence, destruction of health infrastructure and growing societal burdens could overwhelm already overburdened health systems around the world,” he added. ICJ opens the door for reparations ICJ President Judge Yuji Iwasawa, Japan, delivering the advisory opinion Iwasawa, while acknowledging that the effect of climate change is “severe and far-reaching,” noted that the ICJ was not asked to rule specifically on the issue of compensation or climate damages. “The court considers that it has been requested to address legal consequences in a general manner, and that it is not called upon to identify the legal responsibility of any particular state or group of states,” he said. He added that any such request must be looked at on a case by case basis. “Concerning the duty to make reparation, the appropriate nature and quantum of reparations cannot be assessed in the abstract, and depends on the circumstances of a particular case,” he said. Reparations could take the form of ecological restoration or reconstruction of damaged infrastructure, the ICJ suggested. Climate-related drought in the Horn of Africa has impacted approximately 4.5 million Somalis, and around 700,000 individuals have been forced to leave their homes. “From deadly heat and toxic air to disease and displacement, the Court’s message is clear – human health is not collateral damage,” said Dr Jeni Miller, executive director at the Global Climate and Health Alliance. “Health workers and advocates now have powerful legal backing to demand bold, science-based climate action rooted in justice, including a just transition away from fossil fuels, for health and the duty to protect life across all ages and borders,” she added. Harjeet Singh, climate activist and founding director of Satat Sampada Climate Foundation, described the ruling as offering the potential for “a historic level of protection” for communities on the frontlines of climate change. “It means the suffering, the loss of homes and livelihoods, and the terrifying storms and rising seas that have become our reality can now be met with demands for justice, restitution, and repair. The message is clear: the polluters must pay,” said Singh. The ICJ advisory comes at a time when the US government is planning to repeal the scientific finding that established greenhouse gases endanger human life by pushing up global temperatures. This finding, established in 2009, gives governments the ability to push for climate action. However, the Trump administration is on its way to repeal the finding, which now means the US will be at odds with ICJ’s latest advisory. “Cooperation between states is the very foundation of meaningful international efforts with respect to climate change,” Iwasawa said. Image Credits: ICJ, Photo by ICJ/CIJ | Frank van Beek, UN Photo/ICJ-CIJ/Frank van Beek. Courtesy of the ICJ., UN-Water/Twitter . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts